FCC ID: BCGA2568 Apple iPad

 

iPad User Guide Everything you need to know about iPad Your iPad iPad models compatible with iPadOS 15 This guide helps you get started using iPad and discover all the amazing things it can do with iPadOS 15, which is compatible with the following models:

iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) iPad Air (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st and 2nd generation) iPad Pro 10.5-inch iPad Pro 9.7-inch iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad Air 2 iPad (8th generation) iPad (7th generation) iPad (6th generation) iPad (5th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPad mini 4 Identify your iPad model and iPadOS version Go to Settings

> General > About. See Get information about your iPad. To determine your iPad model from the physical details, see the Apple Support article Identify your iPad model. You can update to the latest iPadOS software if your model supports it. Your features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. To find out which features are supported in your region, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Note: Apps and services that send or receive data over a cellular network may incur additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your service plan and fees. iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st and 2nd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Note: Flash isnt available on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st generation). Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 10.5-inch Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Pro 9.7-inch Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Air (4th generation) Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Rear camera Microphone Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Air (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad Air 2 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad (8th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad (7th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad (6th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad mini (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 iPad mini 4 Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Personalize your iPad Stay connected Whats new in iPadOS 15 Whats new in iPadOS 15 Widgets on the Home Screen Redesigned widgets can be placed right next to apps on the iPad Home Screen. Choose the right widget size for you and see your most important information at a glance. See Add widgets and Move apps and widgets on the Home Screen. App Library The new App Library on the Home Screen automatically organizes all your apps into one simple, easy-to-navigate view. Apps are sorted by category, and the apps you use most are always just one tap away. See Find your apps in the App Library on iPad. Multitasking Use the new Multitasking menu to create a full-screen, Slide Over, Split View, and in some instances, center window, so you can work on multiple apps at once. View all the open windows for an app, and quickly switch between them with the new shelf at the bottom of the screen. Use the App Switcher to view and create Split View screens. See Open a second item in Split View and Open another app in Slide Over. Quick Notes Jot down a note over any app or screen open on your iPad. Easily start a Quick Note by swiping your finger or Apple Pencil from the corner of the screen, or from Control Center. Quick Notes are stored in the Notes app and may contain text, handwriting, links, tags, and mentions, which you can use to search for Quick Notes. See Create a Quick Note. Notes Organize your notes with tags, such as #travel or #recipes, to easily search and locate notes in different categories. Mentions allow members of shared notes to notify each other of important updates, and an Activity view that shows recent changes to a note in a single list. See Use tags and Share notes and collaborate. Reminders Categorize reminders as you create them by adding tags, such as #errands or

#homework. Create Smart Lists to automatically organization of reminders by tags, dates, times, locations, priority, and more. See Organize lists in Reminders SharePlay Use SharePlay in FaceTime to stay connected with friends and familyyou can watch TV shows and movies together, listen to music together, or share your screen. See Use SharePlay to watch and listen together in FaceTime on iPad. Notifications Notifications have a new look, with contact photos and larger app icons to make notifications easier to identify. You can also receive a notification summary delivered daily, based on a schedule you set. See Change notification settings. Focus Stay focused and in the moment by setting your Focus status to let other people know when youre busy. Pick from a list of suggested Focus options or create your own. Your Focus status automatically displays in Messages. See Set up a Focus. FaceTime Grid view displays people in your group FaceTime calls in same-size tiles that automatically highlight the speaker. You can use Voice Isolation to minimize background noise and Portrait mode to put the visual focus on you. You can also invite anyone to join a FaceTime call using a unique web link. See Make a Group FaceTime call, Make and receive FaceTime calls, and Change FaceTime video settings. Messages Links, photos, and other content shared with you in Messages are featured in a new Shared with You section in corresponding app. Multiple photos in Messages now appear as a collage or collection of images that you can swipe through for easy browsing. See Share content with friends, Listen to music shared with you, Read stories shared with you, and View photos and videos shared with you. Memoji Reflect your look and style in all new ways. Choose outfits and new headwear for your Memoji, as well as accessibility customizations. See Create your own Memoji. Maps Discover the natural beauty of Earth including enhanced details of mountain ranges, deserts, rain forests, and oceans with an interactive globe. Explore cities and visit 3D landmarks in both day and dark mode maps. See Move, zoom, and rotate a map or a 3D globe and Look around streets in Maps. Visual Look Up Visual Look Up identifies objects in your photos, such as popular landmarks, plants, books, and art, and then provides more images and information about the object from the web. See Use Live Text and Visual Look Up in Photos. Photos Customize the look and feel of your memories with Memory mixes and other editing options. You can also choose songs from Apple Music to play in the background of a memory. See Personalize your Memories in Photos. Safari The new tab bar at the bottom of the screen makes it easier to access and navigate your tabs. Tab groups let you organize tabs and switch between them more easily. Use Voice search to search the web and install Safari extensions on your iPad. See Use tabs in Safari and <links to come in sign off>. iCloud+ iCloud+ combines everything iCloud already offers with new premium features including iCloud Private Relay, a new service that protects your privacy online; Hide My Email, an easy way to create a unique, random email address anytime you need one. See Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad, Turn on iCloud Private Relay, and Hide your personal email address in Safari. Privacy The App Privacy Report shows you how apps are using the permissions youve granted them, which third-party domains they contact, and how recently they made contact. Mail Privacy Protection protects you from senders who try to follow your online activity or determine your location. It also prevents senders from seeing if and when youve opened their email. See Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them and Use Mail Privacy Protection. Accessibility Customize display and text size settings for each app. Enlarge text or use boldface, increase contrast, invert colors, and more for only the apps you want. Explore people, objects, text, and tables within images in more detail with VoiceOver. See Customize accessibility settings for specific apps. Learn tricks for iPadOS The Tips app adds new suggestions frequently, so you can get the most from your iPad. See Get tips. Note: New features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. Set up and get started Turn on and set up iPad Turn on and set up your new iPad over an internet connection. You can also set up iPad by connecting it to your computer. If you have another iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or an Android device, you can transfer your data to your new iPad. Note: If your iPad is deployed or managed by a company, school, or other organization, see an administrator or teacher for setup instructions. For general information, see the Apple at Work website or Education website. Prepare for setup To make setup as smooth as possible, have the following items available:

An internet connection through a Wi-Fi network (you may need the name and password of the network) or cellular data service through a carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your Apple ID and password; if you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one during setup Your credit or debit card account information, if you want to add a card to Apple Pay during setup Your previous iPad or a backup of your device, if youre transferring your data to your new device Tip: If you dont have sufficient storage to back up your device, iCloud will grant you as much as you need to complete a temporary backup, free of charge, for up to three weeks from the purchase of your iPad. On your previous device with iOS 15 installed, go to Settings > General >

Reset > Transfer or Reset [device]. Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. Your Android device, if youre transferring your Android content Turn on and set up your iPad 1. Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. If iPad doesnt turn on, you might need to charge the battery. For more help, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Set Up Manually, then follow the onscreen setup instructions. If you have another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. You can also transfer your data using a wired connection between your devices. See the Apple Support article Use Quick Start to transfer data to a new iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. During set up, if youre blind or have low vision, you can triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) to turn on VoiceOver, the screen reader. You can also double-tap the screen with three fingers to turn on Zoom. Move from an Android device to iPad When you first set up your new iPad, you can automatically and securely move your data from an Android device. Note: You can use the Move to iOS app only when you first set up iPad. If you already finished setup and want to use Move to iOS, you must erase your iPad and start over, or move your data manually. See the Apple Support article Move content manually from your Android device to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 1. On your device with Android version 4.0 or later, see the Apple Support article Move from Android to iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and download the Move to iOS app. 2. On your iPad, do the following:

Follow the setup assistant. On the Apps & Data screen, tap Move Data from Android. 3. On the Android device, do the following:

Turn on Wi-Fi. Open the Move to iOS app. Follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: To avoid injury, read Important safety information for iPad before using iPad. Wake and unlock iPad iPad turns off the display to save power, locks for security, and goes to sleep when youre not using it. You can quickly wake and unlock iPad when you want to use it again. Wake iPad To wake iPad, do one of the following:

Press the top button. Tap the screen. Or, on supported models, you can tap the screen with Apple Pencil to wake iPad and open Notes. Unlock iPad with Face ID If you didnt set up Face ID when you set up iPad, see Set up Face ID on iPad. 1. On supported models, tap the screen, then glance at your iPad. The lock icon animates from closed to open to indicate that iPad is unlocked. 2. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen to view the Home Screen. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. However, if Attention Aware Features is turned on in Settings

> Face ID & Passcode, iPad wont dim or lock as long as it detects attention. Unlock iPad with Touch ID If you didnt set up Touch ID when you set up iPad, see Set up Touch ID on iPad. On an iPad with a Home button, press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On iPad Air (4th generation), press the top button (Touch ID) using the finger you registered with Touch ID. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Unlock iPad with a passcode If you didnt create a passcode when you set up iPad, see Set or change the passcode. 1. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or swipe up from the bottom of the Lock Screen (on other iPad models). 2. Enter the passcode. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can sign up for a cellular data plan. This helps you stay connected to the internet when youre away from a Wi-Fi network. Contact your carrier to set up a cellular data plan. Supported models of iPad can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. The cellular connection requires a SIM from your carrier. iPad supports the following types of SIM:

eSIM (on iPad models that support eSIM; not available in all countries or regions) Embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card Physical nano-SIM from your carrier Set up your cellular plan with eSIM On models that support eSIM, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do one of the following:

To set up the first cellular plan on your iPad, select a carrier, then follow the onscreen instructions. To add another cellular plan to your iPad, tap Add a New Plan. To scan a QR code provided by your carrier, tap Other. Position iPad so that the QR code provided by your carrier appears in the frame, or enter the details manually. You may be asked to enter a confirmation code provided by your carrier. Alternatively, you can activate your cellular plan through your carriers app (if supported). Go to the App Store, download your carriers app, then use the app to purchase a cellular plan. You can store more than one eSIM on your iPad, but you can use only one eSIM at a time. To switch to another eSIM, go to Settings > Cellular Data, then tap the plan you want to use (below Cellular Plans). Set up your cellular plan with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card On models with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Tap Add a New Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose a carrier and a plan, or you can add your iPad to an existing plan. See the Apple Support article Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad, or contact your carrier. Install a nano-SIM You can install an Apple SIM card or a nano-SIM provided by a carrier. 1. Insert a paper clip or SIM eject tool (not included) into the small hole of the SIM tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. Note: The shape and orientation of the SIM tray depend on the iPad model and your country or region. 2. Remove the tray from iPad. 3. Place the nano-SIM in the tray. The angled corner determines the correct orientation. 4. Insert the tray back into iPad. 5. If you previously set up a PIN on the nano-SIM, carefully enter the PIN when prompted. WARNING: Never try to guess a SIM PIN. An incorrect guess can permanently lock your SIM, and you wont be able to use cellular data through your carrier until you get a new SIM. See the Apple Support article Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Cellular data requires a wireless data plan. If youre using a third-party nano-SIM, contact your carrier to set up service. Manage your cellular data service 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do any of the following:

Restrict all data to Wi-Fi: Turn off Cellular Data. Turn on or off LTE and roaming: Tap Cellular Data Options. Turn on Personal Hotspot: Tap Set Up Personal Hotspot (available from certain carriers), then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your cellular account: Tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. For information about managing your cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Important: When using cellular services through GSM networks, you need an eSIM, embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. When using cellular services through CDMA networks, you need an embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party nano-SIM. Your iPad is subject to your wireless service providers policies, which may include restrictions on switching service providers and roaming, even after the conclusion of any required minimum service contract. Contact your wireless service provider for more details. The availability of cellular capabilities depends on the wireless network, your iPad model, and your location. Connect iPad to the internet Connect your iPad to the internet by using an available Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi + Cellular models can also connect to the internet by using a cellular network. Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then turn on Wi-Fi. 2. Tap one of the following:

A network: Enter the password, if required. Other: Joins a hidden network. Enter the name of the hidden network, security type, and password. appears at the top of the screen, iPad is connected to a Wi-Fi network. (To verify this, open If Safari to view a webpage.) iPad reconnects when you return to the same location. Join a Personal Hotspot If an iPhone or an iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) is sharing a Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular internet connection. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then choose the name of the device sharing the Personal Hotspot. If asked for a password on your iPad, enter the password shown in Settings Hotspot on the device sharing the Personal Hotspot.

> Cellular > Personal Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your iPad automatically connects to your carriers cellular data network if a Wi-Fi network isnt available. If iPad doesnt connect, check the following:

1. Verify that your SIM is activated and unlocked. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 2. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 3. Verify that Cellular Data is turned on. When you need an internet connection, iPad does the following, in order, until the connection is made:

Tries to connect to the most recently used available Wi-Fi network Shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range and connects to the one you choose Connects to your carriers cellular data network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Note: If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, apps and services may transfer data over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your cellular data plan rates. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Apple ID and iCloud Manage Apple ID settings on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. Sign in with your Apple ID If you didnt sign in during setup, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

. 2. Tap Sign in to your iPad. 3. Enter your Apple ID and password. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. 4. If you protect your account with two-factor authentication, enter the six-digit verification code. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Change your Apple ID settings 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. 2. Do any of the following:

Update your contact information Change your password Add or remove Account Recovery Contacts View and manage your subscriptions Update your payment methods or billing address Manage Family Sharing How to use iCloud on iPad iCloud securely stores your photos, videos, documents, backups and moreand keeps them updated across all your devicesautomatically. With iCloud, you can also share photos, calendars, notes, folders, files, and more with friends and family. iCloud provides you with an email account and 5 GB of free storage for your data. For more storage and additional features, you can subscribe to iCloud+. Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud and its features varies by country or region. Change your iCloud settings 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Do any of the following:

See your iCloud storage status. Turn on the features you want to use, such as Photos, Mail, Contacts, and Messages. For information on how to customize iCloud features on your other devices, see Set up iCloud and change settings on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Ways to use iCloud on iPad iCloud can keep your iPad backed up automatically. See Back up iPad. You can also keep the following information stored in iCloud and kept up to date across your iPad and other Apple devices:

iCloud Mail Contacts, Calendars, Notes, and Reminders Messages threads; see Set up Messages on iPad Photos and videos; see Use iCloud Photos on iPad Files and documents; see Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Safari bookmarks and open tabs; see Bookmark favorite webpages in Safari on iPad and Use tabs in Safari on iPad. Passwords and payment methods; see Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain News, Stocks, and Weather preferences Home and Health data Voice memos Map favorites Data from compatible third party apps and games You can also do the following:

Share your photos and videos with the people you choose. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Share folders and documents with iCloud Drive. See Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad. Use Find My to locate a missing device or share locations with friends and family. See Locate a device in Find My on iPad and Locate a friend in Find My on iPad. For additional storage and access to iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email and HomeKit Secure Video support you can subscribe to iCloud+. You can also access your iCloud data on iPhone, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, your Windows computer, and iCloud.com. To learn more about the available features and how they work across all your devices, see the iCloud User Guide. Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad iCloud+ is Apples premium cloud subscription. It gives you more storage for your photos, files, and backups, plus additional features including iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email, and HomeKit Secure Video support. You can subscribe to iCloud+ or to Apple One, which includes iCloud+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Some iCloud+ features have minimum system requirements. The availability of iCloud+ and its features varies by country or region. Whats included with iCloud+

When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can do the following on iPad:

Increase your iCloud storage plan; you can get 50 GB, 200 GB, or 2TB of storage. Create unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal inbox with Hide My Email. See Hide your personal email address in Safari on iPad. Connect to virtually any network and browse with Safari in an even more secure and private way with Private Relay. See Turn on iCloud Private Relay on iPad. Set up home security cameras with HomeKit Secure Video so you can view your footage from anywhere while keeping it private and secure. See Set up security cameras in Home on iPad. You can also use iCloud.com to add a custom email domain to iCloud Mail. See Customize your iCloud Mail domain and share with family in iCloud+ in the iCloud User Guide. To learn more about iCloud+ features and how they work across all your devices, see the iCloud User Guide. Upgrade, change, or cancel your iCloud+ subscription 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap Manage Storage, tap Change Storage Plan, then select an option and follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you cancel your iCloud+ subscription, you lose access to the additional iCloud storage and iCloud+ features. Share iCloud+

When you subscribe to iCloud+ or Apple One, you can use Family Sharing to share iCloud+ with up to five other family members. If you join a family group that subscribes to iCloud+ or Apple One, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing iCloud+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or leave or turn off Family Sharing. See Add or remove members from your Family Sharing group on iPad. Find settings on iPad In the Settings app notification sounds, and more.

, you can search for iPad settings you want to change, such as your passcode, 1. Tap Settings on the Home Screen (or in the App Library). 2. Swipe down from the top of the screen to reveal the search field, enter a termiCloud, for examplethen tap a setting on the left side of the screen. Set up mail, contacts, and calendar accounts on iPad In addition to the apps that come with iPad and that you use with iCloud, iPad works with Microsoft Exchange and many of the most popular internet-based mail, contacts, and calendar services. You can set up accounts for these services. Set up a mail account 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap an email servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your email account information. Tap Other, tap Add Mail Account, then enter your information to set up a new account. Set up a contacts account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account (if your organization supports it), then enter your server and account information. See Use other contact accounts on iPad. Set up a calendar account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Tap Other, then do any of the following:

Add a calendar account: Tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information; see Set up multiple calendars on iPad. Subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars: Tap Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to; or import an .ics file from Mail. For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see the Apple Support article Set up Exchange ActiveSync on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. If you turn on iCloud Keychain on your iPad, your accounts stay up to date on all your devices that have iCloud Keychain turned on. See Use to iCloud Keychain to keep passwords, accounts, and more up to date with iCloud in the iCloud User Guide. Learn the meaning of the iPad status icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen provide information about iPad. Status icon What it means Wi-Fi iPad has a Wi-Fi internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network. Cell signal iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is in range of the cellular network. If theres no signal, No service appears. Airplane mode Airplane mode is on. Nonwireless features are available, but wireless functions may be disabled. See Choose iPad settings for travel. 5G Your carriers 5G network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 5G+ Your carriers 5G network with higher frequency is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Status icon What it means 5G UW Your carriers 5G network with higher frequency is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 5G E Your carriers 5G E network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). LTE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G LTE network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 4G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G network (not available in all countries or regions). See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 3G iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 3G network. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). EDGE iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over an EDGE network. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). GPRS iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a GPRS network. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Personal Hotspot iPad is connected to the internet through the Personal Hotspot of another device. See Join a Personal Hotspot. Personal Hotspot Indicator A blue bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either providing a Personal Hotspot or Screen Mirroring, or an app is actively using your location. See Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular). Call Indicator A green bubble or bar indicates that iPad is on a call. See Make and receive phone calls on iPad. Recording Indicator A red bubble or bar indicates that iPad is either recording sound or recording your screen. See Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad. Camera In Use Indicator A green indicator appears at the top of your screen whenever an app is using your camera. View and save measurements on iPad. Microphone In Use Indicator An orange indicator appears at the top of your screen whenever an app is using your microphone. Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad. Syncing iPad is syncing with your computer. Sync iPad with your computer.

<icon to come> Navigation Indicator A blue bubble indicates that iPad is providing turn-by-turn directions. See Get driving directions in Maps on iPad. Status icon What it means Activity There is network or other activity. Some third-party apps use this icon to show app activity. VPN iPad is connected to a network using VPN. Lock iPad is locked. See Access features from the iPad Lock Screen. RTT RTT is turned on. See Set up and use RTT on iPad. Do Not Disturb Do Not Disturb is turned on. See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad . Orientation lock Screen orientation is locked. See Access features from the iPad Lock Screen. Location Services An app is using Location Services. See Control the location information you share on iPad. Alarm An alarm is set. See Set an alarm on iPad. Headphones connected iPad is paired with Bluetooth headphones that are turned on and within Bluetooth range. See Set up and listen to Bluetooth headphones. Bluetooth battery Shows the battery level of a supported paired Bluetooth device. Battery Shows the battery level or charging status. See Charge the iPad battery. Battery Charging Shows the iPad battery is charging. See Charge the iPad battery. AirPlay AirPlay is on. See Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad. Voice Control Voice Control is turned on in Settings > Accessibility, and Siri is ready for your requests. See Use Voice Control to interact with iPad. Charge and monitor the battery Charge the iPad battery iPad has an internal, lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Lithium-ion technology currently provides the best performance for your device. Compared with traditional battery technology, lithium-ion batteries are lighter, charge faster, last longer, and have a higher power density for more battery life. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. WARNING: For important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. About charging the battery The battery icon in the top-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status. When youre syncing or using iPad, it may take longer to charge the battery. If iPad is very low on power, it may display an image of a nearly depleted battery, indicating that it needs to charge for up to 10 minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power when you begin to charge it, the display may be blank for up to 2 minutes before the low-battery image appears. See the Apple Support article If your iPad wont charge. Charge the battery To charge your iPad battery, do one of the following:

Connect iPad to a power outlet using the included cable and power adapter. See Accessories included with iPad. Note: Connecting iPad to a power outlet can start an iCloud backup or wireless computer syncing. See Back up iPad and Sync iPad with your computer. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. Make sure your computer is turned onif iPad is connected to a computer thats turned off, the battery may drain instead of charge. Look for on the battery icon to make sure iPad is charging. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. Note: Dont try to charge your iPad by connecting it to your keyboard, unless your keyboard has a high-power USB port. WARNING: If you suspect there may be liquid in the charging port of iPad, dont plug the charging cable into it. For information about exposure to liquid, and other important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information for iPad. Using Low Power Mode can significantly increase the life of the battery charge. Switch to Low Power Mode when your iPad battery is low, or when you dont have access to electrical power. Turn on Low Power Mode 1. Go to Settings

> Battery. 2. Turn on Low Power Mode. Low Power Mode limits background activity and optimizes performance for essential tasks like making and receiving calls, email, and messages; accessing the internet; and more. Note: If your iPad switches to Low Power Mode automatically, it switches back to normal power mode after charging to 80%. Your iPad might perform some tasks more slowly when in Low Power Mode. Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Monitor the iPad battery level There are several ways to keep track of the battery level of your iPad. Show the battery level in the status bar Go to Settings

> Battery, then turn on Battery Percentage. Add a Batteries widget to monitor your Home Screen You can add a Batteries widget to your Home Screen to keep track of the battery levels of your iPad and its accessories (including AirPods, Apple Pencil, and more). 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Batteries. 3. Swipe left and right through the Battery Status widgets to view the size options. The different sizes display different information. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget, then tap Done. See Add widgets on iPad. View your battery usage information Go to Settings

> Battery. Information about your battery usage and activity appears for the last 24 hours and up to the last 10 days. Insights and suggestions: You might see insights about conditions or usage patterns that cause iPad to consume energy. You might also see suggestions for lowering energy consumption. If a suggestion appears, you can tap it to go to the corresponding setting. Last Charged: Indicates how fully the battery was last charged and the time it was disconnected. Battery Level graph (in Last 24 Hours): Shows the battery level, charging intervals, and periods when iPad was in Low Power Mode or the battery was critically low. Battery Usage graph (in Last 10 Days): Shows the percentage of battery used each day. Activity graph: Shows activity over time, split by whether the screen was on or off. Screen On and Screen Off: Shows total activity for the selected time interval, for when the screen was on and when it was off. The Last 10 Days view shows the average per day. Battery Usage by App: Shows the proportion of the battery used by each app in the selected time interval. Activity by App: Shows the amount of time each app was used in the selected time interval. Note: To see battery information for a specific hour or day, tap that time interval in the graph. To deselect it, tap outside the graph. Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Download or bookmark the iPad User Guide You can view the iPad User Guide in the Safari app read it even when youre offline.

, or download it to the Books app so you can View the user guide in Safari In Safari, go to https://support.apple.com/guide/ipad. To view the user guide in a different language, scroll down to the bottom of the page, tap the country or region link (United States, for example), then choose a country or region. Tip: For quick access, add the guide as a shortcut on your Home Screen or as a bookmark in Safari. Tap

, then choose any of the following:

Add to Home Screen: The shortcut appears as a new icon on the Home Screen. Add Bookmark: The bookmark appears when you tap in Safari. Download the user guide from Apple Books If you download the guide from Apple Books (where available), you can read it even when iPad isnt connected to the internet. 1. Open the Books app

. 2. Tap Search, then enter iPad User Guide. 3. Tap Get, then wait for the book to download. See Read books in the Books app on iPad. Learn gestures for iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Control iPad and its apps using a few simple gesturestap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. Symbol Gesture Tap. Touch one finger lightly on the screen. Touch and hold. Touch and hold items in an app to preview contents and perform quick actions. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. scrolling. Swipe. Move one finger across the screen quickly. Scroll. Move one finger across the screen without lifting. For example, in Photos, you can drag a list up or down to see more. Swipe to scroll quickly; touch the screen to stop Zoom. Place two fingers on the screen near each other. Spread them apart to zoom in, or move them toward each other to zoom out. You can also double-tap a photo or webpage to zoom in, and double-tap again to zoom out. In Maps, double-tap and hold, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Heres a handy reference to the gestures you use on all iPad models to go to the Home Screen, switch between recent apps, access controls, and more. A few gestures are done differently on an iPad with a Home button, as described in the table below. Gesture Description Go Home. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to return to the Home Screen at any time. See Open apps on iPad. Gesture Description Quickly access controls. Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center; touch and hold a control to reveal more options. To add or remove controls, go to Settings

> Control Center. See Use and customize Control Center on iPad. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up from the bottom edge, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your finger. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app you want to use. See Switch between apps on iPad. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen to quickly switch between open apps. (On an iPad with a Home button, swipe with a slight arc.) See Switch between apps on iPad. Open the Dock within an app. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. To quickly open another app, tap it in the Dock. See Open an app from the Dock. Ask Siri. Just say, Hey Siri. Or press and hold the top button and make your request. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the Home button and make your request.) Siri listens until you release the button. See Ask Siri on iPad. Gesture Description Use Accessibility Shortcut. Triple-click the top button. (On an iPad with a Home button, triple-click the Home button.) See Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad. Take a screenshot. Simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and volume up button. (On an iPad with a Home button, simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and the Home button.) See Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad. Turn off. Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider to power off. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the top button until the sliders appear.) Or go to Settings

> General > Shut Down. See Turn iPad off and on (models with the Home button). Force restart. Press and release the volume up button, press and release the volume down button, then press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. See Force restart iPad. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Basics Siri. Adjust the volume on iPad Use the volume buttons on the side of iPad to adjust the volume of songs and other media, alerts, and sound effects. You can also use Siri to turn the volume up or down. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Learn how to ask You can use Control Center to silence audio alerts and notifications. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Do Not Disturb doesnt mute the audio from music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows. Lock the ringer and alert volumes Go to Settings

> Sounds, then turn off Change with Buttons. Note: To limit the maximum headset volume, go to Settings > Music > Volume Limit, then drag the slider to set the maximum volume. Adjust the volume in Control Center When iPad is locked or when youre using an app, you can adjust the volume in Control Center. Open Control Center, then drag

. Mute the sound Press and hold the Volume Down button. Temporarily silence calls, alerts, and notifications Open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap Do Not Disturb. (See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad.) On iPad, there are several ways to protect your hearing from loud volume while listening to headphone audio. See Use headphone audio-level features on iPad. Use your apps Open apps on iPad You can quickly open apps from your Home Screen pages. 1. To go to the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to browse apps on other Home Screen pages. 3. To open an app, tap its icon on the Home Screen. 4. To return to the first Home Screen page, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Find your apps in the App Library on iPad The App Library shows your apps organized into categories, such as Creativity, Social, and Entertainment. The apps you use most are near the top of the screen and at the top level of their categories, so you can easily locate and open them. Note: Apps in the App Library are organized automatically. You can add apps in the App Library to the Home Screen, but you cant move them to another App Library category. Find and open an app in the App Library 1. Go to the Home Screen, then swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to get to the App Library. You can also open the App Library quickly by tapping [the App Library button], the rightmost button in the Dock. 2. Tap the search field at the top of the screen, then enter the name of the app youre looking for. Or scroll to browse the alphabetical list. 3. To open an app, tap it. If a category in the App Library has a few small app icons, you can tap them to expand the category and see all the apps in it. Move an app from the App Library to the Home Screen You can add an app in the App Library to the Home Screen, unless its already there. Touch and hold the app, then tap Add to Home Screen (available only if the app isnt already on the Home Screen). The app appears on the Home Screen and in the App Library. Switch between apps on iPad You can use the Dock, the App Switcher, or a gesture to quickly switch from one app to another on your iPad. When you switch back, you can pick up right where you left off. Open an app from the Dock From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to use. Favorite apps are on the left side of the Dock, and suggested appslike ones you opened recently and ones open on your iPhone or Macappear on the right side of the Dock. Use the App Switcher 1. To see all your open apps and Split View workspaces in the App Switcher, do one of the following:

On all iPad models: Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the center of the screen. On an iPad with a Home button: Double-click the Home button. 2. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app or Split View workspace you want to use. Switch between open apps To switch between open apps, do one of the following:

Swipe left or right with four or five fingers. Swipe left or right with one finger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On an iPad with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) Zoom an app to fill the screen on iPad Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap to return to the original size. to zoom in on the app. Tap Check the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Quit and reopen an app on iPad If an app isnt responding, you can quit it and then reopen it to try and resolve the issue. (Typically, theres no reason to quit an app; quitting it doesnt save battery power, for example.) 1. To quit an app, open the App Switcher, then swipe up on the app. 2. To reopen the app, go to the Home Screen (or the App Library), then tap the app. If quitting and reopening the app doesnt solve your problem, try restarting iPad. Enter, select, and revise text Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad On iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to enter and edit text. You can also use an external keyboard, Apple Pencil, and dictation to enter text. Enter text using the onscreen keyboard In any app that allows text editing, open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. You can pinch closed to shrink the keyboard, then tap individual keys to type, or use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). To end a word, lift your finger. (If you tap after sliding to type a word, it deletes the whole word.) You can drag the smaller keyboard from the bottom of the screen to move it wherever you want for easy one-handed typing. To return to the full-size keyboard, pinch open. On the full-size keyboard, you tap keys to type. While entering text, you can do any of the following on both the smaller keyboard and the full-size keyboard:

Type uppercase letters: Tap

, or touch

, then slide to a letter. Turn on Caps Lock: Double-tap

. Quickly end a sentence with a period and a space: Double-tap the Space bar. Correct spelling: Tap a misspelled word (underlined in red) to see suggested corrections, then tap a suggestion to replace the word, or type the correction. Enter numbers, punctuation, or symbols: Tap or

. Undo the last edit: Swipe left with three fingers, then tap Undo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Redo the last edit: Swipe right with three fingers, then tap Redo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Hide the onscreen keyboard: Tap

. See Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad. Enter emoji with the onscreen keyboard 1. Open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. 2. Switch to the emoji keyboard by tapping or

. 3. To search for an emoji, tap at the bottom left, then enter a commonly used wordsuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the keyboard. 4. To enter an emoji, tap it. To see more choices, swipe through the emoji that appear. 5. To return to the regular keyboard, tap ABC in the lower-left corner. See Switch between keyboards with iPad. Turn the onscreen keyboard into a trackpad 1. Touch and hold the Space bar with one finger until the keyboard turns light gray. 2. Move the insertion point by dragging around the keyboard. 3. To select text, touch and hold the keyboard with a second finger, then adjust the selection by moving the first finger around the keyboard. Use a split keyboard You can type with a split keyboard thats at the bottom of the screen, or undocked and in the middle of the screen. To turn Split Keyboard on or off, touch and hold Keyboard; or go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn Split Keyboard on or off. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then select Split When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, touch and hold

, then do any of the following:

Use a split keyboard: Slide your finger to Split, then release. Or spread the keyboard apart from the middle using two fingers. Move the keyboard to the middle of the screen: Slide your finger to Undock, then release. Return to a full keyboard: Slide your finger to Dock and Merge, then release. Return a full keyboard to the bottom of the screen: Slide your finger to Dock, then release. Note: The Split Keyboard option is not available on iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later). Enter accented letters or other characters while typing While typing, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key, then slide to choose a variant. You can also do any of the following:

On a Thai keyboard: To choose native numbers, touch and hold the related Arabic number. On a Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic keyboard: Tap a suggested character or candidate at the top of the keyboard to enter it, or swipe left to see more candidates. Note: To view the full candidate list, tap the up arrow on the right. To return to the short list, tap the down arrow. Set typing options You can turn on special typing featuressuch as predictive text and auto-correctionthat assist you when you type on iPad. While typing using the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold typing features (below All Keyboards) on or off. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn Dictate text on iPad On iPad, you can dictate text instead of typing it. (If youre using an external keyboard, see Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard.) Make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings > General > Keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models). Turn on Dictation 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Turn on Enable Dictation. Dictate text 1. Tap on the onscreen keyboard, then speak. 2. When you finish, tap

. If you dont see

, make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings

> General > Keyboard. To insert text by dictating, tap to place the insertion point, then tap text by dictating. You can also replace selected Add punctuation or format text While dictating text, say the punctuation or formatting. For example, Dear Mary comma the check is in the mail exclamation mark becomes Dear Mary, the check is in the mail! Punctuation and formatting commands include the following:

period comma exclamation point question mark dollar sign quote end quote new paragraph new line colon open parenthesis close parenthesis semicolon capto capitalize the next word caps on caps offto capitalize the first character of each word all capsto make the next word all uppercase all caps on all caps offto make the enclosed words all uppercase no caps on no caps offto make the enclosed words all lowercase no spaceto eliminate the space between two words (not available for all languages) no space on no space offto run a series of words together (not available for all languages) smileyto insert :-) frownyto insert :-(

winkyto insert ;-) hash tag Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad In apps on iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to select and edit text in text fields. You can also use an external keyboard, Apple Pencil, or your finger. Select and edit text 1. To select text, do any of the following:

Select a word: Double-tap with one finger. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap with one finger. Select a block of text: Double-tap and hold the first word in the block, then drag to the last word. 2. After selecting the text you want to revise, you can type, or tap the selection to see editing options:

Cut: Tap Cut or pinch closed with three fingers two times. Copy: Tap Copy or pinch closed with three fingers. Paste: Tap Paste or pinch open with three fingers. Replace: View suggested replacement text, or have Siri suggest alternative text. B/I/U: Format the selected text. View more options. Insert text by typing 1. Place the insertion point where you want to insert text by doing any of the following:

Tap where you want to add text. Move the insertion point by dragging it. Note: To navigate a long document, touch and hold the right edge of the document, then drag the scroller to locate the text you want to revise. 2. Type the text you want to insert. You can also insert text you cut or copied from another place in the document. See Select and edit text. With Universal Clipboard, you can cut or copy something on one Apple device and paste it to another. You can also move text within an app. Use predictive text on iPad As you type text on the iPad keyboard, you see predictions for your next word, emoji that could take the place of your word, and other suggestions based on your recent activity and information from your apps (not available for all languages). In Messages, for example, when you type something like:

Im at followed by a space, your current location appears as an option My number is followed by a space, your phone number appears as an option Accept or reject a predictive text suggestion To accept a suggested word or emoji while typing, tap it; to accept the highlighted suggestion, enter a space or punctuation. When you tap a suggested word, a space appears after the word. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, the space is deleted. To reject the suggestions, tap your original word (shown as the predictive text option with quotation marks). Turn off predictive text With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold Predictive. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn off With an external keyboard: Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Predictive. When you turn off predictive text, iPad may still try to suggest corrections for misspelled words. To accept a correction, enter a space or punctuation, or tap Return. To reject a correction, tap the x. If you reject the same suggestion a few times, iPad stops suggesting it. Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad On iPad, set up a text replacement you can use to enter a word or phrase by typing just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! That ones already set up for you, but you can also add your own. Create a text replacement 1. Do one of the following:

With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold Replacement. or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then tap Text With an external keyboard: Go to Settings Replacement.

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text 2. Tap at the top right. 3. Type a phrase in the Phrase field and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the Shortcut field. Have a word or phrase you use and dont want it corrected?

1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text Replacement. 2. Tap at the top right, then enter your word or phrase in the Phrase field, but leave the Shortcut field blank. Create a text replacement for word and input pairs When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a text replacement for word and input pairs. The text replacement is added to your personal dictionary. When you type the text shortcut for a word or input while using a supported keyboard, the paired word or input is substituted for the shortcut. Shortcuts are available for the following:

Simplified Chinese: Pinyin Use iCloud to keep your personal dictionary up to date on your other devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Traditional Chinese: Pinyin and Zhuyin Japanese: Romaji and Kana Reset your personal dictionary 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. All custom words and shortcuts are deleted, and the keyboard dictionary returns to its default state. Add or change keyboards on iPad On iPad, you can turn typing features, such as spell checking, on or off; add keyboards for writing in different languages; and change the layout of your onscreen or wireless keyboard. If you add keyboards for other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you use most often. (Not available for all languages.) Add or remove a keyboard for another language 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, then do any of the following:

Add a keyboard: Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Remove a keyboard: Tap Edit, tap then tap Done. next to the keyboard you want to remove, tap Delete, Reorder your keyboard list: Tap Edit, drag tap Done. next to a keyboard to a new place in the list, then If you add a keyboard for a different language, the corresponding language is automatically added to the Preferred Language Order list. You can view this list and add languages to it directly in Settings >

General > Language & Region. You can also reorder the list to change how apps and websites display text. Switch to another keyboard On the onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold to switch to. or

, then tap the name of the keyboard you want You can also tap other enabled keyboards. or to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue tapping to access On an external keyboard: Press and hold Control, then press the Space bar to cycle between English, emoji, and other keyboards you add for different languages. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press keyboard to another. to switch from one Assign an alternative layout to a keyboard You can use an alternative keyboard layout that doesnt match the keys on your keyboard. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Keyboards. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then select an alternative layout from the list. Move and copy items with drag and drop on iPad With drag and drop, you can use a finger to move text and items within an app and copy items from one app to another. For example, you can drag an image from Notes into an email. (Not all third-party apps support drag and drop.) Move an item 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. Drag it to another location within the app. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, it automatically scrolls. Copy an item between open apps text, select it first). 1. Open two items in Split View or in Slide Over, then touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its 2. Drag it to the other app. As you drag, document, the document automatically scrolls. appears wherever you can drop the item. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long Tip: If you want to drag the item to a new note or email, open the new note or email first so you can drag the item directly to it. Drag a link to a Split View or Slide Over window Touch and hold the link until it lifts up, then do one of the following:

Replace a Split View or Slide Over window with the links destination: Drag the link to the window. Open the links destination in a Split View or Slide Over window: When there is no Split View or Slide Over window showing, drag the link to the left or right edge of the screen to open the destination in Split View, or drag the link close to the edge to open in Slide Over. Copy an item to an app on the Home Screen or in the Dock 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. While you continue to hold the item, use another finger to swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 3. Drag the item over the other app to open it (a ghost image of the item appears under your finger as you drag). You can drag over items in the app to navigate to where you want to drop the item (as you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item). For example, you can drag over the notes list to open the note where you want to drop the item, or you can use another finger to open a new note where you can drop the item. If you change your mind about moving an item, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the item off the screen. Select multiple items to move 1. Touch and hold the first selected item, drag it slightly, and continue holding it. 2. While still holding the first item, tap additional items with another finger. A badge indicates the number of selected items. 3. Drag all of the items together. If you change your mind about moving items, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the items off the screen. Use multiple apps simultaneously Open two items in Split View on iPad On iPad, you can work with multiple apps at the same time. Open two different apps, or two windows from the same app, by splitting the screen into resizable views. For example, open Messages and Maps at the same time in Split View. Or open two Messages windows in Split View and manage two conversations at the same time. Open a second item in Split View 1. While using an app, tap at the top of the screen, then tap

. The app youre using moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find the second app you want to open on your Home Screen or in the Dock, then tap it. The two items appear in Split View. Replace an item in Split View When you have two apps open in Split View, you can replace one of them with a different app. 1. Swipe down from at the top of the app you want to replace. The app you want to replace drops down, and the other app moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find the replacement app on your Home Screen or in the Dock, then tap it. The two items appear side by side in Split View. Turn Split View into Slide Over When you have two apps or windows open in Split View, you can turn one of them into a Slide Over windowa smaller window that slides in front of the first). Tap at the top of the window you want to turn into a Slide Over window, then tap

. See Open an app in Slide Over. On supported models, you can use Split View and Slide Over simultaneously. Open an app in Slide Over on iPad While youre using an app, you can open a second app in a Slide Over windowa smaller window that slides in front of the first. For example, while youre using Maps, you can open Messages in Slide Over to carry on a conversation while looking at Maps. iPad keeps track of the apps you open in Slide Over so that you can switch between them easily. Open another app in Slide Over 1. While using an app, tap at the top of the screen, then tap

. The app youre using moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find the app you want to open in Slide Over, then tap it. To open a third app in Slide Over when the screen is in Split View (on supported models), swipe up from the bottom edge, pause to reveal the Dock, then drag the app from the Dock to the Split View divider. (See Open two items in Split View on iPad.) Switch between apps in Slide Over Swipe right along the bottom of the Slide Over window, or do the following:

1. Swipe halfway up from the bottom of the Slide Over window, pause, then lift your finger. 2. Tap the app you want to view, if its visible. If you dont see it, swipe right through the apps. Move the Slide Over window Do one of the following:

Move the Slide Over window to the other side of the screen: Drag from Over window. at the top of the Slide Temporarily hide the Slide Over window: Swipe all the way up from the bottom of the Slide Over window. The Slide Over window disappears off the edge of the screen. Move the Slide Over window back onto the screen: From any open app, swipe from the edge of the screen where it disappeared. Turn Slide Over into Split View Tap at the top of the Slide Over window, then tap

. On supported models, you can use Slide Over and Split View simultaneously. See Open two items in Split View. Open an item in the center of the screen In many iPad appsincluding Mail, Messages, Notes, and Filesyou can open an item in the center of the app window. 1. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a message in a mailbox in Mail. Touch and hold a conversation in the list of Messages. Touch and hold a note in the Notes list. Touch and hold a file in Files. 2. Tap Open in New Window. The item opens in the center of the screen without changing your current view. View an apps open windows and workspaces In many iPad appsincluding Mail, Notes, Safari, and Filesthere can be multiple windows open. You can view all the open windows for an app, including those in Split View and Slide Over. View an apps open windows 1. Do any of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to reveal the Dock. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the app you want to view, then tap Show All Windows. Note: If you touch and hold an app for too long, all of the apps begin to jiggle. Tap Done or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. The windows in some apps appear in miniature on a shelf near the bottom of the screen. When you tap a window on the shelf, its contents appear in the current, full-screen window. Create new windows in an app When youre viewing all of an apps open windows, theres a window with in the middle of it. Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad With Picture in Picture, you can use FaceTime or watch a video while you use other apps. When using FaceTime or watching a video, tap button). or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home The video window scales down to a corner of your screen so you can see the Home Screen and open other apps. With the video window showing, you can do any of the following:

Resize the video window: To make the small video window larger, pinch open. To shrink it again, pinch closed. Show and hide controls: Tap the video window. Move the video window: Drag it to a different corner of the screen. Hide the video window: Drag it off the left or right edge of the screen. Close the video window: Tap

. Return to a full FaceTime or video screen: Tap in the small video window. Access features from the iPad Lock Screen The Lock Screen, which shows the current time and date and your most recent notifications, appears when you turn on or wake iPad. From the Lock Screen, you can see notifications, open Camera and Control Center, get information from your favorite apps at a glance, and more. Access features and information from the Lock Screen You can quickly access the features and information you need most from the Lock Screen, even while iPad is locked. Open Camera: Swipe left. (See Take photos with your iPad camera.) Open Control Center: Swipe down from the top-right corner. (See Use and customize Control Center on iPad.) See earlier notifications: Swipe up from the center. (See View and respond to notifications on iPad.) View widgets: Swipe right. (See Add widgets on iPad.) Start drawing and taking notes: (on supported models) Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. To choose what you can access from the Lock Screen, see Control access to information on the iPad Lock Screen. Show notification previews on the Lock Screen 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap Show Previews, then tap Always. Notification previews include text from Messages, lines from Mail messages, and details about Calendar invitations. See View and respond to notifications on iPad. Perform quick actions on iPad On the Home Screen, in Control Center, and in apps, you can see previews, open quick actions menus, and more. In Photos, touch and hold an image to preview it and see a list of options. In Mail, touch and hold a message in a mailbox to preview the message contents and see a list of options. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. If the icons start to jiggle, tap Done at the top right or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. Open Control Center, then touch and hold an item like Camera or the brightness control to see options. On the Lock Screen, touch and hold a notification briefly to respond to it. When typing, touch and hold the Space bar with one finger to turn your keyboard into a trackpad. Use iPad to search On iPad, you can search for apps and contacts, look for content inside apps like Mail, Messages, and Photos, and even search for text in your photos. You can find and open webpages and find information about artists, entertainers, TV shows, and movies. You can also check stock and currency information and perform calculations, including unit conversions. You can choose which apps you want to include in search results. Search offers suggestions based on your use of the apps and updates results as you type. Choose which apps to include in Search 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search. 2. Scroll down, tap an app, then turn Show in Search on or off. Search with iPad 1. Swipe down from the middle of the Home Screen. 2. Tap the search field, then enter what youre looking for. 3. Do any of the following:

Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap Go. Open a suggested app: Tap it. Get more information about a search suggestion: Tap it, then tap one of the results to open it. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Turn off Suggestions in Search Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn off Suggestions in Search. Turn off Location Services for suggestions 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Tap System Services, then turn off Location-Based Suggestions. Search in apps Many apps include a search field or a search button so you can find something within the app. For example, in the Maps app, you can search for a specific location. 1. In an app, tap the search field or button

(if there is one). If you dont see a search field or button, swipe down from the top. 2. Type your search, then tap Search. Add a dictionary On iPad, you can add dictionaries, which can be used in searches. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Dictionary. 2. Select a dictionary. Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices With AirDrop you can wirelessly send your photos, videos, websites, locations, and more to other nearby devices and Mac computers (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required). AirDrop transfers information using Wi-Fi and Bluetoothboth must be turned on. To use AirDrop, you need to be signed in with your Apple ID. Transfers are encrypted for security. Send an item using AirDrop options. 1. Open the item, then tap

, Share, AirDrop,

, or another button that displays the apps sharing 2. Tap in the row of share options, then tap the profile picture of a nearby AirDrop user. If the person doesnt appear as a nearby AirDrop user, ask them to open Control Center on iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and allow AirDrop to receive items. To send to someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. To send an item using a method other than AirDrop, choose the methodfor example, Messages or Mailfrom the row of sharing options (options vary by app). Siri may also suggest ways to share with the people you know by displaying their profile pictures and icons representing sharing methods. You can also use AirDrop to securely share app and website passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. See Share passwords securely with AirDrop on iPad. Allow others to send items to your iPad using AirDrop 1. Open Control Center, touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap

. 2. Tap Contacts Only or Everyone to choose who you want to receive items from. You can accept or decline each request as it arrives. Note: The Contacts Only option is available on devices with iOS 10, iPadOS, macOS 10.12, or later. If AirDrop is set to Contacts Only on your device with an earlier software version, select the Everyone option in Control Center to receive items by AirDrop. You can choose the Everyone option when using AirDrop and disable it when not in use. Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad You can take a picture of the screen just as it appears, or a recording of actions on the screen, to share with others or use in documents. Take a screenshot 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the volume up button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Done. 3. Choose Save to Photos, Save to Files, or Delete Screenshot. If you choose Save to Photos, you can view it in the Screenshots album in the Photos app, or in the All Photos album if youre using iCloud Photos. Save a full-page screenshot as a PDF You can take a full-page, scrolling screenshot of a webpage, document, or email that exceeds the length of your iPad screen, then save it as a PDF. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the volume up button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Full Page. 3. Do any of the following:

Save the screenshot: Tap Done, choose Save PDF to Files, choose a location, then tap Save. Share the screenshot: Tap Mail), enter any other requested information, then send the PDF.

, choose a sharing option (for example AirDrop, Messages, or Create a screen recording You can create a screen recording and capture sound on your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Screen Recording. 2. Open Control Center, tap

, then wait for the three-second countdown. 3. To stop recording, open Control Center, tap or the red status bar at the top of the screen, then tap Stop. Go to Photos

, then select your screen recording. Mark up files and photos Draw in apps with Markup on iPad In supported apps on iPad, such as Messages, Mail, Notes, and Books, you can annotate photos, screenshots, and PDFs, sketch ideas, write notes, and more using built-in drawing tools. Show, move, and hide the Markup toolbar To show the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup, then do any of the following:

Move the Markup toolbar: Drag the toolbar to any edge of the screen.

(Drag from the middle edge of the toolbar closest to the center of the screen.) Automatically minimize the toolbar when youre drawing or entering text: Tap Auto-minimize.

, then turn on To show the full toolbar again, tap the minimized version. Hide the toolbar: Tap or Done. Draw or write in apps with Markup In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool, then write or draw with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models). Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is While writing or drawing, do any of the following:

Change the line weight: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then choose an option. Change the opacity: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then drag the slider. Change the color: Choose a color from the color picker in the Markup toolbar. Undo a mistake: Tap

. Draw a straight line: Tap the ruler tool in the toolbar, then draw a line along the edge of the ruler. To change the angle of the ruler, touch and hold the ruler with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To move the ruler without changing its angle, drag it with one finger. To make the ruler disappear, tap the ruler tool in the toolbar again. In the Notes app, you can write text with Apple Pencil and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Select and edit drawings and handwriting. Draw a shape You can use Markup to draw geometrically perfect shapeslines, arcs, and moreto use in diagrams and sketches. 1. In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is 2. Draw a shape in one stroke with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models), then pause. A perfect version of the shape snaps into place, replacing the drawing. (If you prefer to keep the freehand shape, tap

.) The shapes you can draw include straight lines, arrows, arcs, continuous lines with 90-degree turns, squares, circles, rectangles, triangles, pentagons, chat bubbles, hearts, stars, and clouds. Change your handwritten text or drawings 1. Choose the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler) in the Markup toolbar, then do any of the following to select the content you want to change:

Select a word or drawn object: Double-tap it. Select a sentence: Triple-tap it. Select a paragraph or text block: Touch and hold the first word, then drag to the last word. To select more precisely, drag slowly. In the Notes app, Markup recognizes handwritten text separately from drawn objects, so you can select handwriting alone. If you want to include drawings in your selection, you can drag over them, too. Select multiple drawn objects: With the Lasso tool selected, draw around the objects with your finger or Apple Pencil, then tap the selection. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. After selecting the content you want to revise, tap it, then do any of the following:

Cut, copy, delete, or duplicate: Tap an option. Move: Touch and hold the content until it lifts up, then drag it to a new location. Tip: After selecting handwritten text and drawings, you can change their color by tapping a color in the Markup toolbar, or move them by dragging them to a new location. For more ways to edit your handwriting or drawing in Notes, see Draw or write in Notes on iPad. Erase a mistake Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its Double-tap the eraser tool in the Markup toolbar, then do one of the following:

Erase pixels: Choose Pixel Eraser, then scrub over the mistake with your finger or Apple Pencil. Erase an object: Choose Object Eraser, then touch the object with your finger or Apple Pencil. Switch between the pixel and the object erasers: Tap the eraser tool again, then choose Pixel Eraser or Object Eraser. Tip: You can take a screenshot by swiping up from the bottom-left corner of the screen with Apple Pencil and immediately begin marking it up. If you dont have Apple Pencil, you can take a screenshot, then tap the thumbnail that appears for a few moments in the bottom-left corner of the screen. Add typed text, shapes, and signatures with Markup on iPad In Notes and other supported apps, you can use Markup to add text, shapes, and more. Add and edit typed text in Notes To add typed text in the Notes app, you can type or write directly in a note without opening the Markup toolbar. 1. If the Markup toolbar is open, close it by tapping

. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap in the note, then type using the onscreen or wireless keyboard. See Take notes on iPad. Use Apple Pencil and Scribble to enter text. See Enter text with Scribble on iPad. Add and edit typed text in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Text. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap minimized, tap its minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is 2. Double-tap the text box. 3. Use the keyboard to enter text. To change typed text after you add it, tap the text to select it, then do any of the following:

Change the font, size, or layout: Tap in the toolbar, then choose an option. Delete, edit, or duplicate the text: Tap the text, then choose an option. Move the text: Drag it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Add and adjust a shape in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose a shape. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. To adjust the shape, do any of the following:

Move the shape: Drag it. Resize the shape: Drag any blue dot along the shapes outline. Change the outline color: Tap a color in the color picker. Fill the shape with color or change the line thickness: Tap color.

, then choose an option and a Adjust the form of an arrow or speech bubble shape: Drag a green dot. Delete or duplicate a shape: Tap it, then choose an option. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Add your signature in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose Signature. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its 2. Do one of the following:

Add a new signature: Tap Add or Remove Signature, tap finger to sign your name.

, then use Apple Pencil or your To use the signature, tap Done, or to draw a new one, tap Clear. Add an existing signature: Tap the one you want. To see all of your signatures, scroll down the list. 3. Drag your signature where you want it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. In iPad apps that support Markup, you can write text in any field and have it immediately converted to typed text. See Enter text with Scribble on iPad. Zoom in or magnify in Markup on iPad In Markup in supported apps, you can zoom in when you need to draw the details. Use the magnifier when you only need to see the details. Zoom in While using Markup in a supported app, pinch open so you can draw, adjust shapes, and more, up close. To pan when youre zoomed in, drag two fingers. To zoom back out, pinch closed. Magnify In the Markup toolbar in a supported app (other than Notes), tap

, then tap Magnifier. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap minimized version. or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its To change the magnifiers characteristics, do any of the following:

Change the magnification level: Drag the green dot on the magnifier. Change the size of the magnifier: Drag the blue dot on the magnifier. Move the magnifier: Drag it. Change the outline thickness of the magnifier: Tap

, then choose an option. Change the outline color of the magnifier: Choose an option from the color picker. Remove or duplicate the magnifier: Tap its outline, then tap Delete or Duplicate. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Get information about your iPad View overall storage availability and storage used per app Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. See the Apple Support articles How to check the storage on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch and Manage your iCloud storage. See battery usage

> Battery to see the elapsed time since iPad has been charged and battery usage by Go to Settings app. You can also display battery level as a percentage and turn Low Power Mode on or off. See Charge the iPad battery. View cellular usage Go to Settings models).

> Cellular Data. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular See more information about iPad Go to Settings

> General > About. The items you can view include:

Name iPadOS software version Model name Part and model numbers. To the right of Model, the part number appears. To see the model number, tap the part number. Serial number Network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Capacity and available storage space Carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Cellular Data Number (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identifier, or Smart Card) for GSM networks (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) MEID (Mobile Equipment Identifier) for CDMA networks (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Modem firmware Legal (including legal notices, and license, warranty, and RF exposure information) To copy the serial number and other identifiers, touch and hold the identifier until Copy appears. To see regulatory marks, go to Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory. View or turn off diagnostic information Go to Settings

> Privacy > Analytics & Improvements. To help Apple improve products and services, iPad sends diagnostic and usage data. This data doesnt personally identify you, but may include location information. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can activate cellular data service on iPad, turn cellular service on or off, and set which apps and services use cellular data. With some carriers, you can also change your data plan. iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad. Note: For help with cellular network services and billing, contact your wireless service provider. If iPad is connected to the internet using the cellular data network, an icon identifying the cellular network appears in the status bar. If Cellular Data is off, all data servicesincluding email, web browsing, and push notificationsuse Wi-Fi only. If Cellular Data is on, carrier charges may be incurred. For example, using certain features and services that transfer data, such as Messages, could result in charges to your data plan. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular models dont support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on iPad, use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. Add a cellular plan to your iPad If you previously set up a cellular plan, go to Settings the onscreen instructions.

> Cellular, tap Add a New Plan, then follow If you havent set up a plan, see Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). View or change your cellular data account Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. Choose cellular data options for data usage, performance, battery life, and more To turn Cellular Data on or off, go to Settings

> Cellular. To set options when Cellular Data is on, go to Settings > Cellular > Cellular Data Options, then do any of the following:

Reduce cellular usage: Turn on Low Data Mode, or tap Data Mode, then choose Low Data Mode

(depending on your iPad model). This mode pauses automatic updates and background tasks when iPad isnt connected to Wi-Fi. Turn Data Roaming on or off: Data Roaming permits internet access over a cellular data network when youre in a region not covered by your carriers network. When youre traveling, you can turn off Data Roaming to avoid roaming charges. Depending on your iPad model, carrier, and region, the following option may be available:

Turn LTE on or off: Turning on LTE loads data faster. On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular), you can do the following:

Enable Smart Data mode to optimize battery life: Tap Voice & Data, then choose 5G Auto. In this mode, your iPad automatically switches to LTE when 5G speeds dont provide noticeably better performance. Use higher-quality video and FaceTime HD on 5G networks: Tap Data Mode, then choose Allow More Data on 5G. Set up a Personal Hotspot to begin sharing the cellular internet connection from iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular, then turn on Cellular Data. 2. Tap Set up Personal Hotspot, then follow the instructions in Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular). Set cellular data use for apps and services Go to Settings service (such as Wi-Fi Assist) that can use cellular data.

> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or off for any app (such as Maps) or If a setting is off, iPad uses only Wi-Fi for that service. Note: Wi-Fi Assist is on by default. If Wi-Fi connectivity is poor, Wi-Fi Assist automatically switches to cellular data to boost the signal. Because you stay connected to the internet over cellular when you have a poor Wi-Fi connection, you might use more cellular data, which may incur additional charges depending on your data plan. See the Apple Support article About Wi-Fi Assist. Lock your SIM card If your device uses a SIM card for cellular data, you can lock the card with a personal identification number (PIN) to prevent others from using the card. Then, every time you restart your device or remove the SIM card, your card locks automatically, and youre required to enter your PIN. See Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad. Choose iPad settings for travel When you travel with iPad, choose settings that comply with airline requirements. Some airlines let you keep your iPad turned on if you switch to airplane mode. By default, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled in airplane modeyou cant make or receive FaceTime calls or use features or accessories that require wireless communication, but you can listen to music, play games, watch videos, and use other apps that dont require internet access. To choose settings that minimize cellular charges when you travel (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). When you travel abroad, you may be able to sign up for cellular service with a carrier in the region youre visiting, right from your iPad (available on Wi-Fi + Cellular models with Touch ID or Face ID). See Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Turn on airplane mode Open Control Center, then tap

. You can also turn airplane mode on or off in Settings status bar at the top of the screen. When airplane mode is on, appears in the Turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode If your airline allows it, you can use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode. 1. Open Control Center, then turn on airplane mode. 2. Tap to turn on Wi-Fi or to turn on Bluetooth. If you turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, it may be on the next time you return to airplane mode. To turn off Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, open Control Center, then tap or

. Personalize your iPad Change or turn off iPad sounds In Settings reminder, or other type of notification.

, change or turn off the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text message, email, To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, turn on Do Not Disturb. Set options for alert tones and ringtones, and ringer and alert volumes. Set sound options 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Drag the slider to set the volume for the ringer and alerts. 3. Tap Ringtone and other options to select sounds for the ringtone and alert tones. Silence iPad To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap Do Not Disturb. Tip: If youre not receiving incoming calls and notifications when you expect them, open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If

(When Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) is highlighted, tap it to turn off Do Not Disturb. Change the wallpaper on iPad On iPad, choose an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock Screen or Home Screen. You can choose from dynamic and still images.

 

 

1. Go to Settings

> Wallpaper > Choose a New Wallpaper. Change the wallpaper 2. Do any of the following:

Choose a preset image from a group at the top of the screen (Dynamic, Stills, and so on). Wallpaper marked with changes appearance when Dark Mode is turned on. Select one of your own photos (tap an album, then tap the photo). To reposition your selected image, pinch open to zoom in on it, then drag the image to move it. Pinch closed to zoom back out. to turn on Perspective Zoom (available with some wallpaper choices), which makes your Tap wallpaper seem to move when you change your viewing angle. Note: The Perspective Zoom option doesnt appear if Reduce Motion (in Accessibility settings) is turned on. See Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on iPad. 3. Tap Set, then choose one of the following:

Set Lock Screen Set Home Screen Set Both To turn on Perspective Zoom for wallpaper youve already set, go to Settings > Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock Screen or Home Screen, then tap Perspective Zoom. Tip: You can set your wallpaper to change automatically by creating a personal automation in the Shortcuts app. Set a schedule for your automation, then add the Set Wallpaper action to your automation. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Adjust the screen brightness and color on iPad On iPad, you can make your screen dimmer or brighter (dimming the screen extends battery life). You can also adjust the screen color and brightness manually or automatically with Dark Mode, True Tone, and Night Shift. Adjust the screen brightness manually To make your iPad screen dimmer or brighter, do one of the following:

Open Control Center, then drag

. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then drag the slider. Adjust the screen brightness automatically iPad adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Tap Display & Text Size, then turn on Auto-Brightness. Turn Dark Mode on or off Dark Mode gives the entire iPad experience a dark color scheme thats perfect for low-light environments. With Dark Mode on, you can use your iPad while, for example, reading in bed, without disturbing the person next to you. Do any of the following:

Go to Settings turn it off. Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn Dark Mode on or off.

> Display & Brightness, then select Dark to turn on Dark Mode or select Light to Schedule Dark Mode to turn on and off automatically You can turn on Dark Mode from Control Center or set it to turn on automatically at night (or on a custom schedule) in Settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Turn on Automatic, then tap Options. 3. Select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Dark Mode to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Turn Night Shift on or off You can turn on Night Shift manually, which is helpful when youre in a darkened room during the day. Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap

. Schedule Night Shift to turn on and off automatically Schedule Night Shift to shift the colors in your display to the warmer end of the spectrum at night and make viewing the screen easier on your eyes. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Night Shift. 2. Turn on Scheduled. 3. To adjust the color balance for Night Shift, drag the slider below Color Temperature toward the warmer or cooler end of the spectrum. 4. Tap From, then select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Night Shift to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned off Location Services in Settings

> Privacy, or if you turned off Setting Time Zone in Settings > Privacy > Location Services >

System Services. On supported models, True Tone automatically adapts the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Turn True Tone on or off Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn True Tone on or off. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then turn True Tone on or off. Magnify the iPad screen with Display Zoom On iPad Pro 12.9-inch, you can magnify the screen display with Display Zoom. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap View (below Display Zoom). 3. Select Zoomed, then tap Set. Change the name of your iPad You can change the name of your iPad, which is used by iCloud, AirDrop, your Personal Hotspot, and your computer. 1. Go to Settings

> General > About > Name. 2. Tap

, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change the date and time on iPad By default, the date and time, visible on the Lock Screen, are set automatically based on your location. If you want to change themfor example, when youre travelingyou can adjust them. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Date & Time. 2. Turn on either of the following:

Set Automatically: iPad gets the correct time over the network and updates it for the time zone youre in. Some networks dont support network time, so in some countries or regions, iPad may not be able to automatically determine the local time. 24-Hour Time: (not available in all countries or regions) iPad displays the hours from 0 to 23. To change the default date and time, turn off Set Automatically, then change the date and time displayed. Change the language and region on iPad You choose the language and region of your iPad during setup. If you travel or move, you can change the language or region. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Set the following:

The language for iPad The region The calendar format The temperature unit (Celsius or Fahrenheit) tap Add New Keyboard. See Add or change keyboards on iPad. 3. To add a keyboard for another language, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Keyboards, then Customize the Home Screen Organize your apps in folders on iPad You can organize your apps into folders to make them easier to find on your Home Screen pages. Create folders 1. Touch and hold any app on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The apps begin to jiggle. 2. To create a folder, drag an app onto another app. 3. Drag other apps into the folder. You can have multiple pages of apps in the folder. 4. To rename the folder, touch and hold it, tap Rename, then enter a new name.

(If the apps begin to jiggle, tap the Home Screen background and try again.) 5. When youre finished, tap Done, then tap the Home Screen background twice. To delete a folder, tap the folder to open it, then drag all the apps out of it. The folder is automatically deleted. Note: Organizing your apps on the Home Screen doesnt affect the organization of apps in the App Library. Move an app from a folder to the Home Screen You can move an app from a folder to a Home Screen page to make it easier to find and open. 1. Go to the Home Screen page with the folder that contains the app, then tap the folder to open it. 2. Touch and hold the app until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. Drag the app from the folder to the Home Screen. Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are alphabetically ordered after apps that came with your iPad. Add widgets on iPad Widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glancetodays headlines, weather, calendar events, battery levels, and more. You can add these widgets to your Home Screen to keep this information at your fingertips. View widgets To view widgets, swipe right from the left edge of the Home Screen or the Lock Screen, then scroll up and down. Note: If the widgets dont appear when you swipe right on the Lock Screen, see View widgets when iPad is locked. Add a widget to your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen page where you want to add the widget, then touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap at the top of the screen to open the widget gallery. 3. Scroll or search to find the widget you want, tap it, then swipe left and right through the size options. The different sizes display different information. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget. 5. While the apps are still jiggling, move the widget where you want it on the screen, then tap Done. Tip: A widget called a Smart Stack (one that has dots next to it) is a set of widgets that use information such as the time, your location, and activity to display the most relevant widget at the appropriate time in your day. You can add a Smart Stack to the Home Screen, then swipe through it to see the widgets it contains. Edit a widget You can customize most widgets so they display the information you want. For example, you can edit a Weather widget to display the forecast for your location or a different area. Or you can customize a Smart Stack to rotate automatically through its widgets based on things like your activity, the time of day, and so on. 1. On your Home Screen, touch and hold a widget to open a quick actions menu. 2. Tap Edit Widget if it appears (or Edit Stack, if its a Smart Stack), then choose options. For example, you can edit a Weather widget to see the forecast for your location or a different area. For a Smart Stack, you can turn Smart Rotate and Widget Suggestions off or on, delete a widget. 3. Tap Done. Remove a widget from the Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the widget to open the quick actions menu. 2. Tap Remove Widget (or Remove Stack), then tap Remove. View widgets when iPad is locked 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Today View and Search (below Allow Access When Locked). Move apps and widgets on the Home Screen on iPad You can change the layout of your Home Screenmove apps and widgets around or drag them to other Home Screen pages, temporarily hide Home Screen pages, change where new apps get downloaded, and more. Move apps and widgets around on your iPad 1. Touch and hold any app or widget on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The apps begin to jiggle. 2. Drag an app to one of the following locations:

Another location on the same page The Dock at the bottom of the screen Another Home Screen page Drag the app to the right edge of the screen. You might need to wait a second for the new page to appear. The dots above the Dock show how many pages you have and which one youre viewing. 3. When youre finished, tap Done at the top right. Hide and show Home Screen pages Because you can find all of your apps in the App Library, you might not need as many Home Screen pages for apps. You can hide some Home Screen pages, which brings the App Library closer to your first Home Screen page. (When you want to see the hidden pages again, you can show them.) 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To hide pages, tap to remove the checkmarks. To show hidden pages, tap to add the checkmarks. 4. Tap Done twice (on an iPad with Face ID) or tap the Home Screen background twice (on other iPad models). With the extra Home Screen pages hidden, you can go from the first page of the Home Screen to the App Library (and back) with only one or two swipes. Note: When Home Screen pages are hidden, new apps you download from the App Store may be added to the App Library instead of the Home Screen. Reorder Home Screen pages If you have multiple Home Screen pages, you can change their order. For example, you can gather together your favorite apps on one Home Screen page, and then make that your first Home Screen page. 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To move each Home Screen page, touch and hold it, then drag it to a new position. 4. Tap Done twice. Change where new apps get downloaded When you download new apps from the App Store, you can add them to the Home Screen and the App Library, or just the App Library. 1. Go to Settings

> Home Screen. 2. Choose whether to add new apps to both your Home Screen and App Library, or to the App Library only. Note: To have app notification badges appear on apps in the App Library, turn on Show in App Library. Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad. 2. Tap Reset, tap Reset Home Screen Layout, then tap Reset. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are arranged alphabetically after apps that came with your iPad. Remove apps from iPad You can easily remove apps from your iPad. If you change your mind, you can download the apps again later. Remove apps Do any of the following:

Remove an app from the Home Screen: Touch and hold the app on the Home Screen, tap Remove App, then tap Remove from Home Screen to keep it in the App Library, or tap Delete App to delete it from iPad. Delete an app from the App Library and Home Screen: Touch and hold the app in the App Library, tap Delete App, then tap Delete. (See Find your apps in the App Library on iPad.) If you change your mind, you can redownload apps youve deleted. In addition to deleting third-party apps, you can delete the following built-in Apple apps that came with your iPad:

Contacts (Contact information remains available through Messages, Mail, FaceTime, and other apps. To remove a contact, you must restore Contacts.) Books Calendar FaceTime Files Home iTunes Store Mail Maps Measure Music News Notes Photo Booth Podcasts Reminders Shortcuts Stocks Tips TV Voice Memos Note: When you delete a built-in app from your Home Screen, you also delete any related user data and configuration files. Removing built-in apps from your Home Screen can affect other system functionality. See the Apple Support article Delete built-in Apple apps on your iOS 12, iOS 13, or iPadOS device or Apple Watch. Use and customize Control Center on iPad Control Center on iPad gives you instant access to useful controlsincluding airplane mode, Do Not Disturb, a flashlight, volume, screen brightnessand apps. Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right edge; to close it, swipe up from the bottom. Access more controls in Control Center Many controls offer additional options. To see available options, touch and hold a control. For example, you can do the following in Control Center:

Touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap to open the AirDrop options. Touch and hold to take a selfie, record a video, scan a QR code, or take a photo. Temporarily disconnect from a Wi-Fi network In Control Center, tap

; to reconnect, tap it again. To see the name of the connected Wi-Fi network, touch and hold

. Because Wi-Fi isnt turned off when you disconnect from a network, AirPlay and AirDrop still work, and iPad joins known networks when you change locations or restart iPad. To turn off Wi-Fi, go to Settings Wi-Fi on or off in Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose iPad settings for travel.

> Wi-Fi. (To turn on Wi-Fi again in Control Center, tap

.) For information about turning Temporarily disconnect from Bluetooth devices In Control Center, tap

; to allow connections, tap the button again. Because Bluetooth isnt turned off when you disconnect from devices, location accuracy and other services are still enabled. To turn off Bluetooth, go to Settings on Bluetooth again in Control Center, tap Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose iPad settings for travel. For information about turning Bluetooth on or off in

> Bluetooth, then turn it off. To turn Turn off access to Control Center in apps Go to Settings

> Control Center, then turn off Access Within Apps. Add and organize controls 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center. 2. To add or remove controls, tap or next to a control. 3. To rearrange controls, touch next to a control, then drag it to a new position. Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad Many apps give you a different view when you rotate iPad. Lock or unlock the screen orientation You can lock the screen orientation so that it doesnt change when you rotate iPad. Open Control Center, then tap

. When the screen orientation is locked, appears in the status bar. Set up Focus, notifications, and Do Not Disturb View and respond to notifications on iPad Notifications help you keep track of whats newthey let you know if you missed a call, if the date of an event moved, and more. You can customize your notifications so you see only whats important to you. Find your notifications in Notification Center Unless you set a Focus to concentrate on an activity, or silence notifications with Do Not Disturb, iPad displays notifications as they arrive. If you dont read one right away, its saved in Notification Center so you can check it later. To see your notifications in Notification Center, do any of the following:

On the Lock Screen: Swipe up from the middle of the screen. On other screens: Swipe down from the top center. Then you can scroll up to see older notifications, if there are any. To close Notification Center, swipe up from the bottom with one finger, or press the Home button (on supported models). Show recent notifications on the Lock Screen You can allow access to Notification Center on the Lock Screen. 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following. Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Notification Center (below Allow Access When Locked). Respond to notifications When you have multiple notifications in Notification Center or on the Lock Screen, theyre grouped by app, which makes them easier to view and manage. Notifications from some apps may also be grouped by organizing features within the app, such as by topic or thread. Grouped notifications appear as small stacks, with the most recent notification on top. Do any of the following:

To expand a group of notifications to see them individually, tap the group. To close the group, tap Show Less. Touch and hold a notification to view it and perform quick actions if the app offers them. Tap a notification to open the app that its from and respond. To respond when iPad is locked, touch and hold the notification. View, dismiss, clear, and mute notifications When notifications appear on your iPad, do any of the following:

Handle a notification you receive while using another app: Pull it down to view it, then swipe up to dismiss it. Clear notifications: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, then tap Clear or Clear All. Mute notifications for an app: Swipe left on the notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap an option to mute the apps notifications for an hour or a day. This sends them directly to Notification Center and prevents them from appearing on the Lock Screen, playing a sound, lighting up the screen, or presenting a banner. To see and hear these notifications again, swipe left on a notification in Notification Center, tap Options, then tap Unmute. Turn off notifications for an app or notification group: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap Turn Off. Change how an app displays notifications: Swipe left on a notification, tap Options, then tap View Settings. See Change notification settings to learn about the settings you can change. Clear all your notifications in Notification Center: Go to Notification Center, tap

, then tap Clear. Silence all notifications: Turn on Do Not Disturb. See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad. When you havent used an app for a while, Siri suggests that you turn off notifications for that app. Schedule a notification summary When you set a Focus to concentrate on an activity, or silence notifications with Do Not Disturb, the delivery of your notifications is delayed. You can schedule times to receive a summary of all your notifications each day (for example, at the beginning and end of the day) so you can catch up on what you missed. The summary is personalized to you and ordered by priority, with the most relevant notifications at the top. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Scheduled Summary, then turn on Scheduled Summary. 2. Set a time for your summary, then, if you want to receive another summary, tap Add Summary. 3. Tap Apps in Summary, then turn on the apps you want to include in your Notification Summary. Each app appears with a number showing the average number of notifications you receive each day from that app. Change notification settings on iPad In Settings based alerts, allow government alerts, and more.

, choose which apps can send notifications, change the alert sound, set up location-

Change notification settings Most notification settings can be customized for each app. You can turn app notifications on or off, have notifications play a sound, choose how and where you want app notifications to appear when your device is unlocked, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. To choose when you want most notification previews to appear, tap Show Previews, select an optionAlways, When Unlocked, or Neverthen tap at the top left. Previews can include things like text (from Messages and Mail) and invitation details (from Calendar). You can override this setting for individual apps. 3. Tap an app below Notification Style, then turn Allow Notifications on or off. If you turn on Allow Notifications, choose when you want the notifications deliveredimmediately or in the scheduled notification summary. You can also set a notification banner style, sound, and badges for many apps. 4. Tap Notification Grouping, then choose how you want the notifications grouped:

Automatic: The notifications from the app are grouped according to organizing criteria within the app, such as by topic or thread. By App: All the notifications from the app are grouped together. Off: Turn off grouping. To turn off notifications selectively for apps, go to Settings > Notifications > Siri Suggestions, then turn off any app. When you use Focus, it delays the delivery of notifications on iPad to prevent interruptions. You can schedule a time to receive a summary of the notifications you missed. See Schedule a notification summary. Set up or turn off location-based alerts Some apps use your location to send you relevant alerts based on where you are. For example, you might get a reminder to call someone when you get to a specific place or when you leave for your next location. If you dont want to see these types of alerts, you can turn them off. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. Turn on Location Services. 3. Tap an app (if any appear in the list), then choose whether you want to share your location while using that app. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Set up a Focus on iPad What is Focus?

Focus is a feature that helps you concentrate on a task by minimizing distractions. When you need to focus, or step away from your iPad, Focus can temporarily silence all notificationsor allow only the notifications you want (for example, ones that match your task)and let other people and apps know youre busy. You can choose from a list of provided Focus options or create your own. Note: To quickly silence all notifications, open Control Center, tap Focus, then turn on Do Not Disturb. Do Not Disturb and Do Not Disturb While Driving are now part of Focus. Set up a Focus When you want to concentrate on a specific activity, you can customize a provided Focus optionfor example, Driving, Personal, Sleep, or Workor create a Custom Focus. You can silence notifications or allow only notifications from the people and apps that match your Focusfor example, set up a Work Focus and allow only notifications from your coworkers and the apps you need for work. Likewise, you can customize a Home Screen page that has only apps related to your Focus and make that page the only one accessible during your Focus. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap a Focus, then follow the onscreen instructions. 3. Customize any of the following while setting up your focus:

Choose people you want to receive notifications from (if any) during this Focus: Tap People (or Add Person), select contacts, then tap Done. Choose whether you want to receive calls during this Focus: Tap Calls From, then select an optioneither Everyone, No One, Favorites, All Contacts, or Groups. To allow repeated calls

(two or more calls from the same person within three minutes), turn on Allow Repeated Calls. Tap Done, then tap Allow People or Allow None at the bottom of the screen. Note: Regardless of your Focus settings, calls from your emergency contacts will always come through. See Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced. Choose apps you want to receive notifications from (if any) during this Focus: Tap Apps or Add App, select apps, then tap Done. Choose whether you want to receive time-sensitive notifications during this Focus: Turn on Time Sensitive, then tap Allow Apps or Allow None at the bottom of the screen. Tell apps that youve silenced notifications for this Focus: Tap Focus Status, then turn on Share Focus Status. This lets people who send you a message see that you have notifications silenced. Choose the Home Screen pages you want to access during work: Tap Home Screen, turn on Custom Pages, select the Home Screen pages you want to use while youre working, then tap Done. Tip: You can move the apps for this Focus to one Home Screen page, then select that page. Allow silenced notifications to appear on the Lock Screen, or dim the Lock Screen: Tap Lock Screen, then turn on Show On Lock Screen. You can also turn on Dim Lock Screen to dim the Lock Screen during this Focus. When you set up a Sleep Focus, it follows the Sleep schedule you set on iPhone. To add or edit your sleep schedule, open the Health app on iPhone, tap Browse, then tap Sleep. To use a Focus after setting it up, you can either turn it on in Control Center, or schedule it to turn on automatically. Create a Custom Focus If you want to concentrate on an activity thats different from any of the provided Focus options, you can create a Custom Focus. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap at the top right, then tap Custom. 3. Enter a name for your Focus, then press Return. 4. Choose a color and an icon to represent your Focus, then tap Next. 5. Customize any of the options listed in step 3 of Set up a Focus, above. Keep your Focus settings up to date across all your Apple devices You can use the same Focus settings on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Turn on Share Across Devices. Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced You can allow sounds and vibrations from emergency contacts to come through even when your iPad or notifications are silenced. 1. Open Contacts

. 2. Select a contact, then tap Edit. 3. Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Turn a Focus on or off on iPad To use a Focus, you can turn it on directly, either through Siri or in Control Center, or schedule it to turn on automatically. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Do Not Disturb. Learn how to ask Siri. Turn on a Focus in Control Center Disturb. 1. Open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap the Focus you want to turn on (for example, Do Not Note: If another Focus was already on, it turns off when you tap the new one. 2. To choose an ending point for the Focus, tap next to Do Not Disturb, select an option (such as For 1 hour or Until I leave this location), then tap again. When a Focus is on, its icon (for example, Lock Screen, and your status is automatically displayed in the Messages app. Your friends can see that youve silenced notifications, but they can still notify you if something is urgent. for Do Not Disturb) appears in the status bar and on the Schedule a Focus to turn on automatically You can schedule a Focus to turn on at certain times, when youre at a particular location, or when you open a specific app. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap the Focus you want to schedule to turn on automatically. 2. Tap Add Schedule or Automation, then set the times, a location, or an app you want to activate this Focus. 3. To have this Focus turn on automatically based on signals like your location, app usage, and more, tap Smart Activation, turn on Smart Activation, then tap at the top. Turn off a Focus When youre finished with a Focus, you can quickly turn it off to allow notifications again. After you turn off a Focus, it still appears in Control Center and can be used again. 1. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold the Focus icon on the Lock Screen. Open Control Center, then tap Focus. 2. Tap the Focus thats on to turn it off. Delete a Focus When you no longer need a Focus you set up, you can delete it. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap the Focus, scroll to the bottom of the screen, then tap Delete Focus. If you delete a provided Focus, you can get it back again by going to Settings > Focus, then tapping

. App Store Get apps in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app

, you can discover new apps, read featured stories, and learn tips and tricks. Note: You need an internet connection and an Apple ID to use the App Store. The availability of the App Store varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Ask Siri. Say something like: Search the App Store for cooking apps or Get the Minecraft app. Find apps Learn how to ask Siri. You can also tap any of the following:

Today: Discover featured stories, apps, and in-app events. Apps: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. Get the App Store widget See stories, collections, and in-app events right on your Home Screen. See Add widgets on iPad. Get more info about an app Tap an app to see the following information and more:

Supported languages Compatibility with other Apple devices File size Screenshots or previews Game Center and Family Sharing support In-app events Ratings and reviews Privacy information; see Review the privacy practices of apps Buy and download an app 1. To buy an app, tap the price. If the app is free, tap Get. instead of a price, you already purchased the app, and you can download it again If you see without a charge. purchase. 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your While the app is downloading, its icon appears on the Home Screen with a progress indicator. Share or give an app 1. Tap the app to see its details. 2. Tap

, then choose a sharing option or tap Gift App (not available for all apps). Redeem or send an Apple gift card 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap one of the following:

Redeem Gift Card or Code Send Gift Card by Email Use App Clips on iPad An App Clip is a small part of an app that lets you do a task quickly, like rent a bike, pay for parking, or order food. You can discover App Clips in Safari, Maps, and Messages, or in the real world through QR codes and App Clip Codesunique markers that take you to specific App Clips. Get and use an App Clip 1. Get an App Clip from any of the following:

App Clip Code or QR code: Scan the code using the iPad camera or Code Scanner in Control Center (not supported on iPad Air 2 or iPad mini 4). Safari or Messages: Tap the App Clip link. Maps: Tap the App Clip link on the information card (for supported locations). 2. When the App Clip appears on the screen, tap Open. In supported App Clips, you can use Sign in with Apple, then make a payment using Apple Pay. With some App Clips, you can tap the banner at the top of the screen to see the full app in the App Store. Find an App Clip you recently used on iPad Do any of the following:

Search with iPad. Use the App Switcher. Remove App Clips Go to Settings

> App Clips. Subscribe to Apple Arcade on iPad In the App Store app collection of games on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TV.

, you can subscribe to Apple Arcade to enjoy unlimited access to a curated You can subscribe to Apple Arcade or to Apple One, which includes Apple Arcade and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple Arcade and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple Arcade 1. In the App Store, tap Arcade, then tap the subscription button. 2. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share Apple Arcade When you subscribe to Apple Arcade or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Arcade with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple Arcade is available to them the first time they open the App Store app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Arcade or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Arcade with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or (if youre the family group organizer), stop using Family Sharing. Change or cancel your Apple Arcade subscription Go to Settings instructions.

> [your name] > Subscriptions, tap Apple Arcade, then follow the onscreen If you cancel your subscription, you cant play any Apple Arcade games, even if you downloaded them to your device. Delete the apps if you dont need them anymore. You can resubscribe to play Apple Arcade games again and regain access to your gameplay data. If you wait too long, some of your gameplay data might not be supported after you resubscribe. Play games on iPad In the App Store app

, you can discover new games and play with your friends using Game Center. Note: Game Center, Apple Arcade, and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Find and download games 1. Tap any of the following:

Games: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: See the games available in Apple Arcade. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. To buy a game, tap the price or, if the game is free, tap Get. If the game is included with your Apple Arcade subscription, tap Play. instead of a price, you already purchased the game, and you can download it again 3. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your If you see without a charge. purchase. Play Apple Arcade games on your other Apple devices All of the games in Apple Arcade on iPad are also available in Apple Arcade on other devices. If you subscribe to Apple Arcade, you can access your game progress on devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. See the Apple Support article Access your Apple Arcade gameplay data on all of your devices. Connect a wireless game controller to iPad See the Apple Support article Connect a wireless game controller to your Apple device. Play with your friends in Game Center You can send friend requests, manage your public profile, and track your high scores across your Apple devices using Game Center. 1. Go to Settings

> Game Center, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. To create a Game Center profile, do any of the following:

Choose a nickname: Tap Nickname, then enter a name or choose one of the suggestions. Your friends see your nickname when you play games together. Personalize your profile picture: Tap Edit at the top, then create a new Memoji, use an existing Memoji, or customize how your initials appear. 3. To add friends, tap Friends, tap Add Friends, then enter their phone number or Apple ID, or tap to invite someone in your Contacts list. To accept a friend request, the recipient must click the link in the text message on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac that meets the minimum system requirements for Apple Arcade. In your list of friends, tap a friend to see games they recently played and their achievements. You can also report a user for cheating, an inappropriate picture or nickname, or another problem. To remove a friend, tap Remove Friend. Set Game Center restrictions You can set restrictions for multiplayer games, adding friends, private messaging, and more. 1. Go to Settings Restrictions.

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy 2. Tap Content Restrictions, scroll down to Game Center, then set restrictions. Install and manage fonts on iPad You can download fonts from the App Store app

, then use them in documents you create on iPad. 1. After you download an app containing fonts from the App Store, open the app to install the fonts. 2. To manage installed fonts, go to Settings

> General, then tap Fonts. Manage App Store purchases, subscriptions, settings, and restrictions on iPad In the App Store app you or other family members. You can also set restrictions and customize your preferences for the App Store in Settings

, you can manage subscriptions and review and download purchases made by

. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask to Buy for a child. Find and download apps purchased by you or family members 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases or choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. Purchases made with Family Sharing may not be accessible after the family member leaves the family group. 3. Find the app you want to download (if its still available in the App Store), then tap

. Change or cancel your App Store subscriptions 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Subscriptions. You may need to sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Choose a subscription, then do any of the following:

Change or cancel an existing subscription. Resubscribe to an expired subscription. Share an eligible App Store subscription with other family members in your Family Sharing group. Change your App Store settings Go to Settings

> App Store, then do any of the following:

Automatically download apps purchased on your other Apple devices: Below Automatic Downloads, turn on Apps. Automatically update apps: Turn on App Updates. Control the use of cellular data for app downloads: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) To allow downloads to use cellular data, turn on Automatic Downloads (below Cellular Data). To choose whether you want to be asked for permission for downloads over 200 MB or all apps, tap App Downloads. Automatically play app preview videos: Turn on Video Autoplay. Automatically remove unused apps: Turn on Offload Unused Apps. You can reinstall an app at any time if its still available in the App Store. Set content restrictions and prevent in-app purchases After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, do the following. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions. 2. Set restrictions such as the following:

iTunes & App Store Purchases: Control app installations, app deletions, and in-app purchases. Apps: Restrict apps by age ratings. App Clips: Prevent App Clips from opening. Books Buy books and audiobooks in Apple Books on iPad In the Books app Apple Books editors. After you select a book or audiobook, you can read or listen to it right in the app.

, you can find todays bestsellers, view top charts, or browse lists curated by 1. Open Books, then tap Book Store or Audiobooks to browse titles, or tap Search to look for a specific title, author, or genre. 2. Tap a book cover to see more details, read a sample, listen to a preview, or mark as Want to Read. 3. Tap Buy to purchase a title, or tap Get to download a free title. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. On iPad models that connect to a cellular network, you can allow books and audiobooks to be downloaded automatically over your cellular network when you arent connected to Wi-Fi. Go to Settings

> Books, scroll to Cellular Data, tap Downloads, then tap Always Allow. Read books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app books youre reading, the books you want to read, your book collections, and more.

, use the Reading Now and Library tabs at the bottom of the screen to see the Reading Now: Tap to access the books and audiobooks youre currently reading. Scroll down to see books and audiobooks youve added to your Want To Read collection and books youve sampled. You can also set daily reading goals and keep track of the books you finish throughout the year. Library: Tap to see all of the books, audiobooks, series, and PDFs you got from the Book Store or manually added to your library. You can tap Collections to view books sorted into collections, such as Want to Read, My Samples, Audiobooks, and Finished. Read a book Tap Reading Now or Library, then tap a cover to open a book. Use gestures and controls to navigate as follows:

Turn the page: Tap the right side of the page or swipe right to left. Go back to the previous page: Tap the left side of the page or swipe left to right. Go to a specific page: Tap the page and move the slider at the bottom of the screen left or right. Or, tap and enter a page number, then tap the page number in the search results. Close a book: Tap the center of the page to show the controls, then tap

. Tip: Turn iPad to landscape orientation to view two pages at once. When you finish a book, personalized recommendations appear to help you discover your next read. Change text and display appearance Tap the page, tap

, then do any of the following:

Adjust the screen brightness: Drag the slider left or right. Change the font: Tap Fonts to choose a different font. Change the page background color: Tap a circle. Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. Dim the screen when its dark: Turn on Auto-Night Theme to automatically change the page color and brightness when using Books in low-light conditions. (Not all books support Auto-Night Theme.) Turn off pagination: Turn Vertical Scrolling on to scroll continuously through a book or PDF. Bookmark a page When you close a book, your place is saved automaticallyyou dont need to add a bookmark. Bookmark pages you want to return to again. Tap to add a bookmark; tap it again to remove the Bookmark. To see all your bookmarks, tap

, then tap Bookmarks. Highlight or underline text 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Highlight, then tap to choose a highlight color or underline. To remove a highlight or underline, tap the text, then tap

. To see all of your highlights, tap

, then tap Notes. Add a note 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Note, then enter note text. 3. Tap the page to close the note and continue reading. To see all of your notes, tap

, then tap Notes. Swipe left on a note to delete it. Share a selection You can send text selections using AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or you can add the selection to Notes. If the book is from the Book Store, a link to the book is included with the selection. (Sharing may not be available in all countries or regions.) 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Share, then choose a method. You can also send a link to view the book in the Book Store. Tap a page, tap

, then tap

. Access your books on all your devices To keep your Books information updated across your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, sign in with the same Apple ID on each device, then do the following:

Sync Reading position, bookmarks, notes, and highlights: Go to Settings iCloud, then turn on both iCloud Drive and Books.

> [your name] >

Sync Reading Now, Library, and collections: Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn on both iCloud Drive and Books. Then go to Settings > Books, and turn on Reading Now. Access your books on your Mac To see your books, audiobooks, and PDFs on your Mac, choose Apple menu then do one of the following:

> System Preferences, macOS 10.15 or later: Open System Preferences, click Apple ID, select iCloud in the sidebar, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Open System Preferences, click iCloud, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. To see your collections, bookmarks, notes, and highlights on your Mac, choose Books > Preferences, click General, then select Sync collections, bookmarks, and highlights across devices. Listen to audiobooks in Books on iPad Use the Books app to listen to audiobooks on your iPad. Play an audiobook In Reading Now or in the Audiobooks collection in your Library, tap the cover, then do any of the following:

Skip forward or back: Touch and hold the rounded arrows, slide and hold the book cover, or use external controls such as headphones or car controls. Note: To change the number of seconds that skipping advances, go to Settings scroll down to Audiobooks.

> Books, then Speed it up, or slow it down: Tap the playback speed in the lower-left corner to choose a different speed. Set a sleep timer: Tap

, then choose a duration. Go to a chapter: Tap

, then tap a chapter. Note: Some audiobooks refer to chapters as tracks, or dont define chapters. Go to a specific time: Drag the playhead, directly below the audiobook cover. The point where you started listening is marked with a gray circle on the timeline. Tap the circle to jump back to that spot. If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, audiobooks play over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. To manage cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). Set reading goals in Books on iPad helps you keep track of how many minutes you read every day, and how many The Books app books and audiobooks you finish each year. You can customize your goals to spend more time reading, set new reading streaks, and share your achievements with friends. Change your daily reading goal You can adjust your daily reading goal depending on how many minutes you want to read per day. If you dont customize your daily reading goal, its set to five minutes per day. 1. Tap Reading Now, then swipe down to Reading Goals. 2. Tap Todays Reading, then tap Adjust Goal. 3. Slide the counter up or down to set the minutes per day that you want to read. When you reach your daily reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. Note: To count PDFs toward your reading goal, go to Settings

> Books, then turn on Include PDFs. Change your yearly reading goal After you finish reading a book or audiobook in Books, the Books Read This Year collection appears below Reading Goals. The default yearly reading goal is three books per year, but you can increase or decrease your goal depending on how many books you want to finish. 1. Tap Reading Now, then swipe down to Books Read This Year. 2. Tap a gray placeholder square, or a book cover, then tap Adjust Goal. 3. Slide the counter up or down to set the books per year that you want to read. When you reach your yearly reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. See your reading streaks and records Books lets you know how many days in a row you reach your daily reading goal and notifies you when you set a record. To view your current reading streak and record, tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. Turn off notifications and Reading Goals Turn off notifications: To stop receiving notifications when you achieve a reading goal or set a reading streak, tap Reading Now, tap your account in the top-right corner, tap Notifications, then turn off Reading Goals. Turn off Reading Goals: Go to Settings is turned off, the reading indicators in Reading Now are hidden and you dont receive notifications.

> Books > then turn off Reading Goals. When Reading Goals Organize books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app automatically sorted into collections, such as Audiobooks, Want to Read, and Finished.

, the books and audiobooks you purchase are saved in your library and Create a collection and add books to it You can create your own collections to personalize your library. 1. Tap Library, tap Collections, then tap New Collection. 2. Name the collection, for example, Beach Reads or Book Club, then tap Done. 3. To add a book to the collection, tap below the book cover (or on the books details page in the Book Store), tap Add to Collection, then choose the collection. You can add the same book to multiple collections. Sort books in your library Choose how the books in your library are sorted and appear. 1. Tap Library, then scroll down and tap the word that appears next to Sort or Sort By. 2. Choose Recent, Title, Author, or Manually. If you choose Manually, touch and hold a book cover, then drag it to the position you want. 3. Tap to view books by title or cover. Tip: You can sort books in a collection the same way. Remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs You can remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs from Reading Now and your library collections, or hide them on your iPad. 1. Tap Library, then tap Edit. For audiobooks, tap Library, then go to the Audiobooks collection. 2. Tap the items you want to remove. 3. Tap and select an option. To unhide books and audiobooks that you have hidden, tap Reading Now, tap your account icon, then tap Manage Hidden Purchases. To redownload books you have already purchased, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books. Access your library across devices You can keep your Library and collections updated across all your devices where you are signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. Read PDF documents in Books on iPad In the Books app

, you can open and save PDFs that you receive in Mail, Messages, and other apps. Open PDFs in Books Tap the PDF attachment to open it, tap

, then tap Books. Share or print a PDF document Open the PDF document, tap tap Print. See the Apple Support article, About AirPrint. Mark up a PDF

, then choose a share option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or to use the drawing and annotation tools (tap near the center of a page if you Open the PDF and tap dont see

). See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. View PDFs across devices You can see PDFs and books that are not from the Book Store across your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings Settings > Books, and turn on iCloud Drive.

> [your name] > iCloud, turn on iCloud Drive, then turn on Books. Then go to Calendar Create and edit events in Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app to create and edit events, appointments, and meetings. Ask Siri. Say something like:

Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 Do I have a meeting at 10?

Where is my 3:30 meeting?

Learn how to ask Siri Add an event 1. In day view, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Enter the title of the event. 3. Tap Location or Video Call, then enter a physical location or tap FaceTime to enter a video link for a remote event. You can also copy a FaceTime link you created or received and paste it in the Location field. See Create a link to a FaceTime call. 4. Enter the start and end times for the event, the travel time, invitees, attachments, and so on.

(Swipe up, if necessary, to enter all the meeting information. 5. Tap Add. Add an alert You can set an alert to be reminded of an event beforehand. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 2. In the event details, tap Alert. 3. Choose when you want to be reminded. For example, At time of event, 5 minutes before, or another choice. Note: If you add the address of the events location, Calendar uses Apple Maps to look up locations, traffic conditions, and transit options to tell you when its time to leave. Add an attachment You can add an attachment to a Calendar event to share with invitees. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top right. 2. In the event details, tap Add attachment. The Files app opens, displaying your recently opened files. 3. Locate the file you want to attach. To find the file, you can enter its name in the search field, scroll, tap folders to open them, tap Browse to look in other locations (such as iCloud Drive), and so on. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. 4. Tap Done. To remove the attachment, tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, swipe left over the attachment, then tap Remove. Find events in other apps Siri can suggest events found in Mail, Messages, and Safarisuch as flight reservations and hotel bookingsso you can add them easily in Calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Siri & Search. 2. Turn on Show Siri Suggestions in App to allow Siri to suggest events found in other apps. To allow Siri to make suggestions in other apps based on how you use Calendar, turn on Learn from this App. Edit an event You can change the time of an event and any of the other event details. Change the time: In day view, touch and hold the event, then drag it to a new time, or adjust the grab points. Change event details: Tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, then in the event details, tap a setting to change it, or tap in a field to type new information. Delete an event In day view, tap the event, then tap Delete Event at the bottom of the screen. Send and receive invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app and some CalDAV servers let you send and receive meeting invitations. (Not all calendar servers support every feature.)

, send and receive meeting and event invitations. iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Invite others to an event You can invite people to an event youve scheduled. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. select Contacts. 3. Tap Done. 2. Tap invitees, then enter the names or email addresses of people you want to invite, or tap to If you dont want to be notified when someone declines a meeting, go to Settings turn off Show Invitee Declines.

> Calendar, then Note: With Microsoft Exchange and some other exchange servers, you can invite people to an event even if youre not the one who scheduled it. Reply to an event invitation 1. To respond to an event notification, tap it. Or, in Calendar, tap

, then tap an invitation. 2. Tap your responseAccept, Maybe, or Decline. To respond to an invitation you receive by email, tap the underlined text in the email, then tap Show in Calendar. If you add comments to your response (comments may not be available for all calendars), your comments can be seen by the organizer but not by other attendees. To see events you declined, tap

, then turn on Show Declined Events. Schedule a meeting without blocking your schedule You can add an event to your calendar without having the timeframe appear as busy to others who send you invitations. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 2. Tap Show As, then tap Free. Suggest a different meeting time You can suggest a different time for a meeting invitation youve received. 1. Tap the meeting, then tap Propose New Time. 2. Tap the time, then enter a new one. 3. Tap Done, then tap Send. Quickly email attendees You can email all attendees of an eventfor example, to share event details. 1. Tap an event that has attendees. 2. Tap Invitees, then tap

. Change how you view events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app upcoming events. To change your view of Calendar, do any of the following:

, you can view one day, a week, a month, or a year at a time, or view a list of Zoom in or out: Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year at the top of the screen to zoom in or out on your calendar. In week or day view, pinch to zoom in or out. View upcoming events: Tap to view upcoming events as a list. Search for events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can search for events by title, invitees, location, and notes. Tap

, then enter the text you want to find in the search field. Ask Siri. Say something like: Whats on my calendar for Friday? Learn how to ask Siri. Customize your calendar on iPad In the Calendar app numbers, choose alternate calendars (for example, to display Chinese or Hebrew dates), override the automatic time zone, and more.

, you can choose which day of the week Calendar starts with, display week Go to Settings

> Calendar, then choose the settings and features you want. Keep track of events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app Calendar events, invitations, and more. You can also make sure your events and other calendar information are kept up to date on all your devices.

, you can customize the notifications that let you know about upcoming Customize Calendar notifications 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar. 2. Turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Tap a type of event (for example, Upcoming Events), then choose how and where you want the notifications for those events to appearfor example, on the Lock Screen, in Notification Center, as banners at the top of the screen, with an alert sound, and so on. Keep your Calendar up to date across your devices You can use iCloud to keep your Calendar information up to date on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Calendars. If you dont want to use iCloud for your Calendar, you can sync your Calendar information between your iPad and your computer. See Sync iPad with your computer. Set up multiple calendars on iPad In the Calendar app you can keep track of all your events and appointments in one place, you dont have to. Additional calendars are easy to set up, and a great way to stay organized.

, set up multiple calendars to keep track of different kinds of events. Although See multiple calendars at once To view multiple calendars, tap

, then do any of the following:

Select the calendars you want to view. Tap US Holidays to include national holidays with your events. Tap Birthdays to include birthdays from Contacts with your events. Set a default calendar You can set one of your calendars as the default calendar. When you add an event using Siri or other apps, its added to your default calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Default Calendar. 2. Select the calendar you want to use as your default calendar. Change a calendars color 1. Tap

. 2. Tap next to the calendar, then choose a color. 3. Tap Done. For some calendar accounts, such as Google, the color is set by the server. Turn on iCloud, Google, Exchange, or Yahoo calendars 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a mail service (iCloud or Microsoft Exchange, for example), then sign in to your account. Tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account or Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter your server and account information. Subscribe to a calendar 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add Subscribed Calendar. 3. Enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to and any other required server information. You can also subscribe to an iCalendar (.ics) calendar by tapping a link to the calendar. Add a CalDAV account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add CalDAV Account. 3. Enter your server and account information. Move an event to another calendar Tap the event, tap Calendar, then select a calendar to move the event to. Share iCloud calendars on iPad

, you can share an iCloud calendar with other iCloud users. When you share a In the Calendar app calendar, others can see it, and you can let them add or change events. You can also share a read-

only version that anyone can view but not change. Create an iCloud calendar 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Add Calendar. 3. Type a name for the new calendar, then tap Done. Share an iCloud calendar You can choose to share a calendar with one or more people in iCloud. Those you invite receive an invitation to join the calendar. 1. Tap

. 4. Tap Add. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 3. Tap Add Person, then enter a name or email address, or tap to browse your Contacts. Change a persons access to a shared calendar After you invite a person to share your calendar, you can turn on or off their ability to edit the calendar, or stop sharing the calendar with that person. 1. Tap

, tap next to the shared calendar, then tap the person. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn on or off Allow Editing. Tap Stop Sharing. Turn off notifications for shared calendars When someone modifies a calendar youre sharing, youre notified of the change. You can turn off notifications for shared calendars, if you dont want to receive them. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar > Shared Calendar Changes. 2. Turn off Allow Notifications. Share a read-only calendar with anyone 1. Tap

, then tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 2. Turn on Public Calendar, then tap Share Link to copy or send the URL for your calendar. 3. Choose a method for sending the URLMessage, Mail, and so on. Anyone you send the URL to can use it to subscribe to the calendar using a compatible app, such as Calendar for macOS. Delete a calendar 1. Tap at the top left of the screen. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete Calendar at the bottom of the list. Camera Take photos with your iPad camera Learn how to take great photos with Camera Photo, Pano, and Square, and use camera features such as Burst and Live Photos. on your iPad. Choose from camera modes such as Ask Siri. Say something like: Open Camera. Learn how to ask Siri. Take a photo Photo is the standard mode that you see when you open Camera. Use Photo mode to take still photos. Swipe the mode selector up or down to choose a different mode, such as Video, Pano, Time-

lapse, Slo-mo, and Portrait (on supported models). 1. Tap on the Home screen or swipe left on the Lock screen to open Camera in Photo mode. 2. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the photo. To turn the flash on or off on models that support True Tone Flash or Retina Flash, tap Auto, On, or Off.

, then choose To set a timer, stabilize your iPad and frame your shot. Tap

, then tap 3s or 10s. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Zoom in or out On all models, open Camera and pinch the screen to zoom in or out. On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later), tap 1x on the left side of the screen to zoom out and toggle between 1x and 0.5x. To zoom in, touch and hold 1x, then drag the slider up. On all other models, drag the slider on the left side of the screen up or down. Take a panorama photo 1. Choose Pano mode, then tap the Shutter button. 2. Pan slowly in the direction of the arrow, keeping it on the center line. 3. To finish, tap the Shutter button again. Tap the arrow to pan in the opposite direction. To pan vertically, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. You can reverse the direction of a vertical pan, too. 1. Switch to the front camera by tapping or

(depending on your model). Take a selfie 2. Hold your iPad in front of you. 3. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the shot. Tip: On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), tap left side of the screen to quickly zoom out and increase your field of view. Tap on the to zoom back in. To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the front camera frame, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera or Mirror Front Photos (on earlier models). Take a selfie in Portrait mode On supported models, you can apply a depth-of-field effect to your selfies with the front camera. This effect keeps your face sharp while creating a beautifully blurred background. 1. Choose Portrait mode. The front camera is now active. 2. Frame yourself in the yellow portrait box. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode selfies On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply studio-quality lighting effects to your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your selfie. 2. Drag to choose a lighting effect:

Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is similar to Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white backgroundiPad Pro 11-inch

(2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) only. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode selfies On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Choose Portrait mode, then frame your selfie. 2. Tap on the right side of the screen. The Depth Control slider appears on the right. 3. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the effect. 4. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. After you take a photo in Portrait mode, you can use the Depth Control slider in Photos to further adjust the background blur effect. See Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos. Capture action shots with Burst mode Burst mode takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. You can take Burst photos with the front and rear cameras. 1. Choose Photo or Square mode. 2. Touch and hold the Shutter button to take rapid-fire photos. The counter shows how many shots you took. 3. Lift your finger to stop. 4. To select the photos you want to keep, tap the Burst thumbnail, then tap Select. Gray dots below the thumbnails mark the suggested photos to keep. 5. Tap the circle in the lower-right corner of each photo you want to save as an individual photo, then tap Done. To delete the entire group of Burst photos, tap the thumbnail, then tap

. Take a Live Photo A Live Photo captures what happens just before and after you take your photo, including the audio. 1. On models that support Live Photos, choose Photo mode. 2. Tap to turn Live Photos on (yellow is on) or off. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. In your albums, Live Photos are marked with Live in the top-left corner. You can edit Live Photos and add effects such as Loop and Bounce. See Edit Live Photos. Take videos with your iPad camera to record videos on your iPad and change modes to take slow-motion and time-lapse Use Camera videos. Record a video 1. Choose Video mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start recording. Pinch the screen to zoom in and out. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to stop recording. By default, video records at 30 fps (frames per second). Depending on your model, you can choose other frame rates and video resolution settings in Settings rates and higher resolutions result in larger video files.

> Camera > Record Video. Faster frame Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See Control access to hardware features. Use quick toggles to change video resolution and frame rate In Video mode, use quick toggles at the top of the screen to change the video resolution and frame

> Camera > Record Video, rates available on your iPad. To display quick toggles, go to Settings then turn on Video Format Control. Record a slow-motion video 1. Choose Slo-mo mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start and stop recording. To set a portion of the video to play in slow motion and the rest at regular speed, tap the video thumbnail, then tap Edit. Slide the vertical bars below the frame viewer to define the section you want to play back in slow motion. Depending on your model, you can change the frame rate and resolution. The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video file. To change slow motion recording settings, go to Settings

> Camera > Record Slo-mo. 2. Set up your iPad where you want to capture a sunset, traffic flowing, or other experience over a 3. Tap the Record button to start recording; tap it again to stop recording. Capture a time-lapse video 1. Choose Time-lapse mode. period of time. Adjust Auto FPS settings On models that support Auto FPS, iPad can improve the video quality in low-light situations by automatically reducing the frame rate to 24 fps. Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then do one of the following:

On iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation and 2nd generation) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and 4th generation), turn on Auto Low Light FPS. On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), tap Auto FPS, then apply Auto FPS to 30-fps video only or to both 30- and 60-fps video (iPadOS 14.2 or later). Change advanced camera settings on your iPad Learn how to manually adjust the focus and exposure, turn the shutter volume on and off, and change other Camera settings on your iPad. Adjust the focus and exposure Before you take a photo, the iPad camera automatically sets the focus and exposure, and face detection balances the exposure across many faces. To manually adjust the focus and exposure, follow these steps:

1. Tap the screen to reveal the automatic focus area and exposure setting. 2. Tap where you want to move the focus area. 3. Next to the focus area, drag up or down to adjust the exposure. To lock your manual focus and exposure settings for upcoming shots, touch and hold the focus area until you see AE/AF Lock; tap the screen to unlock settings. Use a grid to straighten your shot To display a grid on the camera screen that can help you straighten and compose your shot, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Grid. After you take a photo, you can use the editing tools in the Photos app to further align shots and adjust horizontal and vertical perspective. See Straighten and adjust perspective. Save camera settings You can save the last camera mode you used so its not reset when you next open Camera. Go to Settings

> Camera > Preserve Settings. On supported models, you can also preserve Live Photos settings. Adjust the shutter volume Adjust the volume of the camera shutter sound using the volume buttons on the side of your iPad. Or, when Camera is open, swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen to open Control Center, then drag

. Mute the shutter sound using the volume buttons or the Ring/Silent switch, if your iPad has one. The shutter doesnt make a sound when Live Photos is turned on. Note: In some countries or regions, muting is disabled. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Turn Scene Detection off and on On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), the Scene Detection setting can identify what youre taking a photo of and apply a tailored look to bring out the best qualities in the scene. Scene Detection is on by default. To turn off Scene Detection, go to Settings off Scene Detection (iPadOS 14.2 or later).

> Camera, then turn Turn Lens Correction off and on On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), the Lens Correction setting adjusts photos taken with the front camera or Ultra Wide camera for more natural-looking results. Lens Correction is on by default. To turn off lens correction, go to Settings Lens Correction.

> Camera, then turn off Mirror the front camera To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the camera frame, go to Settings Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera.

Adjust HDR camera settings on iPad HDR (High Dynamic Range) in Camera supported models, the iPad camera takes three photos in rapid succession at different exposures and blends them together. The resulting photo has better detail in the bright and mid-tone areas. helps you get great shots in high-contrast situations. On Take an HDR photo On models that take Auto HDR photos and models that take Smart HDR photos, iPad automatically uses HDR when its most effective. To manually control HDR on these models, go to Settings On the camera screen, tap HDR to turn it on or off.

> Camera, then turn off Smart HDR. On all other models, tap on the camera screen to turn on HDR. By default, the HDR version of the photo is saved in Photos. To save both the HDR and non-HDR

> Camera, then turn on Keep Normal Photo. version, go to Settings View, share, and print photos on iPad All photos and videos you take with Camera new photos and videos are automatically uploaded and available in Photos on all your devices that are set up with iCloud Photos (with iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later). are saved in Photos. With iCloud Photos turned on, all Note: If Location Services is turned on in Settings location data that can be used by apps and photo-sharing websites. See Control the location information you share on iPad.

> Privacy, photos and videos are tagged with View your photos 1. In Camera, tap the thumbnail image below the Shutter button. 2. Swipe right to see the photos youve taken recently. Tap the screen to show or hide the controls. 3. Tap All Photos to see all your photos and videos saved in Photos. Share and print your photos 1. While viewing an image, tap

. 2. To share your photo, select an option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages. 3. To print your photo, swipe up to select Print from the list of actions. See Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices. See the Apple Support article, Use AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Upload and sync photos across devices Use iCloud Photos to upload photos and videos from your iPad to iCloud and access them on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch where youre signed in using the same Apple ID. iCloud Photos is useful if you want to keep your photos up to date across multiple devices or save space on your iPad. To turn on iCloud Photos, go to Settings

> Photos. When iCloud Photos is turned off, you can still collect up to 1000 of your most recent photos in the My Photo Stream album on devices set up with iCloud. See Use My Photo Stream on iPad. Scan a QR code with the iPad camera You can use Camera websites, apps, coupons, tickets, and more. The camera automatically detects and highlights a QR code. or the Code Scanner to scan Quick Response (QR) codes for links to Use the camera to read a QR code 1. Open Camera, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 2. Tap the notification that appears on the screen to go to the relevant website or app. Open the Code Scanner from Control Center 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Code Scanner. 2. Open Control Center, tap the Code Scanner, then position iPad so that the code appears on the 3. To add more light, tap the flashlight to turn it on. See the time in cities worldwide on iPad Use the Clock app to see the local time in different time zones around the world. Ask Siri. Say something like: What time is it? or What time is it in London? Learn how to ask screen. Clock Siri. 1. Tap World Clock. 2. To manage your list of cities, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add a city: Tap

, then choose a city. Delete a city: Tap

. Reorder the cities: Touch and hold a clock, then drag it to a new position. In the Clock app

, you can set an alarm that plays a song or a ringtone at a specific time. Ask Siri. Say something like: Wake me up tomorrow at 7 a.m. or Set an alarm for 9 a.m. every Set an alarm on iPad Friday. Learn how to ask Siri. Set an alarm 1. Tap Alarm, then tap

. 2. Set the time, then choose any of the following options:

Repeat: Choose the days of the week. Label: Give the alarm a name, like Water the plants. Sound: Choose a song or a ringtone. Snooze: Give yourself nine more minutes. 3. Tap Save. To change or delete the alarm, tap Edit. Use the timer or stopwatch on iPad In the Clock app stopwatch to measure the duration of an event.

, you can use the timer to count down from a specified time. You can also use the Ask Siri. Say something like: Set the timer for 3 minutes or Stop the timer. Learn how to ask Note: With iPad in portrait orientation, you can switch between the digital and analog faces by swiping the stopwatch. The timing continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. Siri. Track time with the stopwatch 1. Tap Stopwatch. 2. Tap Start. 3. To record a lap or split, tap Lap. 4. Tap Stop to record the final time. 5. Tap Reset to clear the stopwatch. Set the timer 1. Tap Timer. 2. Set the duration of time and a sound to play when the timer ends. Tip: If you want to fall asleep while playing audio or video, you can set the timer to stop the playback. Tap Stop Playing at the bottom of the list. 3. To start the timer, tap Start. The timer continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. Contacts Add and use contact information on iPad In the Contacts app accounts. You can also create contacts and set up a contact card with your own information.

, you can view and edit your contacts lists from personal, business, and other Ask Siri. Say something like:

Whats my brothers work address?

Sarah Milos is my sister Send a message to my sister Learn how to ask Siri Create a contact Tap

. Siri also suggests new contacts based on your use of other apps, such as email you receive in Mail and invitations you receive in Calendar. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings Search, then turn off Show Siri Suggestions for Contacts.)

> Contacts > Siri &

Based on how you use Contacts, Siri also provides contact information suggestions in other apps. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings See About Siri Suggestions on iPad.

> Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn off Learn from this App.) Find a contact Tap the search field at the top of the contacts list, then enter a name, address, phone number, or other contact information. You can also search your contacts using Search (see Use iPad to search). Share a contact Tap a contact, tap Share Contact, then choose a method for sending the contact information. Sharing the contact sends all of the info from the contacts card. Quickly reach a contact To start a message, make a phone call or a FaceTime call, compose an email, or send money with Apple Pay, tap a button below the contacts name. To change the default phone number or email address for a contact method, touch and hold the button for that method below the contacts name, then tap a selection in the list. Delete a contact 1. Go to the contacts card, then tap Edit. 2. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. Edit contacts on iPad 1. Tap a contact, then tap Edit. In the Contacts app

, assign a photo to a contact, change a label, add a birthday, and more. 2. Do any of the following:

Assign a photo to a contact: Tap Add Photo. You can take a photo or add one from the Photos app. Change a label: Tap the label, then select one in the list, or tap Add Custom Label to create one of your own. Add a birthday, social profile, related name, and more: Tap next to the item. Allow calls or texts from a contact to override Do Not Disturb: Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Add notes: Tap the Notes field. Add a prefix, phonetic name, pronunciation, and more: Tap add field, then select an item in the list. Delete contact information: Tap next to a field. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. To change how your contacts are sorted and displayed, go to Settings

> Contacts. Add your contact info on iPad In the Contacts app your contact card, called My Card, but you may need to provide your contact information (such as name and address) to complete it.

, add your information to your contact card. iPad uses your Apple ID to create Complete My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Contacts suggests addresses and phone numbers to help you set up My Card. If there is no My Card, tap to Settings

> Contacts > My Info, then tap your name in the Contacts list.

, then enter your information. To create My Card with this information, go Edit My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Use other contact accounts on iPad You can include contacts from other accounts in the Contacts app

. Use your iCloud contacts Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Use your Google contacts 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Google. 2. Sign in to your account, then turn on Contacts. Add contacts from another account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Add Account. 2. Choose an account, sign in to it, then turn on Contacts. Access a Microsoft Exchange Global Address List 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Exchange. 2. Sign in to your Exchange account, then turn on Contacts. Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account to access business or school directories 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account, then tap Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account, then enter the account information. Keep contacts up to date across devices To keep your contact information up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID, you can use iCloud. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Alternatively, you can sync the information between iPad and your Mac or Windows PC to keep the information up to date across iPad and your computer. See Sync iPad with your computer. If you use iCloud for Contacts, your contacts are kept up to date automatically, and no options appear for syncing them with your computer. Import contacts from a vCard Tap a .vcf attachment in an email or message. Add a contact from a directory 1. Tap Groups, then tap the GAL, CardDAV, or LDAP directory you want to search. 2. Tap Done, then enter your search. 3. Tap the persons name to save their info to your contacts. Show or hide a group Tap Groups, then select the groups you want to see. This button appears only if you have more than one source of contacts. Hide duplicate contacts on iPad In the Contacts app

, link contact cards for the same person in different accounts so they appear only once in your All Contacts list. When you have contacts from multiple sources, you might have multiple entries for the same person in Contacts. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in your All Contacts list, contacts from different sources with the same name are linked and displayed as a single unified contact. Link contacts If two entries for the same person arent linked automatically, you can unify them manually. 1. Tap one of the contacts, tap Edit, then tap Link Contacts. 2. Choose the other contact entry to link to, then tap Link. When you link contacts with different first or last names, the names on the individual cards dont change, but only one name appears on the unified card. To choose which name appears on the unified card, tap one of the linked cards, tap the contacts name on that card, then tap Use This Name For Unified Card. Note: When you link contacts, those contacts arent merged. If you change or add information in a unified contact, the changes are copied to each source account where that information already exists. FaceTime Set up FaceTime on iPad The FaceTime app helps you stay connected with friends and family, whether theyre using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. With Spatial Audio in FaceTime, people on the call sound like theyre in the room with you, talking from the direction of their positions on the screen. With SharePlay, you can watch movies and TV shows together, or listen to music together in FaceTime. You can also share your screen and show apps, webpages, and more during the conversationlook through a photo album together, plan your next vacation together, or get feedback on something youre working on, all while seeing and hearing everyones reactions. You can use the front camera to talk face to face, or switch to the rear camera to share what you see around you. To capture a moment of your conversation, take a FaceTime Live Photo. Note: Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. 1. Go to Settings

> FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime. 2. Do any of the following:

Change your location for FaceTime calls: Tap your contact info (Apple ID, phone number, or email address, below), then tap Change Location. Note: If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create onesee Manage Apple ID settings on iPad. View TV shows and movies together, listen to music together, or share your screen in calls:

Tap SharePlay, then turn on SharePlay. Highlight the speaker in calls: Turn on Speaking. Take Live Photos in FaceTime calls: Turn on FaceTime Live Photos. Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad With an internet connection and an Apple ID, you can make and receive calls in the FaceTime app

. Note: You must set up FaceTime before you can make and receive calls. On iPad Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can also make FaceTime calls over a cellular data connection, which may incur additional charges. To turn this feature off, go to Settings FaceTime. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).

> Cellular, then turn off Make a FaceTime call Siri. Ask Siri. Say something like: Make a FaceTime call or Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to ask 1. In FaceTime, tap New FaceTime near the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap to make a video call or to make a FaceTime audio call (not available in all countries or regions). Alternatively, you can tap contact to quickly make a call. to open Contacts and start your call from there; or tap a suggested Tip: To see more during a FaceTime video call, rotate iPad to use landscape orientation. See Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad. To call multiple people, see Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad. Start a FaceTime call from a Messages conversation In a Messages conversation, you can start a FaceTime call to the person youre chatting with. 1. Tap at the top right of the Messages conversation. Leave a message If no one answers your FaceTime call, do one of the following:

2. Do any of the following:

Tap FaceTime Audio. Tap FaceTime Video. Tap Leave a Message. Tap Cancel. Tap Call Back. Call again Receive a FaceTime call When a FaceTime call comes in, do any of the following:

Take the call: Drag the slider or tap Accept. Decline the call: Tap Decline. Set a reminder to call back: Tap Remind Me. Send a text message to the caller: Tap Message. In your call history, tap the name or number of the person (or group) you want to call again. If youre on another call when a FaceTime call comes in, instead of Accept, you see the End & Accept option, which terminates the previous call and connects you to the incoming call. Tip: You can have Siri announce incoming calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. Delete a call from your call history In FaceTime, swipe left over the call in your call history, then tap Delete. Create a link to a FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app group (using Mail or Messages), which they can use to join or initiate a call.

, you can create a link to a FaceTime call and send the link to a friend or a 1. Tap Create Link near the top of the screen. 2. Choose an option for sending the link (Mail, Messages, and so on). In Calendar, you can schedule a remote video meeting by inserting FaceTime as the location of the meeting. Note: You can invite anyone to join you in a FaceTime call, even people who dont have an Apple device. They can join you in one-on-one and Group FaceTime calls from their browserno login is necessary. (They need the latest version of either Chrome or Edge. Sending video requires H.264 video encoding support.) Take a Live Photo in FaceTime on iPad When youre on a video call in the FaceTime app moment of your conversation (not available in all countries or regions). The camera captures what happens just before and after you take the photo, including the audio, so you can see and hear it later just the way it happened.

, you can take a FaceTime Live Photo to capture a To take a FaceTime Live Photo, first make sure FaceTime Live Photos is turned on in Settings FaceTime, then do one of the following:

On a call with one other person: Tap

. On a Group FaceTime call: Tap the tile of the person you want to photograph, tap

, then tap

. You both receive a notification that the photo was taken, and the Live Photo is saved in your Photos app. Use other apps during a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a call using the FaceTime app information or perform a calculation.

, you can use other appsfor example, to look up Go to the Home Screen, then tap an app icon to open the app. To return to the FaceTime screen, tap the green bar (or the FaceTime icon) at the top of the screen. You can also share your screen with the people in your FaceTime call while using another app. See Share your screen. Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app all countries or regions).

, you can have up to 32 participants in a Group FaceTime call (not available in Start a Group FaceTime call 1. In FaceTime, tap New FaceTime near the top of the screen. 2. Type the names or numbers of the people you want to call in the entry field at the top. You can also tap your call history. to open Contacts and add people from there. Or tap suggested contacts in 3. Tap to make a video call or tap to make a FaceTime audio call. Each participant appears in a tile on the screen. When a participant speaks (verbally or by using sign language) or you tap the tile, that tile moves to the front and becomes more prominent. Tiles that cant fit on the screen appear in a row at the bottom. To find a participant you dont see, swipe through the row. (The participants initials may appear in the tile if an image isnt available.) To prevent the tile of the person speaking from becoming larger during a Group FaceTime call, go to Settings > FaceTime, then turn off Speaking below Automatic Prominence. Note: Sign language detection requires a supported model for the presenter. In addition, both the presenter and participants need iOS 14, iPadOS 14, macOS Big Sur 11, or later. Start a Group FaceTime call from a group Messages conversation In a group Messages conversation, you can initiate a Group FaceTime call with all the people youre chatting with in Messages. 1. Tap at the top right of the Messages conversation. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap FaceTime Audio. Tap FaceTime Video. Add another person to a call Any participant can add another person at any time during a FaceTime call. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap the top of the controls, then tap Add People. 2. Type the name, Apple ID, or phone number of the person you want to add in the entry field at the top. Or tap to add someone from Contacts. 3. Tap Add People. Join a Group FaceTime call When someone invites you to join a Group FaceTime call, you receive a notification of the incoming callyou can either join or decline. See Receive a FaceTime call. Leave a Group FaceTime call To leave a group call at any time, tap End. The call remains active if two or more participants remain. View participants in a grid layout in FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app arranged in a grid. The speakers tile highlights automatically, so its easy to know whos talking. Up to twenty people can be displayed in the grid at a time.

, you can view participants in your Group FaceTime calls in same-size tiles, 1. In a FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap the top of the controls. 2. Tap Grid Layout, then tap Done. To turn Grid Layout off, tap it again.) Change FaceTime video settings on iPad During a call in the FaceTime app switch between cameras, or turn your camera on or off. on iPad, you can turn Center Stage and Portrait mode on or off, Turn on Center Stage On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), you can use Center Stage, which automatically adjusts your front camera to frame you as you move around the field of view during a FaceTime call. 1. When youre on a FaceTime call, tap your tile. 2. Tap in your tile. To turn Center Stage off, tap the button again.) You can also turn on Center Stage in Control Center while youre on a FaceTime call. Open Control Center, then tap Video Effects. Blur the background with Portrait mode On supported models, you can turn on Portrait mode, which automatically blurs the background and puts the visual focus on you, the same way Portrait mode does in the Camera app. 1. When youre on a FaceTime call, tap your tile. 2. Tap in your tile.

(To turn Portrait mode off, tap the button again.) You can also turn on Portrait mode in Control Center. Open Control Center, tap Video Effects. Switch to the rear camera When youre on a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

. To switch back to the front camera, tap the button again. Note: While youre using the rear camera, you can enlarge the image by tapping 1x. Tapping again returns the image to normal size. Turn off your camera When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen to make the controls appear), then tap again to turn the camera back on). (Tap it Change FaceTime audio settings on iPad Spatial Audio in FaceTime are spread out and sound like theyre coming from the direction in which each person is positioned in the call. makes it sound like your friends are in the room with you. Their voices Filter out background sounds When you want your voice to be heard clearly in a FaceTime call and other sounds blocked out, you can turn on Voice Isolation mode. Voice Isolation mode prioritizes your voice in a FaceTime call and blocks out the ambient noise. During a FaceTime call, open Control Center, tap Mic Mode, then select Voice Isolation. Include the sounds around you When you want your voice and all the sounds around you to be heard in a FaceTime call, you can turn on Wide Spectrum mode. During a FaceTime call, open Control Center, tap Mic Mode, then select Wide Spectrum. Turn off the sound When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible, then tap to turn the sound off. To turn the sound back on, tap the button again. When your sound is turned off, your mic detects whether youre speakingit notifies you that your mic is muted and suggests that you tap to unmute it. Use SharePlay to watch and listen together in FaceTime on iPad With SharePlay in the FaceTime app FaceTime calls. With simultaneous playback and shared controls, you can enjoy a real-time connection with everyone on the callyou all see and hear the same moments at the same time. You can also share your screen to show apps, webpages, and more during the conversation.

, you can bring movies, TV shows, and music into your Note: Some apps that support SharePlay require a subscription to participate. Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. Watch video together You can watch TV shows and movies while on a FaceTime call with others. If everyone on the call has the required access to the video content (by subscription or free trial, for example), they can see the same moments at the same time, and use the shared playback controls to press Play or Pause. The volume adjusts automatically so you can keep talking while you watch. 1. In your FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap

, then your screen appears in the FaceTime conversation

, then tap Share My Screen. A countdown from 3 to 1 appears on for everyone to see. Apple TV). 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open a video streaming app that supports SharePlay (for example, 3. In the show or movie you want to watch, tap the Play button, then select Play for Everyone to begin watching with everyone on the call. For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the video starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access will be prompted to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). The playback controls are shared by everyone on the call who has access, so anyone can press Play, Pause, Rewind, or Fast Forward. (Settings like Closed Captioning and volume are controlled separately by each person.) You can use Picture in Picture to keep watching the video while using another appfor example, a web app for ordering food, or the Messages app, where you can discuss the video in writing (silently). While youre watching the video, you can play it on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV and watch it there with everyone on the call. Listen to music together Get together and listen to an album with others on a FaceTime call. If everyone on the call has the required access to the music (for example, some apps that support SharePlay require a subscription), they can see the album youre playing, see whats next, use the shared controls to reorder the songs, add songs to a shared queue, jump to the next track, and hear the music at the same time. 1. In your FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap

, then your screen appears in the FaceTime conversation

, then tap Share My Screen. A countdown from 3 to 1 appears on for everyone to see. Apple Music). 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open a music streaming app that supports SharePlay (for example, 3. In the music you want to listen to, tap the Play button to begin a shared listening session. For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the music starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access will be prompted to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). The playback controls are shared by everyone on the call who has access, so anyone on the call can press Play, Pause, Rewind, Fast Forward, or go to the next track. Share your screen SharePlay lets you share your screen in a FaceTime callyou can show apps, webpages, and more during the conversation. You can look through a photo album together, plan your next vacation together, or get feedback on something youre working on, all while seeing and hearing everyones reactions. 1. In your FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap

, then tap Share My Screen. A countdown from 3 to 1 appears on for everyone to see.

, then your screen appears in the FaceTime conversation 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open an app you want to share in the call. To end the Screen Sharing session, tap

. Add camera effects in FaceTime calls on iPad On video calls using the FaceTime app

(on models with a TrueDepth camera). On supported models, you can use a built-in filter to change your appearance and add stickers, labels, and shapes. You can take screenshots in FaceTime that include the special camera effects you add to a call.

, you can become your favorite Memoji or Memoji character Become a Memoji In Messages, on iPad with a TrueDepth camera, you can create a Memoji character to use in your FaceTime calls. iPad captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. (Your character imitates you even when you stick out your tongue!) See Use Memoji in Messages on iPad. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

. (If you dont see

, tap the screen.) 2. Tap

, then choose a Memoji (swipe through the characters at the bottom, then tap one). The other caller hears what you say, but sees your Memoji doing the talking. Use a filter to change your appearance 1. During a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

(supported models). 2. Tap to open the filters. 3. Change your appearance by tapping a filter at the bottom (swipe left or right to preview them). Add a text label 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a text label. 4. Drag the label where you want to place it. To delete the label, tap it, then tap

. To see more label options, swipe up from the top of the text window. 3. While the label is selected, type the text you want to appear in the label, then tap away from it. Add stickers 1. During a call, tap the screen, tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap to add a Memoji sticker or to add an Emoji sticker. Tap

, swipe up, then tap

. 2. Tap a sticker to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe left. 3. Drag the sticker to place it where you want. To delete the sticker, tap it, then tap

. Add shapes 1. During a call, tap your tile, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a shape to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe up from the top of the shapes window. 3. Drag the shape where you want to place it. To delete the shape, tap it, then tap

. Leave a FaceTime call or switch to Messages on iPad You can leave a call in the FaceTime app at any time, or continue your conversation in Messages. Leave a FaceTime call Tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap End. Switch to a Messages conversation To switch your conversation to Messages, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap

. Block unwanted callers in FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app callers.

, you can block voice calls, FaceTime calls, and text messages from unwanted 1. Go to Settings

> FaceTime > Blocked Contacts. 2. Scroll down, then tap Add New at the bottom of the list. 3. Select the contact you want to block. To unblock a contact or phone number, swipe it to the left, then tap Unblock. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers and contacts on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Files Connect external devices or servers with Files on iPad You can use the Files app to access files stored on file servers, other cloud storage providers like Box and Dropbox, and external devices, such as USB drives and SD cards, after you connect them to your iPad. Connect to a computer or file server 1. Tap at the top of the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Connect to Server. 3. Enter a local hostname or a network address, then tap Connect. Tip: After you connect to a computer or file server, it appears in the Recent Servers list on the Connect to Server screen. To connect to a recent server, tap its name. 4. Select how you want to connect:

Guest: You can connect as a Guest user if the shared computer permits guest access. Registered User: If you select Registered User, enter your user name and password. 5. Tap Next, then select the server volume or shared folder in the Browse sidebar (under Shared). To disconnect from the file server, tap next to the server in the Browse sidebar. For information on how to set up your Mac to share files, see Set up file sharing on Mac in the macOS User Guide. Add a cloud storage service 1. Download the app from the App Store, then open the app and follow the onscreen instructions. 2. Open Files, tap More Locations (below Locations in the Browse sidebar), then turn on the service. 3. To view your contents, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Connect a USB drive or an SD card For information on how to connect external storage devices and SD cards, see Connect external storage devices to iPad. View files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, view and open your documents, images, and other files. View recently opened files Tap Recents at the bottom of the screen. Browse and open files and folders 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap an item in the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse again. 2. To open a file, location, or folder, tap it. Note: If you havent installed the app that created a file, a preview of the file opens in Quick Look. For information about marking folders as favorites or adding tags, see Organize files and folders in Files on iPad. Change how files and folders are sorted From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then tap Name, Date, Size, Kind, or Tags at the top of the screen. Change to icon, list, or column view From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then do one of the following:

View as icons: Tap View as a list: Tap

. View as columns: Tap

. To look deeper into a folder hierarchy from the column view, tap an item in the rightmost column, then swipe left. To see a preview of a file along with its metadata (such as its kind and size), tap the file. (If the preview doesnt appear in the rightmost column, swipe left.) To view the file and perform various actions on it without leaving Files, tap Open under the file preview. Find a specific file or folder Enter a filename, folder name, or document type in the search field. When you search, you have these options:

Focus the scope of your search: Below the search field, tap Recents or the name of the location or tag. Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap

. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Open a result: Tap it. Rearrange the Browse sidebar Tap at the top of the sidebar, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Hide a location: Turn the location off. Delete a tag and remove it from all items: Tap next to the tag. (See Tag a file or folder.) Remove an item from the Favorites list: Tap next to the item. (See Mark a folder as a favorite.) Change the order of an item: Touch and hold

, then drag it to a new position. Organize files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, organize documents, images, and other files in folders. Create a folder 1. Open a location or an existing folder. 2. Drag down from the center of the screen, then tap

. Note: If you dont see

, you cant create a folder in that location. Rename, compress, and make other changes to a file or a folder Touch and hold the file or folder, then choose an option: Copy, Duplicate, Move, Delete, Rename, or Compress. To modify multiple files or folders at the same time, tap Select, tap your selections, then tap an option at the bottom of the screen. Note: Some options may not be available, depending on the item you select; for example, you cant delete or move an app library (a folder labeled with the app name). 1. Touch and hold the file or folder, tap Tags, then tap one or more tags. Tag a file or folder 2. Tap Done. Tagged items appear below Tags in the Browse sidebar. To remove a tag, tap it again. Mark a folder as a favorite Touch and hold the folder, then tap Favorite. Favorites appear in the Browse sidebar. Send files from Files on iPad You can send a copy of any file in the Files app that isnt digitized, you can scan it with Files first. 1. Touch and hold the file, then tap Share. to others. If you have a document you want to send Tip: To send a smaller version of the file, tap Compress before you tap Share. Then touch and hold the compressed version of the file (identified as a zip file), and tap Share. 2. Choose an option for sending (for example, AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), then tap Send. To send files from Files, you can also use Split View or Slide Over to open Mail or Messages, select one or more items in Files, then drag your selection into a message. Tip: If the files or folders you want to share are stored in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or edit their contentsyou dont need to send them copies. Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Use the Files app devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Any changes you make appear on all your devices set up with iCloud Drive. to store files and folders in iCloud Drive. You can access them from all your iCloud Drive is built into the Files app on devices with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later. You can also use iCloud Drive on Mac computers (OS X 10.10 or later) and PCs (iCloud for Windows 7 or later). Storage limits depend on your iCloud storage plan. Turn on iCloud Drive Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Choose which apps use iCloud Drive Go to Settings off.

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn each of the apps listed under iCloud Drive on or Browse iCloud Drive 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Under Locations, tap iCloud Drive. 3. To open a folder, tap it. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again. If you dont see iCloud Drive under Locations, tap Locations. Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad After you Set up iCloud Drive, you can use the Files app to share folders and individual files with friends and colleagues. When you make changes to a shared folder or file, others see your changes automatically. If you allow people to make edits, their changes appear automatically as well. Files and folders shared in iCloud Drive have these important characteristics:

If you share a folder, all items added to that folder by you or other participants are automatically shared. The link to a shared file includes its name. If the name or content is confidential, be sure to ask recipients not to forward the link to anyone else. If you move a shared file to another folder or location, the link no longer works, and people lose access to the item. Depending on the app, users might need to reopen a file or tap the original link to see the latest changes. Share a folder or file If you own a folder or file in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or change its contents. You can share a folder and file so that only people you invite can open it, or anyone with the link can open it. You can allow the contents of a folder or file to be changed, or you can restrict access so that the contents can only be viewed. When you share a folder, only the people you invite can access the files in the shared folder by default. To invite more people to access the files, you must change the settings of the shared folder to add more participants. You cant select an individual file within the shared folder and add participants to it. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Share Folder in iCloud or Share File in iCloud. 3. Do one of the following:

Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap Can make changes, then choose a methodsuch as Messages or Mailfor sending people a link to the folder or file. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap Can make changes, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. 4. Choose how you want to send your invitation, then tap Send. Invite more people to share a folder or file If you already shared a folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can share it with more people. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap Add People and choose a method for sending the link. 4. Enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Share a folder or file with more people using a link If you set the access to a shared folder or file to Anyone with the link, anyone with the link can share it with others. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Send Link. 3. Choose a method for sending the link, enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Change access and permission settings for everyone If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can change its access at any time. However, everyone you shared the link with is affected. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 3. Change either or both of the options. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Share Options. Access option: When you change the access option from Anyone with the link to Only people you invite, the original link no longer works for anyone, and only people who receive a new invitation from you can open the folder or file. Permission option: When you change the permission option, everyone who has the file open when you change the permission sees an alert. New settings take effect when the alert is dismissed. Change access and permission settings for one person If youre the owner of a shared folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can change the permission for one person without affecting the permission of others. You can also remove the persons access. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap the persons name, then select an option. Stop sharing a folder or file If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can stop sharing it. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap Stop Sharing. Anyone who has a file open when you stop sharing it sees an alert. The item closes when the alert is dismissed, the file is removed from the persons iCloud Drive, and the link no longer works. If you later share the item again and set the access to Anyone with the link, the original link works. If the access is set to Only people you invite, the original link works again only for people you reinvite to share the item. Find people Share your location in Find My on iPad Before you can use the Find My app sharing. to share your location with friends, you need to set up location Note: If you set up location sharing and others still cant see your location, make sure Location Services is on in Settings > Privacy > Location Services > Find My. Set up location sharing 1. In the Find My app, tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn on Share My Location. The device sharing your location appears below My Location. 2. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, tap Use This iPad as My Location. Note: You can share your location from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. To share your location from another device, open Find My on the device and change your location to that device. You can also change your location sharing settings in Settings

> [your name] > Find My. Set a label for your location You can set a label for your current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). When you tap Me, you see the label in addition to your location. 1. Tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap Edit Location Name. 2. Select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Share your location with a friend 1. Tap

, then choose Share My Location. You can also tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, scroll to the bottom of the People list, then tap Share My Location. 2. In the To field, type the name of a friend you want to share your location with (or tap and select a contact). 3. Tap Send and choose how long you want to share your location. You can also notify a friend or family member when your location changes. If youre a member of a Family Sharing group, see Share your location with family members. Stop sharing your location You can stop sharing your location with a specific friend or hide your location from everyone. Stop sharing with a friend: Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you dont want to share your location with. Tap Stop Sharing My Location, then tap Stop Sharing Location. Hide your location from everyone: Tap Me, then turn off Share My Location. Respond to a location sharing request 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen. 2. Tap Share below the name of the friend who sent the request and choose how long you want to share your location. If you dont want to share your location, tap Cancel. Stop receiving new location sharing requests Tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn off Allow Friend Requests. Add or remove a friend in Find My on iPad In the Find My app a map.

, once you share your location with a friend, you can ask to see their location on 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose location If you dont see a persons name, make sure youre sharing your location with them. Ask to see a friends location you want to see. 2. Tap Ask To Follow Location. After your friend receives and accepts your request, you can see their location. See Respond to a location sharing request. If you see their name in the People list but cant see their location on the map, ask them to make sure theyre sharing their location and that Location Services is on in Settings > Privacy > Location Services > Find My. Remove a friend When you remove a friend, that person is removed from your People list and you are removed from theirs. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to remove. 2. Tap Remove [name], then tap Remove. You can also swipe left across the persons name, then tap the Trash icon. Locate a friend in Find My on iPad When a friend shares their location with you, you can use the Find My app to locate them on a map. Note: If you want to see how far away your friends are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share on iPad. See the location of a friend Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to locate. If your friend can be located: They appear on a map so you can see where they are. If your friend cant be located: You see No location found under their name. If you arent following your friend: You see Can see your location under their name. You can ask to see a friends location. You can also ask Siri to locate a friend who has shared their location with you. Ask Siri. Say something like: Wheres Gordon? Learn how to ask Siri. Contact a friend contact. information on iPad. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to 2. Tap Contact and choose how you want to contact your friend. See Add and use contact Get directions to a friend You can get directions to a friends current location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to get 3. Tap the route to get directions from your current location to your friends location. See Get driving directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. directions in Maps on iPad. Set a label for a friends location You can set a label for a friends current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). The label appears below your friends name when theyre at that location. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to set a location label for. 2. Tap Edit Location Name, then select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Mark favorite friends Favorite friends appear at the top of the People list and are marked by a star. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then find the person you want to mark as a favorite. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the name of the person, then tap Add [name] to Favorites. Swipe left across the persons name, then tap the star. To remove a friend from your Favorites, swipe left and tap the star, or tap the friend, then tap Remove

[name] from Favorites. Get notified when a friends location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app when a friend arrives at a location, leaves a location, or is not at a location. to get a notification when your friends location changes. You can get notified Note: You can only create recurring notifications for friends who have two-factor authentication turned on. See the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. You can also let friends know when your location changes. See Notify a friend when your location changes in Find My on iPad. Get notified when your friend arrives at or leaves a location 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 2. Under Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 3. Choose whether you want to be notified when a friend arrives at or leaves a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is nearby the location instead of right at the location. 5. Choose whether you want to be notified only once or every time. 6. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend gets an alert after you set the notification. If you set a recurring notification, your friend must approve it before its set. They get an alert asking for approval when they arrive at or leave the location you chose for the first time. Get notified when your friend is not at a location You can receive a notification if your friend or family member is not at a specific location during a set schedule. For example, you can be notified if your child isnt at school during school hours. 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 2. Under Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 3. Under When, tap [your friends name] Is Not At. 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is nearby the location instead of right at the location. 5. Select when you want to be notified. Time: Select a start and end time. Days: Select the days of the week. 6. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend must approve the notification before its set. They get an alert asking for approval on the time and day the notifications start. Change or turn off a notification you set 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose notification you want to change or turn off. This could be a notification you receive about a friend, or a notification your friend receives about you. 2. Under Notifications, tap the notification. 3. Do either of the following:

Change a notification: Change any details, then tap Done. Turn off a notification: Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. You can create up to 25 Notify Me notifications. Notify a friend when your location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to let a friend know when your location changes. You can also get a notification when your friends location changes. See Get notified when a friends location changes in Find My on iPad. Notify a friend when your location changes 1. Tap People on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to notify. 2. Under Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify [your friends name]. 3. Choose whether you want to notify your friend when you arrive at or leave a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, your friend is notified when youre nearby the location instead of right at the location. 5. Choose whether you want your friend to be notified only once or every time. 6. Tap Add. You can stop notifying friends when your location changes at any time. See Change or turn off a notification you set. See all notifications about you 1. Tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen. Under Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. 2. Select a name to see more details. Turn off notifications about you You can turn off any location notification about you. This includes notifications you set and notifications your friends create. 1. Tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen. Under Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. 2. Select a name, then tap a notification. 3. Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. Find devices Add your iPad to Find My Before you can use the Find My app Apple ID. to locate a lost iPad, you need to connect the device to your When your add youriPad to Find My, you can also get notified if you leave it behind. See Set separation notifications in case you leave a device behind in Find My on iPad. Add your iPad 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> [your name] > Find My. If youre asked to sign in, enter your Apple ID. If you dont have one, tap Dont have an Apple ID or forgot it? then follow the instructions. 2. Tap Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad. 3. Turn on any of the following:

Find My network: If your device is offline (not connected to Wi-Fi or cellular), Find My can locate it using the Find My network. Send Last Location: If your devices battery charge level becomes critically low, its location is sent to Apple automatically. Your iPad also includes a feature called Activation Lock that prevents anyone else from activating and using your device, even if its completely erased. See the Apple Support article Activation Lock for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Add another device See any of the following:

iPhone: Add your iPhone to Find My in the iPhone User Guide iPod touch: Add your iPod touch to Find My in the iPod touch User Guide Mac: Set up Find My on Mac in the Find My User Guide for Mac Apple Watch: Set up and pair your Apple Watch with iPhone in the Apple Watch User Guide AirPods: Apple Support article How to find your lost AirPods, AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max You can also add AirTags and other items to Find My using your iPad. See any of the following:

Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad Add a family members device You can see your family members devices in Find My if you set up Family Sharing first. Their devices appear below yours in the Devices list. See Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad. You cant add friends devices to Find My. Friends who lose a device can go to icloud.com/find and sign in with their Apple ID. Set separation notifications in case you leave a device behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app leave it behind. You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave your device without receiving a notification.

, you can turn on separation notifications for a device so you dont accidentally You can only set up a separation alert from the device sharing your location. You receive an alert every time it separates from the device you set an alert for. Set up notifications for your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch You can set up separation notifications for a device with iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch that you want to set up a notification for. 2. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 3. Turn on Notify When Left Behind, then follow the onscreen instructions. 4. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 5. Tap Done. Locate a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to locate and play a sound on a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple Watch, AirPods, or Beats headphones (supported models). In order to locate a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. Note: If you want to see how far away your devices are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share on iPad. If you lose your iPad and dont have access to the Find My app, you can locate or play a sound on your device using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. See the location of a device If your device is online, you can see its location in the Find My app. For a supported device, Find My can locate it for up to 24 hours after its turned off, in power reserve mode, or in Airplane Mode. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to locate. If the device can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. If the device cant be located: You see No location found under the devices name. Under Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification once its located. For troubleshooting steps, see the Apple Support article If Find My iPhone is offline or not working. Play a sound on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. If the device is online: A sound starts after a short delay and gradually increases in volume, then plays for about two minutes. The device vibrates (if applicable). A Find My [device] alert appears on the devices screen. A confirmation email is also sent to your Apple ID email address. If the device is offline: You see Sound Pending. The sound plays the next time the device connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Ask Siri. Say something like: Play a sound on my iPod touch or Wheres my iPad? Learn how to ask Siri. Play a sound on your AirPods or Beats headphones If your AirPods or Beats headphones (supported models) are paired with your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, you can play a sound on them using Find My. For supported AirPods models, you can even play a sound on your AirPods if theyre in their case. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the AirPods or Beats headphones you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. If your AirPods or AirPods Pro are separated, you can mute one by tapping Left or Right to find them one at a time. If the device is online: It plays a sound immediately for two minutes. A confirmation email is also sent to your Apple ID email address. If the device is offline: You receive a notification the next time your device is in range of your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Stop playing a sound on a device If you find your device and want to turn off the sound before it stops automatically, do one of the following:

iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Press the power button or a volume button, or flip the Ring/Silent switch. If the device is locked, you can also unlock it, or swipe to dismiss the Find My [device]

alert. If the device is unlocked, you can also tap OK in the Find My [device] alert. Apple Watch: Tap Dismiss in the Find My Watch alert, or press the Digital Crown or side button. Mac: Click OK in the Find My Mac alert. AirPods or Beats headphones: Tap Stop in Find My. Get directions to a device You can get directions to a devices current location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. directions in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap the route to get directions from your current location to the devices location. See Get driving Locate or play a sound on a friends device If your friend loses a device, they can locate it or play a sound on it by going to icloud.com/find and signing in with their Apple ID and password. To learn more, see Locate a device in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you set up Family Sharing, you can use Find My to locate a family members missing device. Mark a device as lost in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app that others cant access your personal information. In order to mark a device as lost, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. to mark a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac as lost so What happens when you mark a device as lost?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. You can display a custom message on the devices Lock Screen. For example, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. Your device doesnt display alerts or make noise when you receive messages or notifications, or if any alarms go off. Your device can still receive phone calls and FaceTime calls. Apple Pay is disabled for your device. Any credit or debit cards set up for Apple Pay, student ID cards, and Express Transit cards are removed from your device. Credit, debit, and student ID cards are removed even if your device is offline. Express Transit cards are removed the next time your device goes online. See the Apple Support article Manage the cards that you use with Apple Pay. For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, you see your devices current location on the map as well as any changes in its location. Mark a device as lost If your device is lost or stolen, you can turn on Lost Mode for your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, or lock your Mac. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 2. Under Mark As Lost, tap Activate. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions, keeping the following in mind:

Passcode: If your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch doesnt have a passcode, youre asked to create one now. For a Mac, you must create a numerical passcode, even if you already have a password set up on your Mac. This passcode is distinct from your password and is only used when you mark your device as lost. Contact Information: If youre asked to enter a phone number, enter a number where you can be reached. If youre asked to enter a message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. 4. Tap Activate (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch) or Lock (for a Mac). When the device has been marked as lost, you see Activated under the Mark As Lost section. If the device isnt connected to a Wi-Fi or cellular network when you mark it as lost, you see Pending until the device goes online again. Change the Lost Mode message or email notifications for a lost device After you mark your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch as lost, you can update your contact information or email notification settings. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 2. Under Mark As Lost, tap Pending or Activated. 3. Do any of the following:

Change Lost Mode message: Make any changes to the phone number or message. Get email updates: Turn on Receive Email Updates if its not already on. 4. Tap Done. Turn off Lost Mode for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch When you find your lost device, do either of the following to turn off Lost Mode:

Enter your passcode on the device. In Find My, tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, tap the name of the device, tap Pending or Activated under Mark as Lost, tap Turn Off Mark As Lost, then tap Turn Off. Unlock a Mac When you find your lost Mac, enter the numeric passcode on the device to unlock it (the one you set up when you marked your Mac as lost). If you forget your passcode, you can recover it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. For more information, see Use Lost Mode in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you lose your iPad, you can turn on Lost Mode using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. Erase a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app remotely erase a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. to erase an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac. In order to What happens when you erase a device in Find My?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. When you erase a device remotely using Find My, Activation Lock remains on to protect it. Your Apple ID and password are required to reactivate it. If you erase a device that had iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later installed, you can use Find My to locate or play a sound on the device. Otherwise, you wont be able to locate or play a sound on it. You may still be able to locate your Mac or Apple Watch if its near a previously used Wi-Fi network. Apple Pay is disabled for your device. Any credit or debit cards set up for Apple Pay, student ID cards, and Express Transit cards are removed from your device. Credit, debit, and student ID cards are removed even if your device is offline. Express Transit cards are removed the next time your device goes online. See the Apple Support article Manage the cards that you use with Apple Pay. Erase a device erase. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to 2. Tap Erase This Device, then tap Continue. If the device is a Mac, enter a passcode to lock it (you need to use the passcode to unlock it). 3. If the device is lost and youre asked to enter a phone number or message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. 4. Tap Erase. 5. Enter your Apple ID password, then tap Erase again. If your device is offline, you see Erase Pending. The remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Cancel an erase If you erase an offline device and find it before it comes online again, you can cancel the erase request. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device whose erase you want to cancel. 2. Tap Cancel Erase, then enter your Apple ID password. If you lose your iPad, you can erase it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. Remove a device from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app on a device you already sold or gave away. to remove a device from your Devices list or turn off Activation Lock If you still have the device, you can turn off Activation Lock and remove the device from your account by turning off the Find My [device] setting on the device. Remove a device from your devices list If youre not planning on using a device, you can remove it from your devices list. The device must be offline in order for you to remove it. The device appears in your devices list the next time it comes online if it still has Activation Lock turned on (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch), or is paired with your iOS or iPadOS device (for AirPods or Beats headphones). 1. Do one of the following:

For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch: Turn off the device. For AirPods and AirPods Pro: Put AirPods in their case and close the lid. For Beats headphones: Turn off the headphones. 2. In Find My, tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the offline device. 3. Tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. Turn off Activation Lock on a device you have Before you sell, give away, or trade in a device, you should remove Activation Lock so the device is no longer associated with your Apple ID. See the Apple Support articles:

What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Mac What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Apple Watch, or buy one from someone else Turn off Activation Lock on a device you no longer have If you sold or gave away your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch and you forgot to turn off Find My [device], you can still remove Activation Lock using the Find My app. 1. Tap Devices on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to remove. 2. Erase the device. Because the device isnt lost, dont enter a phone number or message. If the device is offline, the remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. You receive an email when the device is erased. 3. When the device is erased, tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. All your content is erased, Activation Lock is turned off, and someone else can now activate the device. You can also remove a device online using iCloud.com. For instructions, see Remove a device from Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Find items Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad You can register an AirTag to your Apple ID using your iPad. When you attach it to an everyday item, like a keychain or a backpack, you can use the Find My app to locate it if its lost or misplaced. You can also get notified if you leave your AirTag behind. See Set separation notifications in case you leave an AirTag or other item behind in Find My on iPad. You can also add supported third-party products to Find My. See Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad. Add an AirTag 1. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 2. Remove the battery tab from the AirTag (if applicable), then hold it near your iPad. 3. Tap Connect on the screen of your iPad. 4. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 5. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple ID, then tap Finish. You can also register an AirTag from the Find My app. Do either of the following:

Tap

, then choose Add AirTag. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, scroll to the bottom of the Items list, tap Add New Item, then tap Add AirTag. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple ID, they need to remove it before you can add it. See Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad. Change the name or emoji of an AirTag 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag whose name or emoji you want to change. 2. Tap Rename Item. 4. Tap Done. 3. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. View more details about an AirTag When you register an AirTag to your Apple ID, you can view more details about it in the Find My app. If you want to view details about someone elses AirTag, see View details about an unknown item in Find My on iPad. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag you want to see more details about. 2. Do any of the following:

View the battery level: A battery icon appears below the location of the AirTag. If the battery is low, you also see instructions for how to replace it. View the serial number: Tap the battery icon to see the serial number. View the firmware version: Tap the battery icon to see the firmware version. Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad You can use certain third-party products with the Find My app your Apple ID using your iPad, and then use Find My to locate them if theyre lost or misplaced. You can register these products to You can also get notified if you leave your item behind. See Set separation notifications in case you leave an AirTag or other item behind in Find My on iPad. You can also add an AirTag to Find My. See Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad. Add a third-party item 1. Follow the manufacturers instructions to make the item discoverable. 2. In the Find My app, tap

, then choose Add Other Item. You can also tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, scroll to the bottom of the Items list, tap Add New Item, then tap Other Supported Item. 3. Tap Connect, type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 4. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple ID, then tap Finish. If you have trouble adding an item, contact the manufacturer to see if Find My is supported. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple ID, they need to remove it before you can add it. See Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad. Change an items name or emoji 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item whose name or emoji you want to change. 2. Tap Rename Item. 4. Tap Done. 3. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. Keep your item up to date Keep your item up to date so you can use all the features in Find My. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to update. 2. Tap Update Available, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you dont see Update Available, your item is up to date. While the item is updating, you cant use Find My features. View details about an item When you register an item to your Apple ID, you can use Find My to see more details about it, like the serial number or model. You can also see if a third-party app is available from the manufacturer. If you want to view details about someone elses item, see View details about an unknown item in Find My on iPad. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want more details about. 2. Do either of the following:

View details: Tap Show Details. Get or open third-party app: If an app is available, you see the app icon. Tap Get or download the app. If youve already downloaded it, tap Open to open it on your iPad. to Set separation notifications in case you leave an AirTag or other item behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app accidentally leave it behind. You receive an alert every time the device sharing your location separates from the item.

, you can turn on separation notifications for an AirTag or other item so you dont You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave an item without receiving a notification. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item you want to set up a notification for. 2. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 3. Turn on Notify When Left Behind. 4. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 5. Tap Done. Locate an AirTag or other item in Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to your Apple ID. to locate a missing AirTag or third-party item that youve registered Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item. See the location of an item Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to locate. If the item can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. The location and timestamp appear under the items name. The items location is updated when it connects to the Find My network. If the item cant be located: You see where and when it was last located. Under Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification once its located again. Play a sound If the item is nearby, you can play a sound on it to help you find it. Note: If you cant play a sound on an item, you wont see the Play Sound button. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. To stop playing the sound before it ends automatically, tap Stop Sound. Get directions to an item You can get directions to an items current or last known location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. directions in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap the route to get directions from your current location to the items location. See Get driving Mark an AirTag or other item as lost in Find My on iPad If you lose an AirTag or third-party item registered to your Apple ID, you can use the Find My app to mark it as lost. Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item. What happens when you mark an item as lost?

You can add a message saying that the item is lost and include your phone number. If someone else finds your item, they can use a supported device to see a website with the Lost Mode message. See View details about an unknown item in Find My on iPad. Turn on Lost Mode for an item To mark an item as lost, you need to turn on Lost Mode. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 2. Under Lost Mode, tap Enable. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to enter a phone number where you can be reached. To enter an email address instead, tap Use an email address. You can also receive a notification when an updated location for the item is viewable in Find My. 4. Tap Activate. Change the contact information in the Lost Mode message 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 2. Under Lost Mode, tap Enabled. 3. Edit the phone number or email address, then tap Save. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item. Turn off Lost Mode for an item When you find your lost item, turn off Lost Mode. 2. Under Lost Mode, tap Enabled. 3. Tap Turn Off Lost Mode, then tap Turn Off. Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app someone else can register it. to remove an AirTag or third-party item from your Apple ID so Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item. 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to remove. 2. Bring the item near your iPad. If the item is not near your device, you can still remove it from your account. However, the item must be reset before anyone can register it to their Apple ID. 3. Tap Remove Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Follow the manufacturers instructions to reset an item. For an AirTag, see the Apple Support article How to reset your AirTag. View details about an unknown item in Find My on iPad If you find an unknown AirTag or third-party item, you can use the Find My app learn more about it and see if it has a Lost Mode message. If an unknown item appears to be moving with your device, you may also receive a safety alert. on your iPad to You can only view more details about an item and receive safety alerts if the item is registered to someones Apple ID. Learn about registering an AirTag or third-party item. Important: If you feel your safety is at risk due to the unknown item, report it to your local law enforcement. View details about an unknown item If you find an unknown item and its not near its owner, you can learn more about it by connecting to it. 1. In the Find My app, tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then scroll to the bottom of the Items list. 2. Tap Identify Found Item. If the item is registered to someones Apple ID, follow the onscreen instructions to learn more about it and see if theres a Lost Mode message. Use item safety alerts If an unknown item appears to be moving with your device, you may receive a notification letting you know its owner can see your location. When you tap the notification, you can do any of the following:

View a map: You see a map of where the unknown item appeared to be moving with your device. Play a sound: Tap Play Sound to play a sound on the unknown item to help you find it. Pause safety alerts: You can temporarily pause safety alerts for the unknown item. Tap Pause Safety Alerts, then tap Mute for Today. If the item belongs to someone in your Family Sharing group, you can also tap Indefinitely to turn off safety alerts for the item. If you change your mind, tap Enable Safety Alerts to receive alerts again. Learn more about the item: You can get more details about the unknown item, such as the serial number. Tap Learn About This AirTag or Learn About This Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. Disable the item: You can disable the item so it stops sharing your location. Tap Instructions to Disable AirTag or Instructions to Disable Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. View recent item safety alerts 1. Tap Items on the bottom-left side of the screen, then scroll to the bottom of the Items list. 2. Tap Item Detected With You. 3. Tap an item to view the safety alert again. Turn off item safety alerts on your device If you dont want to receive item safety alerts on your device, you can turn them off. Note: This setting only affects the device youre currently using. If you dont want to receive safety alerts on another device, you must turn them off on that device. 1. Tap Me on the bottom-left side of the screen. 2. Under Notifications, turn off Item Safety Alerts. 3. Tap Disable. Find My Adjust map settings in Find My on iPad In the Find My app

, you can change the map view or distance units. Note: These settings only affect maps in the Find My app on the device. They dont affect maps in other apps or on other devices. Change the map view 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Map View, select Default, Hybrid, or Satellite. Change distance units 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the map. 2. Under Distance, select Miles or Kilometers. Home Intro to Home on iPad The Home app provides a secure way to control and automate HomeKit-enabled accessories, such as lights, locks, smart TVs, thermostats, window shades, smart plugs, and security cameras. You can also view and capture video from supported security cameras, receive a notification when a supported camera recognizes someone at your door or a package is left at your door, group multiple speakers to play the same audio, and send and receive Intercom messages on supported devices. With Home, you can control any Works with Apple HomeKit accessory using iPad. After you set up your home and its rooms, you can control accessories individually, or use scenes to control multiple accessories with one command. To control your home automatically and remotely, you must have Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later) that you leave at home. You can schedule scenes to run automatically at certain times, or when you activate a particular accessory (for example, when you unlock the front door). This also lets you, and others you invite, securely control your home while youre away. To learn more about how to create and accessorize a smart home with your Apple devices, tap Discover in the sidebar. Set up accessories with Home on iPad The first time you open the Home app add accessories and define rooms. If you already created a home using another HomeKit-enabled app, youll skip this step.

, the setup assistant helps you create a home, where you can Add an accessory to Home Before you add an accessory such as a light or camera, be sure that its connected to a power source, is turned on, and is using your Wi-Fi network. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Tap Add Accessory, then follow the onscreen instructions. When you add an accessory, its assigned to a default room, or a room you choose. You may need to scan a QR code or enter an 8-digit HomeKit setup code found on the accessory itself (or its box or documentation). A supported smart TV displays a QR code for you to scan. You can assign the accessory to a room, and give it a name, and then use this name when controlling the accessory with Siri. You can also add suggested automations during set up. When you set up Apple TV in tvOS and assign it to a room, it automatically appears in that room in the Home app on iPad. Change an accessorys room assignment 1. In the sidebar, choose the room the accessory is currently assigned to. If its not already assigned, look in Default Room. 2. Touch and hold the accessorys button, then swipe up or tap

. 3. Tap Room, then choose a room. Turn on Include in Favorites to add the accessory to the Home tab. To rearrange your favorites, tap arrangement you want. Tap Done when youre finished.

, tap Edit Screen, then drag the accessory buttons into the

 

 

Organize rooms into zones Group rooms together into a zone to easily control different areas of your home with Siri. For example, if you have a two-story home, you can assign the rooms on the first floor to a downstairs zone. Then you can say something to Siri like Turn off the lights downstairs. 1. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Zone, then tap an existing zone, or tap Create New to add the room to a new zone. Edit a room You can change a rooms name and wallpaper, add the room to a zone, or remove the room. When you remove the room, the accessories assigned to it move to Default Room. 1. Tap

, then tap Room Settings. 2. Tap a room, then make your changes. Control accessories with Home on iPad Use the Home app and Control Center to control accessories in your home. Control accessories in the Home app Tap Home or a room in the sidebar, then tap the button for the accessorya light, for exampleto quickly turn the accessory on or off, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. The available controls depend on the type of accessory. For example, with some lightbulbs, there are controls for changing colors. With your smart TV, you can choose an input source. Control accessories in Control Center When youre home with your iPad, you can see the relevant scenes and accessories for that moment in Control Center. For example, a coffee maker may appear in the morning and be replaced by your bedside lamp at night. Open Control Center, then tap a button to turn an accessory on or off, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. To quickly see all your favorite scenes and accessories (except cameras), tap

. If you dont want accessories to appear in Control Center, go to Settings turn off Show Home Controls.

> Control Center, then Edit home accessories To edit accessory settings, touch and hold the accessorys button, swipe up or tap the following:

, then do any of Rename an accessory: Tap to delete the old name, then type a new one. Change an accessorys icon: Tap the icon next to the accessorys name, then select a new icon. If you dont get a choice of other icons, it means the icon cant be changed for this accessory. Group accessories You can control multiple accessories with the tap of a button by grouping them. 1. Touch and hold an accessory, swipe up on the screen or tap

, then tap Group with Other 2. Tap the accessory you want to group with this accessoryanother light in the room, for example. 3. In the Group Name field, type a name for the group. Accessories. 4. Tap Done. If you want the group to appear in the Home tab, turn on Include in Favorites. View your home status The Home app shows you issues that might need your attentionfor example, your front door is unlocked, an accessorys battery is running low, or a light is on during the day. You can often address the issue with just a tap. 1. Open the Home app

, then tap Home in the sidebar. 2. Tap any of the round buttons that appear just below your homes name. Touch and hold a button that represents a group of accessoriesthree lights that are switched on in two rooms, for exampleand you can separately control the accessories for each room. In this case, you can turn off the two lights in the living room but leave the kitchen light on. Tapping the button controls all the accessories in the groupturns all the lights on or off, for example. Turn on Adaptive Lighting Some lights let you adjust their color temperature, from cool blue to warm yellow. You can set supported lights to automatically adjust the color temperature throughout the day. Wake up to warm colors, stay alert and focused mid-day with cooler ones, and wind down at night by removing blue light. 1. Touch and hold a lighting accessory that supports Adaptive Lighting. 2. Tap

, you can add more than one physical spacea home and a small office, for Add more homes with iPad In the Home app example. 1. Tap

, then tap Add New Home. 2. Name the home, choose its wallpaper, then tap Save. 3. To switch to another home, tap

, then tap the home you want. Set up HomePod in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to set up HomePod and control many HomePod settings. To learn what you can do with iPad and HomePod, see the following in the HomePod User Guide:

Set up HomePod Play audio on HomePod using an iOS or iPadOS device Make Personal Requests on HomePod Use HomePod for phone calls Use HomePod as an Intercom Note: HomePod is not available in all countries or regions. Use Home to send and receive Intercom messages 1. In the Home app, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Intercom, then configure these settings:

When you can receive Intercom messages Who is allowed to send or receive Intercom messages Which HomePod speakers can use Intercom 3. Tap Back, then tap Done. 4. Tap

, then say something like Hey Siri, intercom, Who ate the last cookie?

A recording of your voice is sent to all the HomePod speakers in your home, and to the iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS devices of all members of your home who can send and receive Intercom messages. To send a message to a HomePod in a specific room or zone, say something like Hey Siri, tell the office The movie is starting or Hey Siri, announce upstairs Im going to the store. See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Use Home to add and edit HomePod alarms In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button, then do any of the following:

Add an alarm: Tap New, create the alarm, then tap Done. Edit an alarm: Tap the alarm, change the time, then tap Done. Turn alarms on or off: Tap the switch next to an alarm. Delete an alarm: Swipe left over the alarm, then tap Delete. Change HomePod settings 1. In the Home app, touch and hold the HomePod button. 2. Swipe up or tap

, then configure HomePod settings. You can assign HomePod to a different room, add an automation, create a stereo pair with two HomePod speakers in the same room, rename HomePod, turn on accessibility features, and more. Set up security cameras in Home on iPad to view video activity captured by your homes HomeKit Secure Video You can use the Home app cameras when a person, animal, vehicle, or package delivery is detected. The video captured by your cameras is privately analyzed and encrypted on your home hub device (HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad) and securely uploaded to iCloud so that only you and those you share it with can view it. See the Home accessories website for a list of compatible security cameras. Depending on your iCloud+ storage plan, you can view the last 10 days of activity from one to an unlimited number of HomeKit Secure Video cameras. 50-GB iCloud+ plan: View activity from a single camera. 200-GB plan: View activity from up to five cameras. 2-TB plan: View activity from an unlimited number of cameras. Note: Video content doesnt count against your iCloud data limit. Camera options When you add a HomeKit Secure Video camera to the Home app, youre asked to choose streaming and recording options and assign the camera to a room. By default, the camera is marked as a favorite and appears in the Home tab. To edit those settings later, touch and hold the camera button, then tap to see these options:

Room: A camera can be located in a room inside your home, or you can create a room for an outside location such as your front porch or back yard. Notifications: Tap Notifications to choose to receive notifications when the camera detect activity, changes status, or goes offline. Recording Options: You can create separate recording settings for when youre home and when youre away. For example, when youre home, you might choose to stop streaming and recording for a camera inside your home, but continue to stream and record from an outdoor camera. Note: The Home app uses the location of devices belonging to members of the home to switch between Home and Away modes. For example, when you leave for work with your iPad, the camera switches from the When Home settings to the When Away settings. Set up notifications 1. In the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells. 3. Tap the camera for which youd like to configure notifications. 4. Tap Notifications, then turn on Activity Notifications. You can choose to receive notifications based on these factors:

The time of day When someone is or isnt home When a clip is recorded When any or a specific motion is detected When you choose a specific motion, you receive a notification when the camera detects people, animals, or vehicles, or when a package is delivered. For a package to be detected, it must be within the cameras view after delivery. Tip: Choosing a specific motion, rather than any motion, results in fewer clips (and fewer clip notifications) and less video to review. For example, if you choose to detect people, your camera wont capture the movement of leaves on a tree or a squirrel leaping from branch to branch. Create activity zones You can create zones that focus your camera on the most important areas within its viewyour front walkway but not the sidewalk behind it, for example. You can then be alerted when motion is detected in these zones. Note: You can create activity zones only for cameras configured to record when a specific motion is detected. Activity zones dont affect motion detection automations. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, touch and hold the camera, then tap

. 2. Tap Activity Zones, tap the video to create a zone, then tap Add Zone. To have your camera detect motion only outside the zone you defined, tap Invert Zone. 3. Create any additional zones you want within the cameras viewone for the driveway and another for the mailbox, for example. 4. Tap Done. To remove an activity zone, tap Select Activity Zones, tap inside a zone, then tap Clear. View video 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap the camera. Live video should play automatically. 3. Tap a clip to play it. the video. 5. Tap Live to switch back to live video. 2. Swipe through the timeline at the bottom of the screen to browse recorded clips. 4. Pinch the clip open left and right to show the timeline, then drag to go forward or back through When you set up the camera to detect specific motion, the timeline displays unique symbols for people, animals, vehicles, and packages. You can also view live and recorded video in the Home app on your Mac with macOS 10.15.1. Choose access options To allow other people to view video from your cameras, follow these steps:

1. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. If you have more than one home, tap the name of the home you want to grant access to. 2. Below the People heading, tap a person. 3. Tap Cameras, then choose an option. To learn how to allow other people to view video from your cameras, see Allow others to control accessories in your home. Use Face Recognition in Home on iPad With a compatible camera or doorbell, you can use the Home app youve tagged in the Photos app come to your door. to be notified when people Set up Face Recognition Face Recognition identifies people by the faces that appear in your photo library or pictures of recent visitors captured by your camera or doorbell. If youre setting up a camera or doorbell for the first time, do the following:

1. Add the accessory to the Home app. 2. In the Recognize Familiar Faces card, turn on Face Recognition, then tap Continue. 3. Choose who can access your photo libraryNever, Only Me, or Everyone in this Home. Never: Only faces youve added from clips in the Home app are recognized. Only Me: Only the notifications you receive have the names of people in your photo library. Everyone in this Home: The notifications for everyone in your home have the names of people in your photo library. 4. Tap Continue, then finish setting up the camera or doorbell. If you have an existing doorbell or camera and want to use it to identify visitors, tap it in the Home tab, tap who can access it.

, tap Face Recognition, then turn on Face Recognition. Tap your photo library, then choose Note: Notifications can appear on any of the devices associated with your Apple ID. Identify recent visitors You can use Face Recognition to help identify people not in your photos library, using a picture captured by your camera or doorbell. 1. With Face Recognition turned on, open the Home app

, then tap Home in the sidebar. 2. Tap the camera or doorbell, then tap

. 3. Tap Face Recognition, tap an unidentified person listed under Recent, then tap Add Name. 4. Add the persons name or their relationship to youMom or Mail Carrier, for example. 5. Choose whether to be notified when theyre seen by your camera or doorbell. Share faces with your household You can allow the members of your household to see the names of visitors identified in your photo library. 1. With Face Recognition turned on, open the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells, then tap Face Recognition. 3. Tap your photo library, then tap Everyone in this Home. Configure a router in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to control which services your HomeKit accessories can communicate with on your home Wi-Fi network and on the internet. HomeKit-enabled routers require that you have a HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad set up as a home hub. See the Home Accessories website for a list of compatible routers. to make your smart home more secure by allowing a compatible router To configure the routers settings, follow these steps:

1. Set up the router with the manufacturers app on an iOS device. 2. Open the Home app

, then tap

. 3. Tap Home Settings, then tap Wi-Fi Network & Routers. 4. Tap an accessory, then choose one of these settings:

No Restriction: The router allows the accessory to connect to any internet service or local device. This provides the lowest level of security. Automatic: The router allows the accessory to connect to an automatically updated list of manufacturer approved internet services and local devices. Restrict to Home: The router only allows the accessory to connect to your home hub. This option may prevent firmware updates or other services. Create and use scenes in Home on iPad In the Home app example, you might define a Reading scene that adjusts the lights, plays soft music on HomePod, closes the drapes, and adjusts the thermostat.

, you can create scenes that allow you to control multiple accessories at once. For Create a scene Accessories. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, tap

, then tap Add Scene. 2. Tap Custom, enter a name for the scene (such as Dinner Party or Watching TV), then tap Add 3. Select the accessories you want this scene to include, then tap Done. The first accessory you select determines the room the scene is assigned to. If you first select your bedroom lamp, for example, the scene is assigned to your bedroom. 4. Set each accessory to the state you want it in when you run the scene. For example, for a Reading scene, you could set the bedroom lights to 100 percent, close the drapes, choose a low volume for the HomePod, and set the thermostat to 68 degrees. Use scenes In the sidebar, choose the room the scene is assigned to, then do one of the following:

Run a scene: Tap the scene. Change a scene: Touch and hold a scene. You can change the scenes name, test the scene, add or remove accessories, include the scene in Favorites, and delete the scene. Favorite scenes appear in the Home tab. Control your home using Siri on iPad In addition to using the Home app are some of the things you can say to Siri for the accessories you add and the scenes, rooms, or homes you set up:

, you can use Siri to control your accessories and scenes. Here Turn off the lights or Turn on the lights Set the temperature to 68 degrees Turn on the bedroom lights at 9 PM Did I lock the front door?

Show me the entryway camera Turn down the kitchen lights Set my reading scene Turn off the lights in the Chicago house Learn how to ask Siri. Control your home remotely with iPad In the Home app

, you can control your accessories even when youre away from home. To do so, you need a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later) that you leave at home. Set up iPad as a home hub Go to Settings

, tap Home, then turn on Use this iPad as a Home Hub. Remotely control your home Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Home. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on your home hub device and your iPad. If you have an Apple TV or HomePod and youre signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, its set up automatically as a home hub. Use automations in Home on iPad In the Home app a sensor, or the action of an accessory. You can use preconfigured automations included with the Home app, or create automations of your own.

, you can run automations based on the time of day, your location, the activation of Use a preconfigured automation 1. Touch and hold an accessory, then swipe up or tap

. 2. Turn on an automation. To disable an automation, return to the accessorys setting screen, then turn it off. Create an automation 1. Tap in the Home, Rooms, or Automation tab. 2. Tap Add Automation, then choose one of the following automation triggers:

When arriving at or leaving a location: Tap People Arrive or People Leave. Choose when the automation is activated by people arriving or leaving, the location, and the time the automation works. At a time of day: Tap A Time of Day Occurs, then choose when you want this automation to run. If you choose Sunset or Sunrise, times vary as the season changes. You can also set an automation to only occur after sunset, which is useful for turning on lights just when theyre needed. When an accessory changes: Tap An Accessory is Controlled, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to run a scene when you unlock the front door. A sensor detects something: If youve added a sensor to Home, tap A Sensor Detects Something, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to turn on lights in a stairway when motion is detected nearby. To disable an automation, tap the Automation tab, tap the automation, then turn off Enable This Automation. You can also touch and hold an accessory, tap

, then add, enable, or disable automations. Add a Siri shortcut To make your automation even more efficient, you can add a Siri Shortcut to it. 1. When choosing accessories to control with an automation, swipe up, then tap Convert To Shortcut. 2. Tap

, then choose a shortcut. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Allow others to control accessories in your home In the Home app people you invite need to be using iCloud and have iOS 11.2.5, iPadOS 13, or later. You also need to be at your home or have a home hub set up in your home.

, you can invite other people to control your smart accessories. You and the Invite others to control accessories 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Home Settings, then tap Invite People. If you set up more than one home, tap Home Settings, then tap a home. 3. Tap to choose people with an Apple ID from your contacts list, or enter their Apple ID email addresses in the To field. 4. Tap Send Invite. 5. Ask the invitee to do one of the following:

In the notification: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap Accept. In the Home app: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap

, tap Home Settings, then tap their name. On Apple TV: Tap Show Me on Apple TV, then turn on one or more Apple TVs. Allow others to access your AirPlay 2-enabled speakers and TVs 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Home Settings > Allow Speaker & TV Access, then choose an option. You can allow everyone, anyone on the same network, or only people youve invited to share the home. You can also require a password that allows speaker access. To learn more about HomePod speaker and Apple TV access, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. iTunes Store Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad Use the iTunes Store app to add music, movies, and TV shows to iPad. Note: You need an internet connection to use the iTunes Store. The availability of the iTunes Store and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Find music, movies, and TV shows 1. In the iTunes Store, tap any of the following:

Music, Movies, or TV Shows: Browse by category. To refine your browsing, tap Genres at the top of the screen. Top Charts: See whats popular on iTunes. Genius: Browse recommendations based on what you bought from iTunes. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. Tap an item to see more information about it. You can preview songs, watch trailers for movies and TV shows, or tap to do any of the following:

Share a link to the item: Choose a sharing option. Give the item as a gift: Tap Gift. Add the item to your wish list: Tap Add to Wish List. To view your wish list, tap

, then tap Wish List. Buy and download content 1. To buy an item, tap the price. If the item is free, tap Get. instead of a price, you already purchased the item, and you can download it again 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the If you see without a charge. purchase. 3. To see the progress of a download, tap Downloads. Get ringtones 1. Tap Music, tap Genres, scroll to the bottom, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Top Charts to see whats popular. 3. Tap a ringtone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a ringtone, tap the price. Redeem or send an App Store & iTunes Gift Card 1. Tap Music, then scroll to the bottom. 2. Tap Redeem or Send Gift. Get ringtones, text tones, and alert tones in the iTunes Store on iPad

, you can purchase ringtones, text tones, and other alert tones for clock In the iTunes Store app alarms and more. Buy new tones 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Genres, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Search to find a specific song or artist. 3. Tap a tone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a tone, tap the price. Redownload tones purchased with your Apple ID If you bought tones on another device, you can download them again. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Below Sounds and Vibration Patterns, tap any sound. 3. Tap Download All Purchased Tones. You might not see this option if you already downloaded all the tones that you purchased or if you havent purchased any tones. Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings on iPad In the iTunes Store app you or other family members. You can also customize your preferences for the iTunes Store in Settings.

, you can review and download music, movies, and TV shows purchased by Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See Turn on Ask to Buy for a child. View and download music, movies, or TV shows purchased by you or family members 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases, then choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. 3. Tap Music, Movies, or TV Shows. 4. Find the item you want to download, then tap

. View your entire iTunes Store purchase history To see a chronological list of the apps, songs, movies, TV shows, books, and other items purchased with your Apple ID, view your iTunes Store purchase history. In your purchase history, you can do any of the following:

View when an order was billed to your account. View the date of a purchase. Resend email receipts. Report a problem with purchased content. Set content restrictions After you turn on content and privacy restrictions, go to Settings Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions, then set any of the available restrictions. You can block explicit content, turn off music videos, restrict content by age-appropriate ratings, and more.

> Screen Time > Content &

Magnifier Magnify objects around you with iPad In the Magnifier app

, you can use your iPad as a magnifying glass to zoom in on objects near you. Turn on Magnifier Open the Magnifier app in any of the following ways:

Tap the app icon. If you dont see the Magnifier app on the Home Screen, look in the Utilities folder in the App Library. Use accessibility shortcuts. Open Control Center, then tap [the Magnifier button].

(If you dont see [the Magnifier button], add it to Control Centergo to Settings Center, then choose Magnifier).

> Control Adjust the image Do any of the following:

Adjust the zoom level: Drag the zoom control slider left or right. Show more controls: Swipe the controls up. Adjust the brightness: Tap

. Adjust the contrast: Tap

. Apply color filters: Tap

. Add more light: Tap to turn on the flashlight. Switch to the front or back camera: Tap

, then tap Front or Back. Tip: To organize the controls you use most often, tap

, then reorder the controls or tap Filter Customization to choose your favorite filters. Freeze the frame You can freeze one or more frames and review them. Note: Freeze frames arent saved to Photos. 1. Tap

. 2. To freeze more frames, tap

, reposition the camera, then tap

. 3. To review the freeze frames, tap View, then tap the frames you want to see. 4. To return to the live lens, tap End. To turn off Magnifier, do one of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Detect people around you using Magnifier on iPad On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later), you can use Magnifier to detect people and help you maintain a physical or social distance from others. When iPad detects people nearby, youre notified with sounds or speech. The feedback is more frequent when a person is closer to you. Important: Dont use People Detection for navigation or in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured. Customize the settings for People Detection 1. Use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Magnifier.

(below Filters) to customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. 2. Tap

, tap next to People Detection to add it as a secondary control, then tap People Detection Sound pitch distance: Tap this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. or to adjust the distance. When people are detected within Feedback: Turn on Sounds, Speech, or both. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and another person. 3. Tap Done. Set up shortcuts for People Detection Accessibility shortcut: Go to Settings People Detection.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then select VoiceOver gesture: By default, the four-finger triple-tap gesture turns People Detection on or off. To assign a different gesture, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Touch Gestures. Detect people near you 1. Turn on Magnifier, then tap

. 2. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect people around you. 3. When youre finished, tap End to return to the Magnifier screen or swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Mail In the Mail app opening it. Read an email Check your emails in Mail on iPad

, you can read emails, add contacts, and preview the contents of an email without From your mailbox list, tap the email you want to read. Preview an email and a list of options From your mailbox list, touch and hold an email to preview its contents and see a list of options for replying, moving it, and more. Show a longer preview In your mailbox lists, Mail displays two lines of text for each email by default. You can choose to see more lines of text without opening the email. Go to Settings

> Mail > Preview, then choose up to five lines. Show the whole conversation Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Organize by Thread. To change how threads are displayed, you can also change other settings in Settings > Mail. Show To and Cc labels in your Inbox Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Show To/Cc Labels. You can also view the To/Cc mailbox, which gathers all mail addressed to you. To show or hide it, tap Mailboxes, tap Edit, then select To or Cc. Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP In an email, tap a persons name or email address, then do one of the following:

To add them to your VIP list, tap Add to VIP. To add them to your contacts, tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. You can add a phone number, other email addresses, and more information Send email in Mail on iPad With the Mail app documents, and more.

, you can write and edit emails, and send and receive photos, videos, drawings, Write an email message 1. Tap

. 2. Tap in the email, then type your message. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your finger from one letter to the next, lifting your finger only after each word. (See Enter text using the onscreen keyboard.) 3. To change the formatting, tap

. You can change the font style, change the color of text, use a bold or italic stye, add a bulleted or numbered list, and more. Add recipients 1. Tap in the To field, then type the names of recipients. As you type, Mail automatically suggests people from your Contacts, along with email addresses for the people who have more than one email address. You can also tap to open Contacts and add recipients from there. 2. If youre sending a copy, tap the Cc/Bcc field. Tap in the Cc field, then enter the names of people youre sending a copy to. Tap in the Bcc field, then enter the names of people whose names you dont want other recipients to see. Automatically send a copy to yourself Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Always Bcc Myself. Change a recipient from Cc to Bcc After you enter recipients, you can reorder their names in the address fields, or drag them from one address field to anotherfor example, to the Bcc field if you decide you dont want their names to appear. Add additional mail accounts Go to Settings provider is not listed, tap Other.

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account, then choose from the options. If your email Customize your email signature You can customize the email signature that appears automatically at the bottom of every email you send. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Signature (under Composing). 2. Tap in the text field at the top of the screen, then edit your signature. Only text is supported for Mail signatures. Tip: If you have more than one email account, tap Per Account to set a different signature for each account. Send an email from a different account If you have more than one email account, you can specify which account to send email from. Tap the From field to choose an account. Mark addresses outside certain domains When youre addressing an email to a recipient whos not in your organizations domain, you can have the recipients name appear in red to alert you. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Mark Addresses (under Composing). 2. Enter the domains that are in your organizationones that you dont want marked in red. You can enter multiple domains separated by commas (for example, apple.com, example.org). Any email sent to or from other domains is marked. Use keyboard shortcuts in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, use keyboard shortcuts to speed up your work. Shortcut Command D Send message ESC / . or W Close window / Cancel Next input view Go to BCC Change address to reply only to original reply target Change addresses to reply all M Minimize (if dock available), otherwise continue draft TAB B R R A N 1 2 Shortcut Command Delete Delete current message Archive message Fetch new mail Go to first inbox Go to second inbox Shortcut Command Go to ninth inbox Scroll message list to top Scroll to currently selected message and Expand and collapse thread Toggle filter Search mailboxes ESC / . Dismiss search Shortcut Command Shortcut Command New message Toggle mailbox list display Shortcut Command Attach document Paste as quotation Increase quote level Decrease quote level Reply Reply All Forward Toggle Junk status Toggle message flag Toggle read/unread Previous message Next message 9 T J L F A V

N V R R F J L U Shortcut Command Space Page down Space Page up Delete Delete message Reply to email in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, you can reply to emails. Reply to an email 1. Tap in the email, tap

, then tap Reply. 2. Type your response. Quote some text when you reply to an email When you reply to an email, you can include text from the sender to clarify what youre responding to. 1. In the senders email, touch and hold the first word of the text, then drag to the last word. (See Select and edit text.) 2. Tap

, tap Reply, then type your message. To turn off the indentation of quoted text, go to Settings

> Mail > Increase Quote Level. Add attachments to an email on iPad In the Mail app

, you can attach photos, videos, scanned documents, and more to an email. Attach a document to an email You can attach a saved document to an email. 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Locate the document in Files, then tap it to insert it. In Files, tap Browse or Recent at the bottom of the screen, then tap a file, location, or folder to open it. You can also drag a file to your email to attach it to the email. 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, tap above the keyboard, then tap Insert a saved photo or video

. 2. Locate the photo or video in the photo selector. You can swipe up to see more images. 3. Tap the photo or video to insert it into your email. Take a photo or video to insert into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the photo or video, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Take a new photo or video. 3. Tap Use Photo or Use Video to insert it into your email, or tap Retake if you want to reshoot it. Scan a document into an email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the scanned document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screeniPad automatically captures the page. To capture the page manually, tap or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap

. 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved scan, tap it, then do any of the following:

Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap

. Rotate the image: Tap

. Delete the scan: Tap

. Mark up an attachment You can use Markup to write or draw on a photo, video, or PDF attachment. 1. In the email, tap the attachment, then tap

. 2. Using the drawing tools, draw with your finger or Apple Pencil. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. Draw in your email 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert a drawing, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Choose a drawing tool and color, then write or draw with your finger. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 3. When youre finished, tap Done, then tap Insert Drawing. To resume work on a drawing, tap the drawing in the email, then tap

. Work with email attachments on iPad In the Mail app

, preview, save, open, and annotate email attachments. Preview an attachment Touch and hold an attachment to preview it and see a list of actions you can perform. Save a photo or video attachment to Photos Touch and hold the photo or video, then tap Add to Photos. Mark up attachments Use Markup to annotate an image or a PDF attachment. 1. Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Markup (if its an attachment youre sending) or Markup and Reply (if its an attachment youve received). 2. Use the drawing and annotation tools. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. On supported models, you can annotate with Apple Pencil. Open an attachment with another app 1. Touch and hold the attachment until a menu appears. 2. Tap

, then choose the app you want to use to open the attachment. Note: Some attachments automatically show a banner with buttons you can use to open other apps. See emails with attachments 1. From your mailbox list, tap to turn on filtering. 2. Tap Filtered by, then turn on Only Mail with Attachments. You can also use the Attachments mailbox, which shows emails with attachments from all accounts. To view it, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit above the Mailboxes list, then select Attachments. Send large attachments Mail Drop is an iCloud feature you can use to send files exceeding the maximum size allowed by your email account. To use Mail Drop, tap Send when youre ready to send an email with large attachments, then follow the onscreen instructions. Mail must be turned on in Settings limits.

> [your name] > iCloud. See the Apple Support article Mail Drop To learn how to send any attachment, see Add attachments to an email on iPad.

, you can save a draft to finish later, or look at existing emails while youre writing a Save a draft in Mail on iPad In the Mail app new one. Save a draft for later If youre writing an email and want to finish it later, tap Cancel, then tap Save Draft. To get it back, touch and hold

, then tap the draft in the list. With OS X 10.10 or later, you can also hand off unfinished emails with your Mac. See Hand off tasks between iPad and your other devices. Look at another email while youre writing one 1. Swipe down on the title bar of an email youre writing. 2. When youre ready to return to your email, tap its title at the bottom of the screen. If you have more than one email waiting to be finished, tap the bottom of the screen to see them all. Show draft emails from all of your accounts 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Tap Add Mailbox, then turn on the All Drafts mailbox. Search for email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can search for emails using different criteria. Search for text in an email 1. Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search field. 2. Tap in the search field and type the text youre looking for. 3. Choose between searching all mailboxes or the current mailbox above the results list. 4. Tap an email in the results list to see it. Searching looks at the address fields, the subject, and the email body. The most relevant emails appear in Top Hits above the search suggestions as you type. Search by timeframe Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox list to reveal the search field, tap in the search field, then type something like February meeting to find all emails from February with the word meeting. Search by email attributes You can search for emails by various attributes. For example, you can do any of the following:

Find all flagged emails: Type flag in the search field, then tap Flagged Messages below Other. Find all emails from people in your VIP list: Type vip in the search field, then tap Messages from VIPs below Other. Find all unread emails: Type unread in the search field, then tap Unread Messages below Other. Find all email with attachments: Type attachment in the search field, then tap Messages with Attachments below Other. Organize email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, manage your email in mailboxes. Manage an email with a swipe While viewing an email list you can use a simple swipe to move individual emails to the trash, mark them as read, and more. To reveal a list of actions, slowly swipe an email to the left until you see the menu, then tap an item. To use the rightmost action, quickly swipe all the way to the left. Swipe right to reveal one other action. To choose the actions you want to appear in the menus, go to Settings

> Mail > Swipe Options. Organize your mail with mailboxes In the Mailboxes list, you can view all your mailboxes, create a new one, or rename or delete one.

(Some mailboxes cant be changed.) 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Select the checkbox next to a mailbox you want to view. There are several smart mailboxes, such as Unread, that show emails from all your accounts. Tap the ones you want to view. 4. To add a mailbox, tap New Mailbox at the bottom of the list. 5. Enter a name and specify a location, then tap Save. Reorder your mailboxes You can reorder your mailboxes so that the ones you use most often appear at the top of the Mailboxes list. 1. Tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Touch and hold next to a mailbox until it lifts up, then drag it to the position you want. Move or mark multiple emails 1. While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit. 2. Select the emails you want to move or mark by tapping their checkboxes. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. 3. Choose the action you want to perform on all the selected emails. If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Use Mail Privacy Protection on iPad

, Mail Privacy Protection helps protect your privacy by preventing email senders In the Mail app from learning information about your Mail activity. If you choose to turn it on, it hides your IP address so senders cant link it to your other online activity or determine your location. It also prevents senders from seeing if youve opened their email. If you subscribe to iCloud+, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your personal email address when filing out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. See iCloud User Guide. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Privacy Protection. 2. Turn on Protect Mail Activity. See Block email from specified senders. Flag and filter emails on iPad In the Mail app

, you can flag and filter your emails. Flag an email You can flag an email to make it easier to find later. An email you flag remains in your Inbox, but also appears in the Flagged mailbox. To see the Flagged mailbox, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit, then select Flagged. 1. Open the email, tap

, then tap Flag. 2. To choose a color for the flag, tap a colored dot. To change or remove a flag, open the email, tap

, then tap another color, or tap

. Flags you add to an email appear on that email in Mail on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Create a Flagged Mailbox Find your flagged emails easily by accessing them all from one mailbox. To add a Flagged mailbox, tap Mailboxes in the upper-left corner of the screen. Tap Edit, then select Flagged. Flag emails from your VIPs Add important people to your VIP list, so their emails appear with a VIP flag and in the VIP mailbox. 1. While viewing an email, tap the name or email address of a person in the email. 2. Tap Add to VIP. Get notified of replies to an email or thread You can create mail notifications when reading or writing an email. When reading an email: Tap

, then tap Notify Me. When writing an email: Tap the Subject field, tap in the Subject field, then tap Notify Me. You can create mail notifications that let you know when you receive emails in favorite mailboxes or from your VIPs. To change how notifications appear, go to Settings on Allow Notifications.

> Notifications > Mail, then turn Mute email notifications To reduce interruptions from busy email threads, you can mute notifications of the messages in the conversations. 1. Open an email in the conversation. 2. Tap

, then tap Mute. To specify what you want done with emails you muted, go to Settings Action, then select an option.

> Mail > Muted Thread Block email from specified senders To block a sender, tap their email address and select Block this Contact. To move an email to the Junk folder, open it, tap

, then tap Move to Junk. Manage junk mail Filter emails You can use filters to temporarily show only certain messagesthe ones that meet all the criteria you select in the filter list. For example, if you select Unread and Only Mail with Attachments, you see only unread emails that have attachments. 1. Tap in the bottom-left corner of a mailbox list. Note: When reading an email on iPad in Portrait orientation, tap at the bottom. to display the email list with 2. Tap Filtered by. turn the filter off. 3. Select or turn on the criteria for emails you want to view. 4. Tap in the bottom-left corner to hide emails that dont match the current filters. Tap again to To turn off an active filter, deselect it or turn it off. To turn off all filters, tap the Filter button. Delete and recover emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, delete emails you no longer need. Delete emails There are multiple ways to delete emails. Do any of the following:

While viewing an email: Tap size and orientation).

(either at the top or bottom of the screen, depending on screen While viewing the email list: Swipe an email left, then choose Trash. To delete the email in a single gesture, swipe it all the way to the left. Delete multiple emails at once: While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit, select the emails you want to delete, then tap Trash. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. To turn the confirmation of deletion on or off, go to Settings Deleting.

> Mail, then turn on or off Ask Before If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Recover a deleted email 1. Go to the accounts Trash mailbox, then open the email. 2. Tap

, then select a mailbox. Tip: To see deleted emails across all your accounts, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit at the top of the list, then select the All Trash mailbox. Archive instead of delete Instead of deleting emails, you can archive them in the Archive mailbox. (You can still delete emails, even if you set up an Archive mailbox.) 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, change the destination mailbox for discarded emails to Archive Mailbox. When this option is turned on, to delete an email instead of archiving it, touch and hold Trash Message.

, then tap Decide how long to keep deleted emails You can set how long deleted emails stay in the Trash mailbox. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. 2. Tap your email account, tap Mail (below Advanced), then tap Advanced. 3. In the Advanced settings, tap Remove, then select a time interval. Note: Some email services might override your selection; for example, iCloud doesnt keep deleted emails longer than 30 days, even if you select Never. Add a Mail widget to your iPad Home Screen Widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glance. On iPad, you can add a Mail widget and customize which mailbox it shows on your Home Screen. Choose between displaying recent unread emails, new emails from your VIPs, or any other mailbox. To add a widget, see Use widgets on your iPad. Print an email or attachment in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, print an email or an attachment. Print an email Tap

, then tap Print. Print an attachment or picture Tap an attachment to view it, tap

, then choose Print. See Print from iPad. Maps View maps on iPad In the Maps app need.

, you can find your location on a map and zoom in and out to see the detail you In select cities, Maps provides enhanced detail for elevation, roads, trees, buildings, landmarks, and more (supported models). See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. WARNING: For important information about navigation and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Allow Maps to use Location Services To find your location and provide accurate directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on. If Maps displays a message that Location Services is off, tap the message, tap Turn On in Settings, then turn on Location Services. Cellular data rates may apply (Wi-Fi + cellular models; see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)). Note: Apple is committed to keeping personal information about your location safe and private. To learn more, go to Settings

> Maps, then tap About Apple Maps and Privacy. Show your current location Tap

. Your position is marked in the middle of the map. The top of the map is north. To show your heading instead of north at the top, tap

. To resume showing north, tap or

. Choose the right map The button at the top right of a map indicates if the current map is for exploring transit

, or viewing from a satellite

, driving

, riding 1. With a map showing, tap the button at the top right. 2. Choose a map, then tap

. View a 3D map On a 2D map, drag two fingers up. (When viewing the Satellite map on some models, tap 3D near the top right.) On a 3D map, you can do the following:

Adjust the angle: Drag two fingers up or down. See buildings and other small features in 3D: Zoom in. Return to a 2D map: Tap 2D near the top right. Move, zoom, and rotate a map or a 3D globe Move around in a map: Drag the map. Zoom in or out: Double-tap (leaving your finger on the screen after the second tap), then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. Or, pinch open or closed on the map. On a 2D map, a scale appears in the upper left while you zoom. To change the unit of distance, go to Settings

> Maps, then select In Miles or In Kilometers. Rotate the map: Touch and hold the map with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To show north at the top of the screen after you rotate the map, tap

. View the earth with an interactive 3D globe: Zoom out until the map changes to a globe. Drag the globe to rotate it, or zoom in or out to explore details for mountain ranges, deserts, oceans, and more (supported models). Add a name to Maps, or report a issue with Maps 1. Tap your profile picture next to the search field at the bottom of a map, then tap Reports. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose one of the options, then provide your information. Find places Search for places in Maps on iPad You can use the Maps app to search for addresses, landmarks, services, and more. Search for a place Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me the Golden Gate Bridge. Learn how to ask Siri. Or you can tap the search field (at the top of the search card), then begin typing. You can search in different ways. For example:

Intersection (8th and Market) Area (Greenwich Village) Landmark (Guggenheim) Zip code (60622) Business (movies, restaurants San Francisco CA, Apple Inc New York) To see all results, swipe up on the search card. To get directions to a result, tap it. Display, grow, or shrink the search card If you see a place card, route card, or other instead of the search card, tap card. at the top right of the To grow or shrink the search card, drag the bottom of the search card down or up. Quickly find or delete recent searches To get a list of recent search results, scroll down in the search card to Recents. To delete an item from the list, swipe the item left. Or tap More directly above the list, then do one of the following:

Delete a group: Tap Clear above the group. Delete a single item: Swipe the item left. See Delete significant locations on iPad and Delete recent directions in Maps on iPad. Find nearby attractions, restaurants, and services in Maps on iPad Find a nearby attraction, restaurant, or other service Ask Siri. Say something like: Find a gas station or Find coffee near me. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can tap the search field, then do one of the following:

Tap a category like Grocery Stores or Restaurants in the Find Nearby section of the search card. Enter something like playgrounds or parks in the search field, then tap the Search Nearby result. To change the nearby area, drag the map. Depending on what you look for, you may be able to apply more search criteria, tap an item to get more information, and more. Note: Nearby suggestions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Find your way around an airport or shopping mall 1. Do one of the following:

When youre at the airport or mall: Open Maps, tap the search card onscreen, then tap the Browse button.

, then tap Look Insideor zoom in with Before you get there: Search for the airport or mall in Maps, or drag the map to show it. Zoom in, then tap Look Insideor zoom in with the search card onscreen, then tap the Browse button. 2. To find nearby services, tap a category (like Food, Restrooms, or Gates) on the place card, then scroll down to see all results. To get more information about a result, tap it. 3. To get a map of a different floor, tap the button showing the floor level (zoom in if you dont see the button). Note: Indoor maps are available for select airports and shopping malls. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get information about places in Maps on iPad You can find street addresses and other information about places that appear in the Maps app

. Get information about a place Tap the place (for example, a city or landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result in Maps), then do any of the following:

Get a route to the location: Tap the directions button. View more information: Scroll down in the place card. The information might include the street address, a phone number, a webpage link, business hours, and customer reviews. Many restaurants and other businesses offer App Clips that allow you to order or make a reservation by tapping buttons on their place cards. Close the place card: Tap

. Note: If you install an app that has a table booking extension, it can also help you make reservations at restaurants. If you want to stop sending it the names of restaurants that you view, go to

> Maps

> Restaurant Booking, then turn off the app extension. Save information about a place You can save a place as one of your favorites, in one of your My Guides, and as one of your contacts. Tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps, tap place card), then choose an option.

(to the right of the directions button on the Mark places in Maps on iPad You can mark places in the Maps app with pins to help you find those places later. Tip: To quickly mark your location so you can find your way back later, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home Screen, then choose Mark My Location. See Perform quick actions on iPad. Mark an unlabeled location Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears, then do any of the following:

Refine the location: Tap Move, then drag the map. Save the location to your favorites: Tap then Tap Add to Favorites. (You can give the location a name in your Favorites.)

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), Save the location to a guide you created: Tap location, then tap Save. See Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad.

, tap Guides, choose a guide, enter a name for the Close the place card: Tap

. Delete a pin marker 1. Tap the marker. 2. On the place card, tap Remove. You can also touch and hold the marker, then tap Remove Marker. Share places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app to show people where to meet you.

, you can share places with others. For example, you can send a message or email Tip: To quickly share your current location, touch and hold Maps on the Home Screen, then tap Send My Location. See Perform quick actions on iPad. 1. Tap a place on the map or a search result in Maps. 2. Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card). 3. Tap Share, then choose an option. You can also touch and hold the place, then tap Share Location. Save favorite places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app to your favorites list. You can quickly find your favorites on the search card.

, you can save placessuch as your home, your work, and where you go for coffee Tip: To make Home and Work automatically appear as favorites, add your work and home addresses to My Card in Contacts. Add a place to your favorites 1. In the row of Favorites on the search card, tap

. If you dont see

, swipe the Favorites row left. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose a suggestion below the search field. Enter a place or address in the search field, then choose a search result. You can also tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps, tap directions button on the place card), then tap Add to Favorites.

(to the right of the Quickly find your favorites A row of Favorites appears near the top of the search card. To see more, swipe the row left, or tap More above the row. Edit a favorite 1. On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites. 2. Tap next to the favorite. 3. Depending on the location, you may be able to make the following changes:

Rename the favorite: Tap the title, then enter a new name. Change the address: Tap the address, then tap Open Contact Card. Change the label: Tap a label type. Delete the location from your favorites list: Tap Remove Favorite. Tell someone your ETA: Tap Add Person, then choose one or more suggested contacts, or search for a contact. Whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to this location, the person automatically receives a notification about your estimated time of arrival (ETA). See Share your ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 4. Tap Done. Refine your home or work location If Maps isnt precisely locating your home or work place, you can help improve directions to and from your home or work by correcting the location. 1. On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites, then tap next to Home or Work. 2. Tap Refine Location on Map, drag the map to move the marker over the correct location, then tap Done. Delete a place from your favorites On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites, then swipe the item left. Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad Guides from trusted brands and partners are available in the Maps app places around the world to eat, shop, and explore. Guides are automatically updated when new places are added, so you always have the latest recommendations. to help you discover great Explore cities of the world with Guides Scroll down in the search card, then tap Explore Guides. You can tap options to browse by interest, publisher, city, and more. For example, to browse guides for locations worldwide, tap at the top of the screen. View, share, and save a Guide To open a Guide, tap its cover. To view its contents, scroll down. You can also do the following:

Save the Guide: Scroll to the top of the guide, then tap

. Its saved in your collection of My Guides. See Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad. Share the Guide: Scroll to the top of the Guide, tap

, then choose an option. Add a destination to My Guides: Tap

, then select one of your guides. Close the guide: Tap

. guide. Tip: Look for App Clips buttons that allow you to do things like reserve a table directly from a Guides are available for many cities worldwide, with more places coming. Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can organize places into your own guides for easy reference. For example, you can add destinations for an upcoming vacation into a guide named Summer Road Trip. You can quickly get to your guides from the search card, and you can share your guides with others. Create a guide Scroll down in the search card, tap New Guide, enter a name, then tap Create. Add a place to My Guides 1. Tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps. 2. Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card). 3. Tap Guides, then choose one of your guides. You can also add editorially curated Guides to My Guides. See Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad. Share a guide 1. Tap your profile picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Guides. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose a guide. 3. Tap at the bottom of the guide card, then choose an option. Edit a guide that you created For any guide that you create, you can supply a cover image, rename the title, and add or remove places. 1. Tap your profile picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Guides. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose a guide that you created. 3. Tap Edit at the bottom of the guide card. 4. Make your changes, then tap at the top right of the guide card. Get traffic and weather info in Maps on iPad Find out about traffic conditions With a map showing, tap the button at the top right, choose Driving or Satellite, then tap

. 1. Orange indicates slowdowns, and red indicates stop-and-go traffic. 2. To get an incident report, tap an incident marker. Incident markers show information such as hazards

, road closures

, road construction

, accidents

, and more. You can also report traffic incidents. Note: Traffic features and information are not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Find out about the weather Zoom in on a map until the weather icon appears in the lower-right corner; the icon shows the current conditions for that area. In some regions, the air quality index also appears in the lower-right corner. To see the hourly forecast, touch and hold the weather icon. Tap the hourly forecast to see a multiday forecast in Safari. If you dont want to see the weather information or the air quality index in Maps, go to Settings Maps, then turn off Weather Conditions or Air Quality Index.

Delete significant locations on iPad keeps track of the places you recently visited, as well as when and how often you The Maps app visited them. Maps uses this information to provide you with personalized services like predictive traffic routing. You can delete this information. Note: Significant locations are end-to-end encrypted and cannot be read by Apple. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services > System Services, then tap Significant Locations. 2. Do one of the following:

Delete a single location: Tap the location, tap Edit, then tap

. Delete all locations: Tap Clear History. This action clears all your significant locations on any devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. Quickly find your Maps settings on iPad You can quickly find your settings for preferences, guides, favorites, and more in the Maps app

. Tap your profile picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then choose an option. To find more Maps settings, choose Preferences, scroll down, then tap Maps Settings at the bottom of the screen. If you dont see your profile picture or initials next to the search field, tap Cancel next to the field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. Get directions Use Siri, Maps, and the Maps widget to get directions on iPad You can get travel directions in the Maps app in several ways. Important: To get directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on. (On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change your cellular data account.) Get directions from Siri Ask Siri. Say something like:

Get directions to the nearest coffee shop Find a charging station Give me directions home Learn how to ask Siri Tip: To use home or work when asking Siri or searching in Maps, add your home and work addresses to My Card in Contacts. Get directions in Maps 1. Do one of the following:

Tap a destination (for example, a landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result in Maps). Touch and hold anywhere on the map. Tap the search field, begin typing, then tap a result. 2. Tap the directions button on the place card. After you tap the button, you can choose a different mode of travel, a different starting point, and other options. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. Use the Maps widget To quickly get directions to a likely destination from the Home Screen or Today View, add the Maps widget. Choose your default mode of travel Maps defaults to your preference when providing directions. To change your preference, do the following:

1. Tap your profile picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Preferences. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Tap Driving, Walking, Transit, or Cycling. Select other route options in Maps on iPad With a route showing in the Maps app

, you can select various options before you tap Go. Choose an alternate route: If alternate routes appear, you can tap one on the map to take it (or tap Go next to its description in the route card). When you tap any part of an alternative route, its estimated travel time appears at the top of the route card. Get travel time estimates for alternate routes: Scroll down in the route card. Reverse the starting point and destination: Tap My Location (near the top of the route card), then tap

. Choose a different starting point or destination: Tap My Location, tap either the From or To field, then enter a different location. Switch to a different mode of travel: Tap

, or

. View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap Preview Route. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. When youre finished, tap Done. Depending on the mode of travel, you may have other route options, such as choosing an arrival time when driving, avoiding heavy traffic when cycling, or choosing which transit vehicles you prefer. Things you can do while following a route in Maps on iPad Depending on your mode of travel, you may be able to do the following while following driving, walking, and cycling directions in the Maps app

. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular features require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings Maps.

End directions before you arrive Say something like Hey Siri, stop navigating. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can tap the card at the bottom of the screen, then tap End Route. View a list of upcoming directions Wi-Fi only models: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. To view the map again, tap Done. Wi-Fi + Cellular models: Tap the banner at the top of the screen. Scroll down to see more directions. When finished, tap

. Get an overview of your driving, walking, or cycling route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap

. To return to turn-by-turn directions, tap . Share your ETA (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) You can let others know your estimated time of arrival (ETA). Ask Siri. Say something like Share my ETA. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Open Contacts to find a contact. You can also add a location to your Favorites, then add a contact to automatically receive your ETA whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to that location. To stop sending ETA information, tap Sharing at the bottom of the screen, then tap a name. People using devices with iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. To turn off Share ETA, go to Settings

> Maps. Find places to stop (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) While following turn-by-turn directions on your driving or cycling route, you can get directions to food, services, and more. 1. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Add a Stop, then tap a category. 3. Tap Go for one of the nearby suggestions. 4. To get directions again to your original destination, tap Resume Route at the top of the screen. Turn spoken directions on or off (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) With turn-by-turn directions showing, tap the spoken directions button (below setting. When appears on the map, spoken directions are turned on.

), then choose a When following driving directions, you can choose to turn off all spoken directions or all spoken directions except alerts. Change other settings for spoken directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

, you can choose whether to pause spoken audio (like podcasts and audio books) during In Settings spoken directions and whether to wake iPad for spoken directions. When iPad is connected to a compatible cars audio system, you can also choose to hear spoken directions while listening to the radio. Go to Settings > Maps > Spoken Directions, then select your options. Get driving directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed driving directions to your destination. When you drive in select cities, you see enhanced details for crosswalks, bike lanes, buildings, and a street-level perspective that helps you find the right lane as you approach complex interchanges

(supported models). See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular features require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings Maps.

Get directions for driving 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like: Give me driving directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do any of the following:

Switch to driving directions: If driving isnt your default mode of travel, tap suggested driving route. to see a View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap the routes estimated travel time so that the route appears at the top of the card, then tap the estimated travel time again. This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose a future departure or arrival time: Tap Leaving Now (near the top of the route card), select a time or date for departure or arrival, then tap Done. The estimated travel time may change based on predicted traffic. Avoid tolls or highways: Scroll to the bottom of the route card, then turn on an option. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. While following the route, you may be able to share your ETA, get an overview of your route, report hazards, and more. See Things you can do while following a route in Maps on iPad. When Driving Focus is turned on, or if iPad locks automatically, Maps remains onscreen and continues to speak directions. Even if you open another app, you continue to receive turn-by-turn directions. (To return to Maps from another app, tap the directions banner at the top of the screen or the navigation indicator <<IL_NavigationtIndicator: N/A>> in the status bar.) Report traffic incidents In select regions and countries, you can report accidents, hazards, speed checks, and road work

(features vary by region and country). Ask Siri. Say something like:

Report an accident Theres something on the road. Theres a speed check here. Learn how to ask Siri Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

When following turn-by-turn driving directions: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Report an Incident, then choose an option. When not following directions: Tap your profile picture next to the search field, then tap Reports, tap Report an Incident, then choose an option. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in the reports, and accidents are displayed in Maps for other users incident markerssuch as for hazards too. Note: Speed checks, where supported, are not displayed with incident markers. Instead, notifications for speed checks appear when you follow turn-by-turn directions. Report on the status of a hazard or accident A map may display hazard countries or regions, you can report whether they cleared. and accident markers. When youre near the incidents in select Ask Siri. Say something like The hazard is gone or Clear the accident. Learn how to ask Siri. Or without asking Siri, you can do the following:

1. Tap the incident marker. 2. Tap Cleared or Still Here. Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in reports that an incident has been cleared, its marker is removed from Maps. Note: You cant clear reports of speed checks. Show or hide the compass or the speed limit (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Maps, tap Driving (below Directions), then turn Compass or Speed Limit on or off. Turn-by-turn spoken directions are not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get cycling directions in Maps on iPad

, you can get detailed cycling directions. Maps offers routes on bike paths, bike In the Maps app lanes, and bike-friendly roads (when available). You can preview the elevation for your ride, check how busy a road is, and choose a route that best avoids hills. Note: Cycling directions are available in select areas. Features vary by country and region. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get directions for cycling 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me cycling directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do the following:

Switch to cycling directions: If cycling isnt your default mode of travel, tap suggested cycling route. to see a Avoid hills or busy roads: Scroll down in the route card, then turn on an option. View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap the routes estimated travel time so that the route appears at the top of the card, then tap the estimated travel time again. This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models (with a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

Maps), Maps cycling-specific directions for turns and maneuvers. While following the route, you may be able to share your ETA, get an overview of your route, find places to stop, and more. See Things you can do while following a route in Maps on iPad. Turn-by-turn voice navigation is not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get walking directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed walking directions to your destination. Get directions for walking 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me walking directions home. Learn how to ask Siri. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do the following:

Switch to walking directions: If walking isnt your default mode of travel, tap suggested walking route. to see a View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap the routes estimated travel time so that the route appears at the top of the card, then tap the estimated travel time again. This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models (with a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings Maps), Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. While following the route, you may be able to share your ETA, get an overview of your route, and more. See Things you can do while following a route in Maps on iPad.

Turn-by-turn voice navigation is not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Get transit directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed transit directions to your destination. Find a transit route 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me transit directions to the Ferry Building. Learn how to ask Siri. Note: Siri transit directions are not available in all countries or regions. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do any of the following:

Switch to transit directions: If transit isnt your default mode of travel, tap transit route. to see a suggested View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap the routes estimated travel time so that the route appears at the top of the card, then tap the estimated travel time again. This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose a future departure or arrival time: Tap Leaving Now (near the top of the route card), select a time or date for departure or arrival, then tap Done. Select which transit vehicles you prefer: Scroll to the bottom of the route card, then select your preferences. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. To get upcoming directions during your trip, scroll down in the route card. Tap a direction on the route card to remove the preceding directions. To end directions before you arrive, say something like Hey Siri, stop navigating,, or tap on the route card. Quickly find nearby transit departures in Favorites You can get one-tap access to the departure times for stops and stations near you. Add Nearby Transit to Favorites: In the row of Favorites on the search card, tap Transit, then tap Done. (If you dont see

, swipe the Favorites row left.)

, tap Nearby View upcoming departures: Tap Transit in the row of Favorites on the search card. Choose a line to appear at the top of the Nearby Transit list: Tap Transit in the row of Favorites on the search card, touch and hold a line, then tap Pin. (To remove the pin, touch and hold the line again, then tap Remove Pin.) Add a transit station or stop to Favorites 1. Do one of the following:

Use Siri or search to find a transit station or stop. View a transit map, zoom in or move the map until you see the transit stop or station, then tap the transit stop or station. 2. Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), then Tap Add to Favorites. See the major transit lines 1. With a map showing, tap the button at the top right. 2. Select Transit, then tap

. Public transportation information is not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Set up electric vehicle routing in Maps on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) The Maps app can help you plan trips that include stops for charging your electric vehicle. Note: Electric vehicle routing requires a compatible vehicle, a cellular data plan, and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. Install your vehicles app on your iPad 1. In the App Store, search for the manufacturer of your vehicle. 2. Download the app that supports EV routing for your vehicle. 3. Open the app, then follow its setup instructions. See Get apps in the App Store on iPad. Connect Maps to your vehicles EV routing app 1. In Maps, tap your profile picture or initials at the top right of the search card. If you dont see your profile picture or initials, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Tap Vehicles, then tap Connect Your Electric Vehicles. 3. Choose your vehicle, then follow the onscreen instructions. When you get driving directions, Maps can track your vehicles charge. By analyzing elevation changes along the route and other factors, Maps identifies appropriate charging stations along the way. If you drive until your charge gets too low, youre offered a route you to the nearest compatible charging station. Choose a different vehicle when you get directions If you drive multiple vehicles, you can change which vehicle Maps provides routing instructions for. 1. Get driving directions in Maps on iPad. 2. Before you tap Go, scroll down in the route card. 3. Choose another electric vehicle, or if youre driving a vehicle that doesnt have an EV routing app on your iPad, tap Different Car. Delete recent directions in Maps on iPad You can delete directions that you recently viewed in the Maps app

. Scroll down in the search card to Recents, then do one of the following:

Swipe a recent route left. Tap More directly above the list, then swipe a recent route left, or to delete a group of routes, tap Clear above the group. Use Maps on your Mac to get directions for iPad Before a big trip or a day of cycling, you can plan your route on your Mac, and then share the details to your iPad. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on both your Mac and your iPad. 1. In Maps on your Mac, create a route for your trip. For information, see Plan a route on your Mac in the Maps User Guide. 2. Choose File > Share > Send to [your device]. You can also use Handoff to send directions from iPad to Mac. See Hand off tasks between iPad and your other devices. in interactive 3D that lets you pan 360 degrees and move Take tours Look around streets in Maps on iPad You can view cities in the Maps app through the streets. 1. In select cities, tap near the bottom of a map. 2. To change the view, do any of the following:

Pan: Drag a finger left or right. Move forward: Tap the scene. Zoom in or out: Pinch open or closed. View another point of interest: Tap elsewhere on the map. Switch to or from full-screen view: Tap or

. Hide labels in full-screen view: Tap the address card at the upper left, then tap

. If a different information card appears in the upper left, tap to show the address card. 3. When finished, tap Done. Look Around is available in select cities. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Take Flyover tours in Maps on iPad In the Maps app landmarks are identified by the Flyover button on their place cards.

, you can fly over many of the worlds major landmarks and cities. Flyover View a city or landmark from above On supported models, move the iPad screen to seemingly fly over a city or landmark. 1. Use the button at the top right to select any map except Transit. 2. Tap the name of a city or the name of a landmark. 3. Tap Flyover on the place card. 4. Do any of the following:

Change viewing direction: Point or tilt iPad in the direction you want to view. Move around: Drag a finger in any direction. To rotate perspective, touch and hold the screen with one finger, then continue holding it in place while you drag another finger around it. Watch an aerial 3D tour: Tap Start Tour or Start City Tour in the card at the bottom of the screen. (If you dont see the card, tap anywhere on the screen.) 5. To return to the map, tap in the card at the bottom of the screen (tap anywhere on the screen if you dont see

). Watch an aerial 3D tour On iPad mini 4, take a Flyover tour of a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. 2. Tap Flyover Tour on the place card. 3. To return to the map, tap

. For a list of sites with Flyover, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Measure Measure dimensions with iPad On supported models, use the Measure app and your iPad camera to measure nearby objects and surfacesyou can manually set the start and end points of a measurement, have iPad automatically detect the dimensions of rectangular objects, and more. For best results, use Measure on well-defined objects located 0.5 to 3 meters (2 to 10 feet) from iPad. Note: Measurements are approximate. Start a measurement 1. Open Measure

, then use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 2. Position iPad so that the object you want to measure appears on the screen. Note: For your privacy, when you use Measure to take measurements, a green dot appears at the top of the screen to indicate your camera is in use. 1. When iPad detects the edges of a rectangular object, a box frames the object; tap the box to see Take an automatic rectangle measurement the dimensions. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Take a manual measurement tap

. 1. Align the dot at the center of the screen with the point where you want to start measuring, then 2. Slowly pan iPad to the end point, then tap to see the measured length. 3. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. 4. Take another measurement, or tap Clear to start over.

(To start over on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), tap

, then tap Clear All.) Use edge guides On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can easily measure the height and straight edges of furniture, countertops, and other objects using guide lines that appear automatically. 1. Position the dot at the center of the screen along the straight edge of an object until a guide appears. 2. Tap where you want to begin measuring. 3. Slowly pan along the guide, then tap at the endpoint to see the measured length. 4. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Use Ruler view On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can see more detail in your measurements with Ruler view. 1. After measuring the distance between two points, move iPad closer to the measurement line until it transforms into a ruler, showing incremental inches and feet. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. View and save measurements on iPad In the Measure app generation and later), you can save a list of all the measurements you take in a single session, complete with screenshots, so you can easily share and access them whenever you need them. on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd 1. Tap to see a list of your recent measurements. Swipe up from the top of the list to see more measurements. 2. To save the measurements, tap Copy, open another app (for example, Notes), tap in a document, then tap Paste. Note: Peoples height measurements arent included in this list. To save a persons height measurement, see Measure a persons height. Measure a persons height with iPad On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) and iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later), you can use the Measure app head, hair, or hat. (You can even measure the seated height of a person in a chair.) to instantly measure a persons height from the floor to the top of their 1. Position iPad so that the person you want to measure appears on the screen from head to toe. A line appears at the top of the persons head (or hair, or hat), with the height measurement showing just below the line. 2. To take a photo of the measurement, tap

. 3. To save the photo, tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, tap Done, then choose Save to Photos or Save to Files. You can easily access and share the height measurement image from Photos or Files on iPad whenever you want. To take the measurement again, turn iPad away for a moment to reset the height. Messages Set up Messages on iPad

, you can send text messages as SMS/MMS messages through your cellular In the Messages app service, or with iMessage over Wi-Fi or cellular service to people who use iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. Texts you send and receive using iMessage dont count against your SMS/MMS allowances in your cellular messaging plan, but cellular data rates may apply. iMessage texts can include photos, videos, and other info. You can see when other people are typing, and send read receipts to let them know when youve read their messages. For security, messages sent using iMessage are encrypted before theyre sent. iMessage texts appear in blue bubbles, and SMS/MMS texts appear in green bubbles. See the Apple Support article About iMessage and SMS/MMS. Sign in to iMessage 1. Go to Settings

> Messages. 2. Turn on iMessage. Sign in to iMessage on your Mac and other Apple devices using the same Apple ID If you sign in to iMessage with the same Apple ID on all your devices, all the messages that you send and receive on iPad also appear on your other Apple devices. Send a message from whichever device is closest to you, or use Handoff to start a conversation on one device and continue it on another. 1. On iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings

> Messages, then turn on iMessage. 2. On your Mac, open Messages, then do one of the following:

If youre signing in for the first time, enter your Apple ID and password, then click Sign In. If you signed in before and want to use a different Apple ID, choose Messages > Preferences, click iMessage, then click Sign Out. With Continuity, you can send and receive SMS/MMS messages on iPad using the cellular connection on your iPhone. See the Apple Support article Use Continuity to connect your Mac, iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Apple Watch. Use Messages in iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Messages (if its not already turned on). Every message you send and receive on your iPad is saved in iCloud. And, when you sign in with the same Apple ID on a new device that also has Messages in iCloud turned on, all your conversations show up there automatically. Because your messages and any attachments are stored in iCloud, you may have more free space on your iPad when you need it. Message bubbles, whole conversations, and attachments you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices (iOS 11.4, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.13.5, or later) where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See the Apple Support article Use Messages in iCloud. Note: Messages in iCloud uses iCloud storage. See Manage Apple ID settings on iPad for information about iCloud storage. Send and receive text messages on iPad Use the Messages app to send and receive texts, photos, videos, and audio messages. You can also personalize your messages with animated effects, Memoji stickers, iMessage apps, and more. Send a message You can send a text message to one or more people. 1. Tap at the top of the screen to start a new message, or tap an existing message. 2. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple ID of each recipient. Or, tap

, then choose contacts. 3. Tap the text field, type your message, then tap to send. A blue send button indicates the message will be sent with iMessage; a green send button indicates the message will be sent with SMS/MMS, or your cellular service. An alert appears if a message cant be sent. Tap the alert to try sending the message again. Tip: To see what time a message was sent or received, drag the message bubble to the left. To view conversation details, tap the name or phone number at the top of the screen. You can tap the contact to edit the contact card, share your location, view attachments, leave a group conversation, and more. Reply to a message Ask Siri. Say something like:

Send a message to Eliza saying how about tomorrow Read my last message from Bob Reply thats great news Learn how to ask Siri Tip: When you wear AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, AirPods (2nd generation), or other supported headphones, Siri can read your incoming messages, and you can speak a reply for Siri to send. See Listen and respond to messages. Or do the following:

1. In the Messages list, tap the conversation that you want to reply to. To search for contacts and content in conversations, pull down the Messages list and enter what youre looking for in the search field. Or, choose from the suggested contacts, links, photos, and more. 2. Tap the text field, then type your message. Tip: To replace text with emoji, tap or

, then tap each highlighted word. 3. Tap to send your message. You can quickly reply to a messages with a Tapback expression (for example, a thumbs up or a heart). Double-tap the message bubble that you want to respond to, then select a Tapback. Pin a conversation You can pin specific conversations to the top of the Messages list so the people you contact most always come first in the list. Do any of the following:

Swipe right on a conversation, then tap

. Touch and hold a conversation, then drag it to the top of the list. You can unpin specific conversations at the top of the Messages list. Unpin a conversation Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a conversation, then drag the message to the bottom of the list. Touch and hold a conversation, then tap

. Share your name and photo In Messages, you can share your name and photo when you start or respond to a new message. Your photo can be a Memoji or custom image. When you open Messages for the first time, follow the instructions on your iPad to choose your name and photo. To change your name, photo, or sharing options, open Messages, tap then do any of the following:

, tap Edit Name and Photo, Change your profile image: Tap Edit, then choose an option. Change your name: Tap the text fields where your name appears. Turn sharing on or off: Tap the button next to Name and Photo Sharing (green indicates that its on). Change who can see your profile: Tap an option below Share Automatically (Name and Photo Sharing must be turned on). Your Messages name and photo can also be used for your Apple ID and My Card in Contacts. Switch from a Messages conversation to a FaceTime audio or FaceTime video call In a Messages conversation, you can initiate a FaceTime audio or FaceTime video call with the person youre chatting with in Messages. 1. In a Messages conversation, tap

. 2. Tap FaceTime audio or FaceTime video. Send a message to a group or business on iPad Use the Messages app also send a message to a business using business chat. to send photos, videos, and audio messages to groups of people. You can Reply to a specific message in a conversation You can respond to a specific message inline to improve clarity and help keep conversations organized. 1. In a conversation, double-tap (or touch and hold) a message, then tap

. 2. Write your response, then tap

. Mention people in conversations You can mention other people in a conversation to call their attention to a specific message. Depending on their settings, this can notify them even if they have muted the conversation. 1. In a conversation, begin typing a contacts name in the text field. 2. Tap the contacts name when it appears. You can also mention a contact in Messages by typing @ followed by the contacts name. To change your notification settings when youre mentioned in Messages, go to Settings Messages > Notify Me.

Note: To change your notification settings for when youre mentioned in Messages, go to Settings

> Messages > Notify Me. Change a group name and photo The photo used for group conversations includes all participants and changes based on who was recently active. You can also assign a personalized photo to the group conversation. Tap the name or number at the top of the conversation, then select Change Name and Photo, then choose an option. Use Business Chat In Messages, you can communicate with businesses that offer Business Chat. You can get answers to questions, resolve issues, get advice on what to buy, make purchases with Apple Pay, and more. 1. Search for the business you want to chat with using Maps, Safari, Search, or Siri. 2. Start a conversation by tapping a chat link in the search resultsfor example, logo, or a text link (the appearance of the chat link varies with the context).

, the company You can also initiate a chat with some businesses from their website or app. See the Apple Support article How to use Business Chat. Note: Business Chat messages you send appear in dark gray, to distinguish them from messages sent using iMessage (in blue) and SMS/MMS messages (in green). Send photos, videos, and audio messages on iPad

, you can send messages with photos, videos, and audio using the iMessage or In the Messages app SMS/MMS service (WiFi + Cellular models). You can also share, save, or print attachments. Your carrier may set size limits for attachments; iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary. Send a photo or video 1. In Messages, do any of the following while writing a message:

Take a photo within Messages: Tap

, frame the shot in the viewfinder, then tap

. Take a video within Messages: Tap

, choose Video mode, then tap

. Choose an existing photo or video: Tap recent shots, or tap All Photos. in the app drawer, then swipe left to browse through 2. Tap to send your message or to cancel. Mark up or edit a photo You can mark up or edit a photo before you send it in a Messages conversation. 1. Tap in the app drawer, then choose a photo. 2. Tap the photo in the message bubble, then do any of the following:

Tap Markup, use the markup tools to draw on the photo, then tap Save. Tap Edit, use the photo editing tools to edit the photo, then tap Done. 3. Tap Done, add a message, then tap to send the photo, or tap to remove the photo from the message bubble. Add camera effects to a photo or video On supported models, when you take a photo or video in a conversation, you can add camera effects to itsuch as filters, stickers, labels, and shapes. 1. Tap

, then choose Photo or Video mode. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap

, then choose a filter to apply to your picture. Tap to add a text label, or to add a shape. Tap to add a Memoji, or to add an Emoji sticker. 3. Tap to close the effect window. 4. Tap to take a photo or to record video. 5. Tap Done to add the photo or video to the message bubble, where you can add a message, or tap to send the photo or video directly. Send an audio message 1. In a conversation, touch and hold to record an audio message. 2. Tap to listen to your message before you send it. 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Note: To save space, iPad automatically deletes audio messages two minutes after you listen to them, unless you tap Keep. To always keep audio messages, go to Settings Audio Messages), then tap Never.

> Messages > Expire (below Share, save, print, copy, or delete a message or attachment In a conversation, do any of the following with attachments:

Share, save, or print an attachment: Tap the attachment, then tap

. Copy an attachment: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. Share items from another app: In the other app, tap Share or

, then tap Messages. Forward a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. Delete a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. Note: Attachments you send over iMessage (such as photos or videos) may be uploaded to Apple and encrypted so that no one but the sender and receiver can access them. To improve performance, your device may automatically upload attachments to Apple while you are composing an iMessage. If your message isnt sent, the attachments are deleted from the server after several days. Share content with friends on iPad Use the Messages app to share music, episodes, news articles and more with friends. Note: Note: You can use the Shared with You features when you share content from the Apple TV, News, Photos, Podcasts, and Safari apps. Share content is automatically organized in a Shared with Content you share with a friend in the Messages app You section inside the corresponding apps. This allows your friend to view the shared content at a time thats convenient for them. In addition, if a friend discovers a song, episode, news article or other content thats been previously shared with them, a label indicating who shared it with them will appear letting them know youve recommended it before. 1. Select the content you want to share, then tap

. 2. Compose a message or comment to include with the shared content, then tap

. To disable Automatic Sharing, or a Shared with You app, go to Settings You and tap Automatic Sharing or an app.

> Messages > Shared with Continue the conversation Content shared with you is automatically labeled in the corresponding apps. This allows you to see who shared the content with you later and easily continue the conversation. 1. View content that has been shared with you previously in a supported app. 2. Tap the Shared by label at the top of the content. 3. Compose a message or comment to include with the shared content, then tap

. Pin shared content You can pin content that has been shared with you iso you can more easily locate it. This allows you to easily locate this content later and more quickly find it in search results. Tap Shared with You in the app where you want to pin content, then tap <ICON>. To unpin shared content, tap Shared with You, then tap <ICON>. Send animated effects in Messages on iPad In the Messages app message screen with a full-screen effect (for example, balloons or confetti). You can even send a personal message with invisible ink that remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it.

, you can animate a single message with a bubble effect or fill the entire You need iMessage to send and receive message effects. See About iMessage and SMS/MMS. Create and send a handwritten message Use your finger to write a message. The recipient sees the message animate, just as ink flows on paper. 1. In a conversation, rotate iPad to landscape orientation, then tap the text field. 2. Tap on the keyboard. 3. Write a message with your finger or tap to choose a saved message, then tap Done. 4. Tap to send your message or to cancel. After you create and send a handwritten message, the message is saved. To see your saved messages, tap until the messages jiggle, then tap

. Tap the message to use it again. To delete the saved message, touch and hold it

. Use a bubble effect Use bubble effects to animate the message bubble. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap the gray dots to preview different bubble effects. Tip: Want to send a personal message? When you use invisible ink, the message remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Tip: Want to send a personal message? When you use invisible ink, the message remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. Use a full-screen effect Use full-screen effects to animate the message screen. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap Screen. 3. Swipe left to preview different screen effects. 4. Tap to send the message or to cancel. Messages automatically uses the following screen effects for specific text strings:

Balloons for Happy birthday Confetti for Congratulations Fireworks for Happy New Year Use iMessage apps in Messages on iPad

, you can decorate a conversation with stickers, play a game, share songs, and In the Messages app moreall through iMessage appswithout leaving Messages. You can expand your message options by downloading more iMessage apps from the App Store. Browse and download iMessage apps 1. In a Messages conversation, tap to open the iMessages App Store. 2. Tap an app to see more details and reviews, then tap the price to purchase an app or tap Get to download a free app. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. Use an iMessage app 1. In a conversation, tap an iMessage app in the app drawer. 2. Tap an item in the iMessage app to add it to a message bubble. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap to send your message or to cancel. Decorate with stickers If youve downloaded a sticker app from the App Store, you can enhance your photos and videos with stickers in Messages. 1. In a conversation, tap a sticker app in the app drawer. 2. Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. Before you release it, you can do any of the following:

Adjust the angle: Rotate a second finger around the finger dragging the sticker. Adjust the size: Move a second finger closer to or away from the finger dragging the sticker. You can also place the sticker on top of another sticker, or on a photo. To see text thats covered by a sticker, double-tap the sticker. To see more information about the sticker, touch and hold the sticker, then tap Sticker Details. You can do the following:

See who sent the sticker. View the iMessage app that sent the sticker. Delete the stickerswipe left, then tap Delete. Manage iMessage apps 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following with your iMessage apps:

Reorder apps: Drag

. Add an app to your Favorites: Tap

. Remove an app from your Favorites: Tap

. Hide an app: Turn the app off. Delete an app: Swipe left on the app, then tap Delete. Use Memoji in Messages on iPad Use the Messages app personality and mood. On models with a TrueDepth camera, you can send animated Memoji messages that record your voice and mirror your facial expressions. to express yourself with personalized Memoji sticker packs that match your Create your own Memoji You can design your own personalized Memojichoose skin color and freckles, hairstyle and color, facial features, headwear, glasses, and more. You can create multiple Memoji for different moods. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then tap

. 2. Tap each feature and choose the options you want. As you add features to your Memoji, your character comes to life. 3. Tap Done to add the Memoji to your collection. To edit, duplicate, or delete a Memoji, tap

, tap the Memoji, then tap

. Send Memoji and Memoji stickers Messages automatically generates sticker packs based on your Memoji and Memoji characters. You can use stickers to express a range of emotions in new ways. 1. In a conversation, tap

. 2. Tap a Memoji in the top row to view the stickers in the sticker pack. 3. To send a sticker do one of the following:

Tap the sticker to add it to the message bubble. Add a comment if you want, then tap send. to Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. The sticker is sent automatically when you add it to the message. Send animated Memoji or Memoji recordings On models with a TrueDepth camera you can send Memoji messages that use your voice and mirror your facial expressions. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then choose a Memoji. 2. Tap to record your facial expressions and voice. Tap Replay to review your message. 3. Tap to send your message or to cancel. You can also take a picture or video of yourself as a Memoji, decorate it with stickers, then send it;

see Add camera effects to a photo or video. Or you can become a Memoji in a FaceTime conversation. Send a Digital Touch effect in Messages on iPad In an iMessage conversation in the Messages app sketches, taps, kisses, heartbeats, and more. You can even add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video.

, you can use Digital Touch to send animated Send a sketch 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap the color dot to choose a color, then draw with one finger. You can change the color, then start drawing again. 3. Tap to send your sketch, or tap to delete it. Express your feelings 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Send one of the following animations using gestures on the canvas. Your feelings are sent automatically when you finish the gesture:

Tap: Tap with one finger to create a burst of color. You can change the color, then tap again. Fireball: Touch and hold with one finger. Kiss: Tap with two fingers. Heartbeat: Touch and hold with two fingers. Heartbreak: Touch and hold with two fingers until you see a heartbeat, then drag down to break the heart. Add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap to take a photo or to record a video. 4. Add a Digital Touch effect, such as a sketch or kiss. 5. Tap to send your message, or tap to delete it. Send and receive money with Apple Pay on iPad (U.S. only) In the Messages app no app to download, and you can use the cards you already have with Apple Pay.

, you can use Apple Pay to send and receive money quickly and easily. Theres When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash card. See Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only). Note: Before you send or receive payments with Apple Pay, you need to agree to the terms and conditions of this service. Send a payment in Messages Ask Siri. Say something like: Apple Pay 75 dollars to Phillip for the zipline tour or Send 15 dollars to Kim for lunch with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. You can also do the following:

1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

, then enter the amount. Tip: If theres an underlined monetary amount in a message, tap it to preset the payment. 2. Tap Pay, then add a comment if you want. 3. To complete the payment, tap

, then authenticate the payment with Face ID

(supported models), Touch ID (supported models), or your passcode. The payment is made with Apple Cash if your balance has sufficient funds. You can cancel a payment that hasnt been accepted. Tap the payment bubble, then tap Cancel Payment. Ask Siri. Say something like: Ask Kim for 26 dollars with Apple Pay. Learn how to ask Siri. Request a payment You can also do the following:

1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

. 2. Enter the amount, then tap Request. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Change message notifications on iPad In Settings senders.

, you can set up and manage notifications for the Messages app and filter unknown Set a focus and schedule a summary of your notifications Focus helps you stay in the moment when you want to concentrate on an activity or step away from your iPad. Focus can reduce distractionsallowing only notifications you want to receive (ones that match your focus)and lets other people and apps know youre busy. See Schedule a notification summary. When Focus is enabled, Messages will automatically tell apps and people that you have notifications silenced. To manage Focus Status or set an Auto-Reply, see Set your focus. Manage notifications for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Messages. 2. Choose options, including the following:

Turn Allow Notifications on or off. Set the position and locations of message notifications. Choose the alert sound for message notifications. Choose when message previews should appear. See Change notification settings on iPad. Set the alert sound for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Tap Text Tone, then do one of the following:

Tap a sound below Alert Tones. Tap Tone Store to download an alert sound from the iTunes Store. See Change or turn off iPad sounds. Assign a different ringtone to a contact 1. Open Contacts, then select a contact. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Text Tone. 3. Choose an option below Alert Tones. Mute notifications for a conversation 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. 2. Tap Hide Alerts. To allow alerts for messages sent by this contact even when Do Not Disturb is on, turn on Emergency Bypass. Block, filter, and report messages on iPad In the Messages app and report spam or junk messages.

, you can block unwanted messages, filter messages from unknown senders, Block messages from a specific person or number 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the name or number at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap info. 3. Scroll down, then tap Block this Caller. To view and manage your list of blocked contacts and phone numbers, go to Settings

> Blocked Contacts. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers, contacts, and emails on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch.

> Messages Filter iMessage messages from unknown senders Filtering messages from unknown senders turns off iMessage notifications from senders who arent in your contacts and sorts the messages into the Unknown Senders tab in the Messages list. 1. Go to Settings

> Messages. 2. Turn on Filter Unknown Senders. Note: You cant open any links in a message from an unknown sender until you add the sender to your contacts or reply to the message. Report spam or junk messages With iMessage, a message you receive from someone who isnt saved in your contacts might be identified as possible spam or junk. You can report these messages to Apple. In the message, tap Report Junk, then tap Delete and Report Junk. The senders information and the message are sent to Apple, and the message is permanently deleted from your device. Note: Reporting junk or spam doesnt prevent the sender from sending messages, but you can block the number to stop receiving them. To report spam or junk messages you receive with SMS or MMS, contact your carrier. Delete messages on iPad In the Messages app deleted conversation.

, you can delete messages and entire conversations. You cant recover a With Messages in iCloud, anything you delete from iPad is also deleted from your other Apple devices where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See Use Messages in iCloud. Delete a message 1. Touch and hold a message bubble, then tap More. 2. Select the message bubbles you want to delete, then tap

. Delete a conversation 1. In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation. 2. Tap Delete. Music Get music on iPad to enjoy music stored on iPad as well as music streamed over the internet. With Use the Music app an optional Apple Music subscription, you can listen to millions of songs ad-free, stream and download files encoded using lossless compression, listen to thousands of Dolby Atmos tracks, and discover music together with friends. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad. Get music to play on iPad in the following ways:

Become an Apple Music subscriber: With a subscription and a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, stream as much music as you like from the Apple Music catalog and your music library. You can download songs, albums, and playlists, and, using SharePlay, share music with your friends right in your FaceTime calls. See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad. Note: Services and features arent available in all countries or regions, and features may vary by region. Additional charges may apply when using a cellular connection. Participate in Family Sharing: Purchase an Apple Music Family membership, and everyone in your Family Sharing group can enjoy Apple Music. See Share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members on iPad. Purchase music from the iTunes Store: See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad. Sync music with Music (macOS 10.15 or later) or iTunes (macOS 10.14 or earlier and Windows PCs) on your computer: See Sync iPad with your computer. Listen to Apple Music radio: Apple Music radio offers three worldwide radio stations broadcasting live on Apple MusicApple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country. Apple Music radio is available on Apple and Android devices as well as popular web browsers at music.apple.com. View albums, playlists, and more in Music on iPad In the Music app

, the library includes music you added or downloaded from Apple Music, music and videos you synced to iPad, TV shows and movies you added from Apple Music, and your iTunes Store purchases. Browse and play your music 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap a category, such as Albums or Songs; tap Downloaded to view only music stored on iPad. 2. Type in the search field to filter your results and find what youre looking for. 3. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold the album art, then tap Play. To change the list of categories, tap Edit in the sidebar, then select categories youd like to add, such as Genres and Compilations. Tap any existing categories to remove them. Sort your music Videos. 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Playlists, Albums, Songs, TV & Movies, or Music 2. Tap Sort, then choose a sorting method, such as title, artist, recently added, or recently played. Play music shared on a nearby computer If a computer on your network shares music through Home Sharing, you can stream its music to your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Music, tap Sign In below Home Sharing, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Open the Music app

, tap Edit in the sidebar, select Home Sharing, then tap Done. 3. Tap Home Sharing, then choose a shared library. Remove Apple Music songs from iPad Go to Settings

> Music, then turn off Sync Library. The songs are removed from iPad, but remain in iCloud. Music you purchased or synced also remains. Use Now Playing in the Music app You can also use Now Playing to view album art and choose what plays next in the queue. to show lyrics and play, pause, skip, shuffle, and repeat songs. Tap the player at the bottom right to show the Now Playing screen, where you can use these controls:

Play music on iPad Control playback Control Description Play the current song. Pause playback. Skip to the next song. Touch and hold to fast-forward through the current song. Return to the songs beginning. Tap again to play the previous song in an album or playlist. Touch and hold to rewind through the current song. Tap to repeat an album or playlist. Double-tap to repeat a single song. Tap to play your songs in random order. Tap again to turn off shuffle. Hide the Now Playing Screen button. Tap for more options. Show time-synced lyrics (lyrics not available for all songs). Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices. See the queue. Adjust the volume, see song details, and more The Now Playing screen contains additional options for controlling and accessing music. Adjust volume: Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on the side of iPad. Navigate to the artist, album, or playlist: Tap the artist name below the song title, then choose to go to the artist, album, or playlist. Scrub to any point in a song: Drag the playhead. See time-synced lyrics Time-synced lyrics appear for many songs in Apple Music. Tap the player to open Now Playing, then tap

. Lyrics scroll in time with the music. To hide lyrics, tap

. Tip: Tap a specific lyricthe first line of the chorus, for exampleto go to that part of the song. To see all of a songs lyrics, tap

, then tap View Full Lyrics. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to view lyrics. Share lyrics In iPadOS 14.5 and later, you can share up to 150 characters of a songs lyrics if time-synced lyrics are available. 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then tap Share Lyrics. You can also touch and hold a lyrics line to open the sharing screen. 3. Tap the first and last lyrics you want to share, then choose a sharing option. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to share lyrics. Report a concern To report a concern about time-synced lyrics, touch and hold a lyrics line, then tap Report a Concern at the bottom of the screen. Get audio controls from the Lock Screen or when using another app Open Control Center, then tap the audio card. Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then choose a device. See Play audio on HomePod, Apple TV, or a smart TV. Note: You can play the same music on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices, such as two or more HomePod speakers. You can also pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Control audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices and Share audio with AirPods and Beats headphones. Queue up your music on iPad Use the queue in the Music app queue, and see what youve recently played. Use the queue to see a list of upcoming songs, add songs and videos to the 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then tap a song to play it and the songs that follow. To reorder the list, drag

. 3. Tap again to hide the queue. By default, if youre an Apple Music subscriber, Autoplay adds music similar to what you last played to the end of the queue. To turn off Autoplay, tap

. Note: When you turn off Autoplay on a device that uses your Apple IDyour iPad, for example Autoplay is turned off on all other devices that use the same Apple ID. Add music and videos to the queue When browsing or playing music, touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then choose an option. Add music right after the currently playing item: Tap Play Next. Add music to the end of the queue: Tap Play Last. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-Fi network, they can add and reorder items in the queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the HomePod User Guide. See what youve recently played 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then swipe down to see your playing history. To play a song in the history, tap it. To remove your playing history, tap Clear. Listen to broadcast radio on iPad You can play thousands of broadcast radio stations on iPad. Ask Siri: Summon Siri, then say something like, Play Wild 94.9 or Tune in to ESPN Radio. Search for a station: Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the station in the search field, then tap a result to play the station. You can search for stations by name, call sign, frequency, and nickname. Choose a station: Tap Radio, swipe up, then choose a station below the Local Broadcasters or International Broadcasters heading. Note: You dont need a subscription to Apple Music to listen to broadcast radio. Broadcast radio isnt available in all countries or regions and not all stations are available in all countries or regions. Apple Music Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Apple Music is an ad-free streaming music service that lets you listen to millions of songs and your music library. As a subscriber, you can listen any timeonline or offand create your own playlists, stream and download lossless and Dolby Atmos audio files, get personalized recommendations, see music your friends are listening to, watch exclusive video content, and more. You can subscribe to Apple Music or to Apple One, which includes Apple Music and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple Music, Apple One, lossless, and Dolby Atmos arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple Music You can subscribe to Apple Music when you first open the Music app Settings

> Music, then tap the subscription button.

; to subscribe later, go to New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs or play Apple Music songs you downloaded. Qualified students can purchase a student subscription at a discounted price. See the Apple Support article Get an Apple Music student subscription. Share Apple Music with family members When you subscribe to Apple Music or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Music with up to five other family members. Your family group doesnt need to do anythingApple Music is available to them the first time they open the Music app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Music or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Music with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or leave or turn off Family Sharing. Listen to music shared with you When someone shares music with you using the Messages app, you can easily find it in Shared with You in Apple Music. (Music must be turned on in Settings

> Messages > Shared with You.) 1. Open the Music app

, then tap Listen Now. 2. Swipe up to Shared with You, then do any of the following:

Tap a song to listen to it. Tap the name of the person who shared a song to reply to them using the Messages app. You can also reply while listening to the songtap the name shown above the song. Touch and hold the song to take other actionsfor example, add it to your library, create a station, or share it. Listen to music with your friends using SharePlay With SharePlay, you can join a FaceTime call and share music with your friends, with everyones playback in sync. Each person can use the controls to pause, rewind, fast-forward, or scrub to a different part of the song. And anyone on the call can add songs to the shared queue. To learn more about sharing music with SharePlay, see Listen to music together. Show or hide subscription features Go to Settings

> Music, then turn Show Apple Music on or off. Change or cancel your Apple Music subscription You can change your subscription plan or cancel your subscription. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap Manage Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If youre not a subscriber, you can use Music to listen to music synced to iPad from a Mac or a Windows PC, play and download previous iTunes Store purchases, and listen to Apple Music 1 for free. Listen to lossless music on iPad In the Music app audio compression.

, Apple Music subscribers can access millions of tracks encoded using lossless Lossless compression is a form of compression that preserves all of the original data. Apple has developed its own lossless audio compression technology called Apple Lossless Audio Codec (ALAC). The entire Apple Music catalog is encoded using ALAC in resolutions ranging from 16-bit/44.1 kHz

(CD Quality) up to 24-bit/192 kHz. What you need to know about lossless in Apple Music. Streaming lossless audio over a cellular or Wi-Fi network consumes significantly more data. And downloading lossless audio uses significantly more space on your device. Higher resolutions use more data than lower ones. AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPods Max, and Beats wireless headphones use Apple AAC Bluetooth Codec to ensure excellent audio quality. However, Bluetooth connections arent lossless. To get a lossless version of music that you already downloaded from Apple Music, just delete the music and redownload it from the Apple Music catalog. To listen to songs at sample rates higher than 48 kHz on iPad, you need an external digital-to-

analog converter. Note: Apple Music and lossless arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. What you need to know about lossless in Apple Music Streaming lossless audio over a cellular or Wi-Fi network consumes significantly more data. And downloading lossless audio uses significantly more space on your device. Higher resolutions use more data than lower ones. AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPods Max, and Beats wireless headphones use Apple AAC Bluetooth Codec to ensure excellent audio quality. However, Bluetooth connections arent lossless. To get a lossless version of music that you already downloaded from Apple Music, just delete the music and redownload it from the Apple Music catalog. To listen to songs at sample rates higher than 48 kHz on iPad, you need an external digital-to-

analog converter. Note: Apple Music and lossless arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Turn on Lossless Audio and choose audio quality settings You can choose audio quality settings for cellular streaming, Wi-Fi streaming, and downloads. 1. Go to Settings

> Music. 2. Tap Audio Quality, then tap Lossless Audio to turn it on or off. 3. Choose the audio quality for streaming and downloading audio. Choose Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/48 kHz. Choose Hi-Res Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/192 kHz. The audio quality of streamed music depends on song availability, network conditions, and the capability of connected headphones or speakers. Identify lossless music If music is available in lossless, Settings about a songs lossless encoding, tap

> Music > Audio Quality, the lossless badge also appears in Now Playing. To learn more appears on album pages. When you turn on Lossless Audio in on an album page or in Now Playing. For more information, see the Apple Support article About lossless audio in Apple Music. Listen to Dolby Atmos music on iPad In the Music app Atmos creates an immersive, three-dimensional audio experience on stereo headphones and speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos.

, Apple Music subscribers can listen to available tracks in Dolby Atmos. Dolby Albums available in Dolby Atmos have the Dolby Atmos badge the badge also appears on the Now Playing screen. If a track is playing in Dolby Atmos, Turn on Dolby Atmos and choose audio quality preferences 1. Go to Settings

> Music > Dolby Atmos. 2. Choose Automatic or Always On. Automatic: Plays Dolby Atmos whenever iPad is connected to compatible headphones such as AirPods Pro or AirPods Max, or to speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos. Always On: Plays Dolby Atmos on any headphones or speakers. The Music app will attempt to play Dolby Atmos tracks on any headphones or speakers connected to iPad. Note: Dolby Atmos will play on any headphones, but not all speakers will play Dolby Atmos as intended. Tip: Supported songs and music videos feature spatial audio with dynamic head tracking. When you pair AirPods Pro or AirPods Max with iPad, you hear the surround sound channels in the correct place, even as you turn your head or move your iPad. For more information, see the Apple Support article About Dolby Atmos in Apple Music. Find new music with Apple Music on iPad In the Music app

, browse new and noteworthy music, music videos, playlists, and more. Browse Apple Music Tap Browse to find new music. Do any of the following:

Explore featured music: Swipe through featured songs and videos at the top of the Browse screen. Browse playlists created by music experts: Tap one of the many playlists created by music experts. Explore new music: Swipe through the songs found under New Music, or tap See All. Play music that matches your mood: Tap a mood, such as Feel Good, Romance, or Party, then tap a playlist. See whats hot: Tap a song under the Best New Songs heading. Swipe left to see more songs, or tap See All. Listen to the top songs from around the world: Tap one of the Daily Top 100 playlists. These playlists reflect the days most popular songs in countries across the globe. Listen to tracks from upcoming albums: Tap an album under Coming Soon, then tap an available song to play it. Browse your favorite categories: Tap Categories, choose a category, then tap a featured playlist, song, album, artist, radio station, or music video to enjoy music handpicked by music experts. Play the days most popular songs: Tap Charts, then tap a song, playlist, album, or music video to play it. Tap All Genres at the top of the screen to see the top songs and music videos in a genre you choose. Watch music videos: Tap Music Videos, then tap a featured music video or playlist of music videos. Add music to iPad and listen offline In the Music app Music. You can stream music you add to iPad when you have an internet connection. To play music when youre not connected to the internet, you must first download it.

, Apple Music subscribers can add and download songs and videos from Apple Add music from Apple Music to your library Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Add to Library. When viewing the contents of an album or playlist, tap album or playlist, or tap

, then tap Add to Library to add individual songs. near the top of the screen to add the On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Add to Library. To delete music from the library, touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or music video, then tap Delete from Library. Music you add to your iPad is also added to other devices if youre signed in to the iTunes Store and

> Music, then App Store using the same Apple ID and have Sync Library turned on (go to Settings turn on Sync Library). Add music to a playlist 1. Touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video. 2. Tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. Download music from Apple Music to your iPad Download a song, album, or playlist: Touch and hold music youve added to your library, then tap Download. After youve added a playlist or album, you can also tap at the top of the screen. Note: You must turn on Sync Library to download music from Apple Music to your library (go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Always download music: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Songs you add are automatically downloaded to iPad. See download progress: In the Library menu, tap Downloaded Music, then tap Downloading. Note: If the music youre downloading is available in Dolby Atmos, you can download it either in Dolby Atmos or in stereo. To download music in Dolby Atmos when available, go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Download in Dolby Atmos. See Listen to Dolby Atmos music on iPad. appears next to the item, and Manage storage space Free up music storage: If iPad is low on storage space, you can automatically remove downloaded music that you havent played in a while. Go to Settings

> Music > Optimize Storage. Remove music and videos stored on iPad: Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, music video, TV show, or movie that youve downloaded. Tap Remove, then tap Remove Downloads. The item is removed from iPad, but not from iCloud Music Library. Remove all songs or certain artists from iPad: Go to Settings > Music > Downloaded Music, tap next to All Songs or the artists whose music you want to delete. Edit, then tap Choose cellular data options for Music On iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), go to Settings following:

Turn Download over Cellular on or off.

> Music, turn on Cellular Data, then do any of the Tap Audio Quality, turn on Lossless Audio, then tap Cellular Streaming to choose a setting (None, High Efficiency, High Quality, Lossless, or High-Resolution Lossless). High Quality, Lossless, and High-Resolution Lossless use significantly more cellular data than High Efficiency, which may incur additional charges from your cellular carrier. Songs may also take longer to start playing. See recommended music on iPad In the Music app interviews, and personal mixes, based on your taste.

, Listen Now helps you play and discover your favorite albums, playlists, Select your favorite genres and artists When you first tap Listen Now in the sidebar, youre asked to tell Apple Music about your preferences. Apple Music uses these preferences when recommending music. 1. Tap the genres you like (double-tap those you love, and touch and hold the genres you dont care for). 2. Tap Next, then do the same with the artists that appear. To add a specific artist who isnt listed, tap Add an Artist, then enter the artists name. Play music 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap a playlist or album. 2. Tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle the playlist or album. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. Play songs from an artists catalog Go to an artist page, then tap next to the artists name. The Music app plays songs from the artists entire catalog, mixing hits and deep cuts. Tell Apple Music what you love Do one of the following:

Touch and hold an album, playlist, or song, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. Telling Apple Music what you love and dislike improves future recommendations. Rate music in your library 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Music. 2. Turn on Show Star Ratings. 3. In Music, touch and hold a song in your library, tap Rate Song, then choose a rating from one to five stars. Song ratings sync to all devices that use the same Apple ID. This option appears only if you already have star ratings from a synced library on your device. Tell Apple Music to ignore your listening habits If you dont want your followers on Apple Music to see any of the music you play, follow these steps. 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Music. 2. Turn off Use Listening History. Turning off your listening history impacts new music recommendations and the contents of Replay playlists. Listen to radio on iPad

, you can listen to Apple Music radio in the Radio tab. Apple Music radio features In the Music app three world-class radio stations (Apple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country), the latest music from a variety of genres, and exclusive interviews. You can also listen to featured stations that have been created by music experts, and create your own custom stations from songs or artists you choose. Listen to Apple Music radio Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap one of the currently playing Apple Music radio stationsApple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, or Apple Music Country. No subscription is required to listen to Apple Music 1. Note: Because Apple Music radio stations are live radio, you cant rewind or skip songs. Listen to your favorite music genre 1. Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap a genre listed below More to Explore. 2. Tap a featured station. Create a station You can create a radio station based on a particular artist or song. Chances are, if you like that artist or song, youll like the music the station plays. 1. Touch and hold an artist or song. 2. Tap Create Station. To create a station in Now Playing, tap

, then tap Create Station. Search for music on iPad Using Search in the Music app searches, and search Apple Music or your library.

, you can quickly browse through music categories, see recent 1. Tap Search in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap a category such as Pop or Fitness. Tap the search field, then tap something you recently chose while searchinga song or artist, for example. Tap the search field, tap Apple Music, then enter a song, artist, album, playlist, radio show or episode, station, video, category, curator, record label, or profile. Tap the search field, tap Your Library, then enter a song, album, playlist, artist, video, compilation, or composer. 2. Tap a result to play it. You can search for a song in Apple Music based on its lyrics. In the search field, enter a few of the words you remember to find a song. Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to ask Siri. Explicit lyrics and lyrics search arent available in all countries or regions. Create playlists on iPad In the Music app

, you can organize music into playlists that you can share with your friends. Create playlists to organize your music 1. To create a new playlist, do any of the following:

Tap Library, tap Playlists, then tap New Playlist. Touch and hold a song, album, or playlist; tap Add to a Playlist; then tap New Playlist. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, tap Add to a Playlist, then tap New Playlist. 2. To more easily identify the playlist later, enter a name and description. 3. To give your playlist cover art, tap

, then take a photo or choose an image from your photo library. field. 4. To add music to the playlist, tap Add Music, then tap Listen Now, Browse, Library, or the search 5. Choose or search for music, then tap to add it to the playlist. Tip: If you want to add songs to your library when you add them to a playlist, go to Settings

Music, then turn on Add Playlist Songs. Edit a playlist you created on iPad Tap the playlist, tap

, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add more songs: Tap Add Music, then choose music. You can also touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or music video; tap Add to a Playlist; then choose a playlist. Delete a song: Tap library.

, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from your Change the song order: Drag next to a song. Changes you make to your music library are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on in Music settings. If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync your iPad with your computer. Delete a playlist Touch and hold the playlist in the sidebar, then tap Delete from Library. You can also tap the playlist, tap

, then tap Delete from Library. See what your friends are listening to When youre an Apple Music subscriber, you can see music your friends are listening to by following them. You can also see the playlists theyve shared. Likewise, your followers can see your shared playlists and the music youre listening to. You see this information on your profile screen in the Music app

. Create a profile When you first open Music, youre asked to set up a profile and start following friends. If you skipped this step, you can set up a profile at any time. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Tap Start Sharing with Friends. Friends can now follow you. View your profile 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile at the top of the screen. Follow your friends There are several ways to follow people:

Add friends when you set up your profile. After you set up your profile, swipe to the bottom of the profile screen, tap Follow More Friends, then tap Follow next to those you want to follow. You can follow friends who are in your contacts list and who use Apple Music. On the profile screen, touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Follow. Tap Search, enter a friends name, tap it in the results, then tap Follow. Note: Your friends must have a profile for you to find them using search. To see the people youre following and those who follow you, open the profile screen, then swipe up. If a profile picture has a lock on it, you need to ask that person to follow them. After your request is accepted, you see the persons shared playlists and the music theyre listening to. Respond to follow requests You can allow everyone to follow you, or just people you choose. You receive follow requests only if you choose who can follow you. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then tap People You Approve if you want to be followed only by people you choose. 4. Tap Follow Requests, then accept or decline the requests. You may receive follow requests in other waysas a link in an email or a text message, for example. To accept, tap the link. Stop following and block followers Stop following: Touch and hold the profile picture of a person you follow, then tap Unfollow. Block followers: Touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Block. People you block wont see your music or be able to find your profile. They can still listen to your shared playlists if theyve added them to their library. Share music with followers By default, your followers see the playlists you create, but you can choose not to share some playlists. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then turn playlists on or off. 4. Drag to reorder them. Your followers will see the playlists you create on your profile unless you turn off those playlists you dont want to share. You can turn off this option when you create a playlist or later, when you edit the playlist. To share playlists with people who dont follow you, touch and hold a playlist, then tap Share Playlist. Note: If you make changes to music you shareedit or stop sharing a playlist, for examplethose changes are reflected on your followers devices. Hide music from your followers 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 4. Tap Hide from Profile. 3. Touch and hold the playlist or album (below Listening To). The listening history for this item wont appear in your profile or be visible to the people who follow you. If you dont want your followers to see any of the music you listen to, tap Edit on the profile screen, then turn off Listening To. See what others are listening to Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

See what your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Friends Are Listening To. Tap an item to play it. Listen to a mix of songs your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Made For You, then tap Friends Mix. See what a follower or person you follow is listening to: Tap View Profile. Tap a persons profile picture to see shared playlists and music theyre listening to. You also see their followers and the people they follow. or your profile picture, then tap Share your profile You can share your profile using email, Messages, or another app you choose. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap

, tap Share, then choose a sharing option. You can also share the profile of anyone you follow, or who follows you. Report a concern If you have a concern about a follower, touch and hold their profile picture, then tap Report a Concern. Use Siri to play music on iPad You can use Siri to control music playback in the Music app

. Summon Siri, then make your request. Siri supports a wide variety of commands:

Play Apple Music: You can play any song (Play Experience by Victoria Mont), artist (Play Lianne La Havas), album, playlist, or station. You can play music on AirPlay 2-enabled devices in a specific room (Play the latest album by Alicia Keys in the living room). You can also play popular songs from different years (Play the top songs from 1990). Let Siri be your personal DJ: Say something like Play my Chill Mix or Play something I like. Add music from Apple Music to your library: (Apple Music subscription required) Say, for example, Add Gaslighter by The Chicks to my Library. Or while playing something, say Add this to my library. Add a song or album to a playlist: While playing a song, say something like Add this song to my Workout playlist or Add this album to my Sunday Morning playlist. Find out more about the current song: Say Whats playing?, Who sings this song?, or Who is this song by?

Tip: You can also identify a song playing on or near iPad by adding the Music Recognition control to Control Center. Go to Settings Recognition. With a song playing, open Control Center, then tap

> Control Center, then tap

. next to Music Play songs based on their lyrics: Say Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to ask Siri. Siri can also help you find music in the iTunes Store. See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad. Change the way music sounds on iPad Change the way music sounds on iPad with EQ, volume limit settings, and Sound Check. Choose an equalization (EQ) setting: Go to Settings

> Music > EQ. Normalize the volume level of your audio: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Sound Check. News Get started with News on iPad collects all the stories you want to read, from your favorite sources, about the topics The News app that interest you most. To personalize News, you can choose from a selection of publications (called channels) and topics such as Entertainment, Food, and Science. You need a Wi-Fi or cellular connection to use News. The more you read, the better News understands your interests. Siri learns whats important to you and suggests stories you might like. You can also receive notifications about important stories from channels you follow. You can also subscribe to Apple News+, which includes hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and premium digital publishers. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Personalize your news When you follow a channel or topic, related stories appear more often in the Today feed, and the channel or topic appears below Channels & Topics in the sidebar. 1. Open News for the first time, then, in the sidebar, tap for channels or topics you want to follow. If there is a channel or topic that you dont want to appear in your feed, touch and hold it, then choose Block Channel or Stop Suggesting. When you block a channel or topic, its stories dont appear in the Today feed and widgets. To see the channels and topics youve blocked, tap Blocked Channels & Topics (near the bottom of the sidebar below Manage). Note: When you browse Top Stories and other locations that feature stories curated by Apple News editors, placeholders may be shown for stories from channels you blocked. To read a story from a blocked channel, tap Show Story Anyway. 2. Tap Discover Channels at the bottom of the sidebar, then tap for each channel you want to follow. To stop following a channel or topic, swipe it to the left, then tap Unfollow. To easily follow specific channels and topics, tap Search in the sidebar, enter the channel or topics name in the search field, then tap in the results below. Get notifications Some channels you follow may send notifications about important stories. 1. At the bottom of the sidebar, tap Notifications & Email below Manage. 2. Turn on notifications for your preferred channels. If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can get notifications when new issues are available. Receive Apple News newsletters You can choose to receive newsletters in your email inbox from Apple News editors highlighting top stories. Newsletters can be personalized based on your interests. 1. Swipe to the bottom of the sidebar, then tap Notifications & Email. 2. Swipe to the bottom of the window, then turn on Apple News Newsletter. The newsletter for Apple News+ subscribers can contain new issues of magazines you follow. When you tap an issue cover in the newsletter, that issue opens in the News app. To see new issues in the newsletter, turn on Include Issues in Newsletter. To stop receiving newsletters, return to the Notifications & Email window, then turn off Apple News Newsletter. Note: Personalized newsletters and the option to include issues arent available in all countries or regions. See stories only from the channels you follow Go to Settings

, tap News, turn on Restrict Stories in Today, then confirm your choice. Note: Restricting stories significantly limits the variety of stories that appear in the Today feed and all other feeds. For example, if you restrict stories and follow only one entertainment-related channel, your Entertainment topic feed will contain stories only from that channel. When you restrict stories, you dont see Top Stories and Trending Stories. Use News widgets on iPad You can easily see the days top and trending stories from the News app topic of your choosing, just by tapping the Today or Topic widget.

, as well as stories about a Access stories from News widgets In the Today or Topic widget, tap a story headline to open the story. See Add widgets on iPad. See news stories chosen just for you on iPad presents top stories selected by Apple News editors, the best The Today feed in the News app stories from the channels and topics you follow, and stories and issues from Apple News+. The Today feed also includes stories suggested by Siri, trending stories that are popular with other News readers, and more. Depending on your location, the Today feed can also include local news and weather forecasts. Note: Local news and weather forecasts arent available in all locations. Access stories in the Today feed Read more stories within a group: Tap the arrow at the bottom of the group. Play a video: Tap in the thumbnail. Get newer stories: Pull down to refresh the Today feed with the latest stories. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics You can influence what appears in the Today feed by following and blocking channels and topics. 1. Do any of the following:

Open a channel feed: Touch and hold a story, tap the channel name, then tap Go to Channel. Or tap a story in the Today feed, then tap the channel name at the top of the story. Open a topic feed: Tap the topic titleMovies or Travel, for example. 2. At the top of the feed, do any of the following:

Follow: Tap

. Unfollow: Tap

, then tap Unfollow Channel or Unfollow Topic. Block: Tap

, then tap Block Channel or Block Topic. Unblock: Tap

, then tap Unblock Channel or Unblock Topic. Stop suggesting specific channels and topic groups in the Today feed Suggested channels and topic groups may appear in the Today feed, but you can stop suggestions for a group. 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap in a channel or topic group, then tap Stop Suggesting. The channel or topic isnt blocked, but News stops displaying the story group in Today. Tell News what kind of stories you prefer 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap below a headline, then tap Suggest More or Suggest Less. Read stories in News on iPad You can read and share the stories in the News app on iPad. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Read a story Tap a channel or topic in the sidebar to browse its stories, then tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:

Read the next story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe left. Read the previous story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe right. Tell News what stories you prefer: When viewing a story thats not part of an Apple News+ issue, tap at the bottom of the story. Your feedback is taken into account for future recommendations. or If youre reading a story in an Apple News+ issue, tap

, then tap Suggest More or Suggest Less. Change the text size: Tap story and all other stories in the channel. (Not available in all channels.)

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the Share a story: Tap

, tap Share Story, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Report a concern: If you believe that a story youre viewing is mislabeled, inappropriate, offensive, or doesnt display properly, tap

, swipe up, then tap Report a Concern. In Apple News+ issues in PDF format, the Suggest More, Suggest Less, Save Story, and Report a Concern options arent available. See Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad. Read stories shared with you When someone shares stories with you using the Messages app, you can easily find them in Shared with You in Apple News. (News must be selected in Shared with You preferences in Messages.) In the News app, tap Shared with You, then do any of the following:

Tap a shared story to read it in News. Tap the name of the person who shared a story to reply to them in the Messages app. You can also reply while reading the storytap the name shown below the channels logo. Apple News+

Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad In the News app content from premium digital publishers directly on your iPad.

, Apple News+ lets you enjoy hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and You can subscribe to Apple News+ or to Apple One, which includes Apple News+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. As a subscriber, you have access to current and available back issues of publications, and you can download content for offline reading and share stories and issues with others. Apple News+

subscribers can also listen to audio versions of select stories on iPhone and iPod touch. As a non-subscriber, you can browse, but not read, a collection of story headlines and publications personalized just for you, view the entire Apple News+ catalog, and browse issues by category Entertainment and Food, for example. To read stories and issues, and listen to Apple News+ audio stories on iPhone and iPod touch, start a free trial or subscribe. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, Apple One, and the audio feature arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple News+

Tap the subscription button shown in a magazine or story in News, then follow the onscreen instructions. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. Share Apple News+ with family members When you subscribe to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple News+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple News+ is available to them the first time they open the News app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple News+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or turn off Family Sharing. Cancel or change your Apple News+ subscription Tap Subscriptions at the bottom of the sidebar, then do one of the following:

Apple News+ only: Tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. Apple News+ and individual channels: Select Apple News+, tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you subscribe to Apple News+ as part of an Apple One subscription and want to cancel your subscription, see the Apple Support article, How to cancel a subscription from Apple. Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad To get the most out of Apple News+, follow your favorite publications, and browse through current and back issues. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Follow and unfollow publications You follow an Apple News+ publication by following its channel. Do any of the following:

Tap Today or News+ in the sidebar, tap a story or issue from an Apple News+ publication, tap the publications name at the top of the screen, then tap

. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the publications name in the search field, then tap

. Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap Newspapers or Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap Follow below the publications cover. To unfollow a publication, swipe a publication left in the sidebar, then tap Unfollow. Browse Apple News+ issues and stories Stories and issues from Apple News+ appear in the Today feed and channel feeds. Stories (but not issues) can also be found in topic feeds and search results. To access entire issues, tap News+ in the sidebar, where you can do any of the following:

View all available publications: Tap Catalog near the top of the screen. View a specific content category: Tap Catalog, tap Featured, then tap a category such as Business, Entertainment, or Sports. View new and recent issues: Tap My Magazines. By default, new issues appear near the top of the screen. The issue youve most recently read appears first. If youve recently downloaded an issue, it appears next. To choose a different sorting option, tap Date.

, then tap Sort by Name or Sort by Note: If you block an Apple News+ publication, its issues are removed from My Magazines. Browse Apple News+ stories and issues: On the News+ screen, swipe up, then tap a story or issue to open it. To open a story or issue, do any of the following:

Tap an issue cover in the News+ or Today feed. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the name of the Apple News+ channel in the search field, tap the channel, then tap the issue. Follow a link to a story or issue that someone shared with you. Access back issues Do any of the following:

Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap My Magazines, tap cover), then tap Browse Back Catalog. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the In the sidebar, tap a channel you follow, or search for a channel, then tap it. Below Recent Issues, swipe to the issue you want to read, then tap to open it. Tap Issues near the top of the screen to browse all available issues. Read Apple News+ issues Open the issue, where you can do any of the following:

View the table of contents: Tap the cover thumbnail at the bottom left of the screen. Navigate to a story: In an issue in Apple News Format, tap the story link in the table of contents. In a PDF issue, tap the thumbnail of the page you want to view. Page through an issue: Swipe left or tap to the previous story. to go to the next story, or swipe right or tap to go Change the text size: In stories in Apple News Format, tap to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. In PDF issues, pinch to zoom.

, then tap the smaller or larger letter If you sign out in Settings you must sign back in to read and download stories and issues that require an Apple News+

subscription.

> [your name] > Media & Purchases, you can only access free stories Download Apple News+ issues on iPad With the News app and an Apple News+ subscription, you can download issues to read later. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Download an Apple News+ issue 1. Do any of the following:

Tap Today in the sidebar, then swipe to My Magazines. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then tap My Magazines. You can also tap Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap a stack of magazines. In the sidebar, tap a magazine channel you follow. Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the channel name in the search field, then tap the channel. 2. When you find the issue you want, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Download Issue. To download multiple issues, tap My Magazines, tap download, then tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you want to The most recent issue of magazines you follow are automatically downloaded when iPad has sufficient storage space and is connected to Wi-Fi. If you dont want to download issues automatically, go to Settings if youre an Apple News+ subscriber.

> News, then turn off Download Issues. You can download issues only Read a downloaded issue 1. Tap News+ in the sidebar. 2. Tap Downloaded near the top of the screen, then tap an issue. Manually remove an Apple News+ issue Under most conditions, automatically downloaded issues are removed from iPad after 30 days, but you can remove them sooner. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap Downloaded, tap tap Remove Download. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), tap Remove, then The issue is removed from Downloaded, but its cover remains in My Magazines so you can easily access the issue again. Tap My Magazines near the top of the screen, tap cover), tap Remove, then tap Remove from My Magazines. below the issue cover (or touch and hold the The issues cover and content are removed from iPad and from any other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and News is turned on in iCloud preferences or settings. To remove multiple issues, tap My Magazines or Downloaded, tap want to remove, then tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you To remove all downloaded issues, tap History, tap Clear, then tap Clear All. When storage on iPad is limited, issues may be automatically removed sooner than 30 days. See the Apple Support article Read magazines with Apple News+. Search for stories in News on iPad The News app find content that interests you. keeps track of a wide variety of channels, topics, and stories, which makes it easy to Search for channels, topics, or stories 1. Tap Search in the sidebar, then tap the search field. 2. Enter any of the following:

The name of a channel, such as CNN or Washington Post A topic, such as fashion, business, or politics A story, such as an upcoming meteor shower In the results list, tap to follow the channel or topic. Save stories in News on iPad In the News app

, you can save stories to read later, online or offline. Save a story When reading a story, tap to save it. To read a saved story, tap Saved Stories in the sidebar, then tap the story. To delete a saved story, touch and hold the story, then tap Unsave Story. Check and edit your reading history Tap History in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Read a story: Tap the story. Delete a story: Touch and hold a story, then tap Remove from History. Remove your reading history: Tap Clear, then tap Clear History. Remove the information used to create recommendations: Tap Clear, then tap Clear Recommendations. Clear everything: Tap Clear, then tap Clear All. Your News history, recommendation information, saved stories, and downloaded issues are removed from all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Note: Story titles remain in Saved Stories, but you must be online to read the stories. If you clear recommendations, and Show Siri Suggestions in App is on in Settings

> News > Siri

& Search, recommendations based on your Safari and app usage and your reading habits in News are cleared. To prevent News from suggesting stories based on your Safari and app usage, turn off Show Siri Suggestions in App. When you clear your history, the identifier used by Apple News to report statistics to news publishers is also reset. You can reset the identifier at any time by going to Settings > News, then turning on Reset Identifier. How to subscribe to individual channels on iPad Subscribe to channels In the News app publications from select publishers. There are three ways to access these subscriptions in News:

, in addition to subscribing to Apple News+, you can subscribe to individual Subscribe within News: You can purchase a subscription directly in News. In a channel that offers subscriptions, tap the subscription button. Access an existing subscription purchased from the iTunes Store or the App Store: If subscriptions youve bought in the iTunes Store or App Store as in-app purchases through publishers apps are also available in News, youre automatically granted access in News. See the Apple Support article Buy additional app features with in-app purchases and subscriptions. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publisher: If youve purchased a subscription directly from a publishers website or from the publishers app on a non-Apple device, the publisher may allow you to sign in to your account in News to access your subscription there. To sign in, tap a story that requires a subscription to read, then tap Already a Subscriber? Enter the user name and password for your existing subscription. When you subscribe to a channel, you automatically follow it, and stories from the channel appear in the Today feed. To cancel a subscription, swipe up on the sidebar, tap Subscriptions below the Manage heading, select the subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription. Notes Take notes on iPad Use the Notes app images, web links, scanned documents, handwritten notes, and sketches. to jot down quick thoughts or organize detailed information with checklists, Ask Siri. Say something like: Create a new note. Learn how to ask Siri. Create and format a new note Or do the following:

1. Tap

, then enter your text. The first line of the note becomes the notes title. 2. To change the formatting, tap

. You can apply a heading style, bold or italic font, a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 3. To save the note, tap Done. Tip: To choose a default style for the first line in all new notes, go to Settings

> Notes > New Notes Start With. You can quickly create a note or resume work on your last note by tapping the Lock Screen with Apple Pencil (on supported models). On other iPad models, you can do this if you add Notes to Control Center. To change the Lock Screen behavior, go to Settings Lock Screen.

> Notes > Access Note from Add a checklist In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add items to the list: Enter text, then tap return to enter the next item. Increase or decrease the indentation: Swipe right or left on the item. Mark an item as completed: Tap the empty circle next to the item to add a checkmark. Reorder an item: Touch and hold the empty circle or checkmark next to the item, then drag the item to a new position in the list. Manage items in the list: Tap the list to see the menu, tap Uncheck All, Delete Checked, or Move Checked to Bottom.

, tap Checklist, then tap Check All, To automatically sort checked items to the bottom in all your notes, go to Settings Checked Items, then tap Automatically.

> Notes > Sort Add or edit a table In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Enter text: Tap a cell, then enter your text. To start another line of text in the cell, touch and hold the Shift key and tap next. Move to the next cell: Tap next. When you reach the last cell, tap next to start a new row. Format a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose a style, such as bold, italic, underline, or strikethrough. Add or delete a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose to add or delete. Move a row or column: Touch and hold a row or column selection handle, then drag it to a new position. See more columns: If the table becomes wider than your screen, swipe right or left on the table to see all the columns. To remove the table and convert its contents to text, tap a cell in the table, tap to Text.

, then tap Convert Use addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more A yellow underline appears below text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, or add a calendar event. Note: Data detection works if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings

> General > Language & Region. Change the Notes display on your iPad Make the note fill the screen: While viewing a note in landscape orientation, tap portrait orientation. or turn iPad to See your accounts, notes list, and selected note all at once: (iPad Pro 12.9-inch) Turn iPad to landscape orientation, then tap

. Use keyboard shortcuts If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard, you can use keyboard shortcuts to perform the following actions in Notes:

Start a new note: Press Command-N. Add a checklist: Press Shift-Command-L. Hide the sidebar: Press Control-Command-S. View more keyboard shortcuts: Press and hold the Globe key or Command key until the shortcuts appear. Draw or write in Notes on iPad Use the Notes app supported models) or your finger. You can choose from a variety of Markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. to draw a sketch or jot a handwritten note with Apple Pencil (on 1. Start drawing or writing in the note with Apple Pencil. Or to draw or write with your finger, tap

. Draw or write in a note 2. Do any of the following:

Change color or tools: Use the Markup tools. Adjust the handwriting area: Drag the resize handle (on the left) up or down. Transcribe your handwriting to typed text as you write with Apple Pencil: Tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen), then start writing. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. To learn more about writing notes with Apple Pencil, see Enter text with Scribble on iPad. Tip: You can search handwritten text (in supported languages) in Notes. If the note doesnt have a title, the first line of handwritten text becomes the suggested title. To edit the title, scroll to the top of the note, then tap Edit. Select and edit drawings and handwriting With Smart Selection, you can select handwritten text using the same gestures you use for typed text. You can move, copy, or delete the selection within the note. You can even paste it as typed text in another note or app. Note: Smart Selection and handwriting transcription work if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings iPad Language.

> General > Language & Region >

1. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler). 2. Select drawings and handwriting with Apple Pencil or your finger using any of the following methods:

Touch and hold, then drag to expand the selection. Double-tap to select a word. Triple-tap to select a sentence. Adjust the selection by dragging the handles if necessary. 3. Tap the selection, then choose Cut, Copy, Delete, Duplicate, Copy as Text, or Insert Space Above. If you choose Copy as Text, you can paste the transcribed text in another note or another app. Add images More text to come: Allows users to drag and drop images either already in a Note, or via Quick Note to combine them with handwritten and drawn content. Users can manipulate position and resize these images once added to the drawing area. Use handwritten addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more A yellow underline appears below handwritten text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, or add a calendar event. Note: Data detection works if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings

> General > Language & Region. Show lines or grids in notes In an existing note: Tap

(at the top right corner), tap Lines & Grids, then choose a style. Choose the default style for all new notes: Go to Settings

> Notes > Lines & Grids. Add attachments to notes on iPad In the Notes app from other appsmaps, links, documents, and more.

, you can attach photos, videos, and scanned documents. You can even add info Add a photo or video 1. In a note, tap

. 2. Choose a photo or video from your photo library, or take a new photo or video. 3. To change the preview size of attachments, touch and hold an attachment, then tap Small Images or Large Images. Tip: To draw on a photo, tap the photo, then tap

. To save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app, go to Settings Save to Photos.

> Notes, then turn on Scan a document into a note using the camera 1. In a note, tap

, then choose Scan Documents. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screen; iPad automatically captures the page. To manually capture the page, tap

(on an iPad with a flash). or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved document, tap it, then do any of the following:

Add more pages: Tap

. Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap document, or as a photo. Rotate the image: Tap

. Mark up the document: Tap signature. Delete the scan: Tap

, then choose to scan the page as a color, grayscale, or black-and-white

, tap

, then use the Markup tools to add annotations or your Add info from another app to a note You can add information from another app as an attachment to a notefor example, a location in Maps, a webpage in Safari, a PDF in Files, or a screenshot. 1. In the other app, open the item you want to share (for example, a map or webpage). 2. Tap Share or

, then tap Notes. 3. Save the item to a new note or choose an existing note. View all attachments in Notes 1. Above the notes list, tap

, then tap View Attachments to see thumbnails of drawings, photos, links, documents, and other attachments. (Attachments in locked notes arent shown.) 2. To go to a note with a specific attachment, tap the attachment thumbnail, then tap Show in Note. Create Quick Notes anywhere on iPad You can use Quick Notes to jot down information over any app or screen on iPad. Add handwriting, links, Safari highlights, tags, and mentions to a Quick Note so you can get to important names, numbers, and ideas easily. When you highlight text in Safari or add a link from an app, you see a Quick Note thumbnail next time you visit the site, taking you right to what you were viewing before. You can access all your Quick Notes in the Notes app iPad, you can see the note on your iPhone and Mac, too. And when you make a Quick Note on your Create a Quick Note 1. Start a Quick Note in any of the following ways:

Swipe up from the bottom right corner of the display using your finger or Apple Pencil. Open Control Center, then tap [the Quick Note button].

(If you dont see [the Quick Note button], add it to Control Centergo to Settings Center, then choose Quick Note).

> Control If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard, use the Globe-Q keyboard shortcut to open Quick Notes. If Quick Notes is already open, you can use Command-N to create a new note.

 

 

2. Do any of the following:

Enter text: Type or write with Apple Pencil. Add a link: Tap Add Link. Start a new note: Tap [the New Note button]. Switch to other Quick Notes: Swipe left or right. View and organize your Quick Notes To view all your Quick Notes in the Notes app, tap the Quick Notes folder. ) If you move an individual Quick Note to a different folder, it becomes a standard note and no longer appears as a Quick Note while in other apps. Note: You cant lock a Quick Note unless you move it to a different folder. Search and organize your notes in folders on iPad In the Notes app

, you can search all your notes for typed and handwritten text, objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. You can also organize your notes into folders and pin the important notes to the top of the list. Using tags, you can automatically filter notes across folders and create Smart Folders. Create, rename, move, or delete a folder or subfolder In the folders list, do any of the following:

Create a folder: Tap [the New Folder button], choose an account (if you have more than one), tap New Folder, then enter a name. Create a subfolder: Touch and hold a folder, then drag it onto another folder. Rename a folder: Touch and hold a folder, tap Rename, then enter a new name. Move a folder: Swipe left on the folder, tap folder, then drag it to a new location. The folder becomes a subfolder if you drag it onto another folder.

, then choose a new location. Or touch and hold the Delete a folder: Swipe left on the folder, then tap

. Or touch and hold the folder, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the notes. Use tags Tags are a fast and flexible way to categorize and organize your notes. You can add one or more tags, such as #activities or #cooking, to easily search and filter your notes across your folders. Add a tag: When you create or edit a note, type # followed by the tag name or choose a tag from the menu above the keyboard. You can add multiple tags to a note. View notes with tags: In the Tag Browser (below your folders), tap a tag or All Tags. To filter the list further, tap more tags at the top of the list. Create a Smart Folder: Tap [the New Folder button], choose an account (if you have more than one), tap New Smart Folder, enter a name, then select the tags. Or when viewing a list of tagged notes, tap

(above the notes list), then tap Create Smart Folder. Convert a folder to a Smart Folder: When viewing the folder you want to convert, tap the notes list), then tap Convert to Smart Folder.

(above When you convert a folder, its notes are moved to the Notes folder and tagged with the name of the Smart Folder. Note: You cant convert shared folder, a folder with a subfolder, or a folder that contains locked notes. Edit a Smart Folder: Touch and hold a Smart Folder, then tap Edit Smart Folder. You can change the name or the tags shown. Sort, move, pin, delete, or view notes in the gallery view In a notes list, do any of the following:

Change the folder view: Tap

, then choose View as Gallery or View as List. Change the sort order of a folder: Tap or Title. To choose a default sorting method for all your folders, go to Settings Notes By.

, tap Sort by, then choose Date Edited, Date Created,

> Notes > Sort Move a note to a different folder: Swipe left on the note, then tap tap Move, then choose a folder. Or touch and hold the note, Pin an important note to the top of the list: Touch and hold the note, then tap Pin Note. Or swipe right on the note, then tap the pin. Delete a note: Swipe left on the note, then tap

. Or touch and hold the note, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the note. Search your notes You can search for tags, typed and handwritten text, objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. 1. Swipe down on the notes list to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field, then enter what youre looking for. You can also choose a suggested search, such as Notes with Drawings, then enter additional text to refine your search. If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. The search includes handwritten text

(in supported languages), photos, and scanned documents. Search within a note for typed and handwritten text 1. Open the note you want to search. 2. Tap

(at the top right corner), then tap Find in Note. 3. Type the text youre looking for in the search field. Share notes and collaborate on iPad In the Notes app collaborate on a note or on a folder of notes in iCloud, and everyone will see the latest changes.

, you can send a copy of a note to a friend. You can also invite people to Send a copy of a note 1. Open the note you want to share. 2. Tap

(at the top right corner), then choose how to send your note. Collaborate on a note When you share a note in iCloud, all the collaborators see everyones changes. Everyone you share with must be signed in with their Apple ID to edit or view the note. Note: You cant collaborate on a locked note. 1. Do one of the following:

In the notes list, swipe left on the note you want to share, then tap

. Open the note you want to share, tap

(at the top right corner), then tap Share Note. 2. Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. If you choose Can make changes, you can also allow collaborators to invite other collaborators. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). View activity in a note Tap

, then choose any of the following:

Show Updates: Show changes made since you last opened the note. Show All Activity: Show all activity in the note. Show Highlights: Shows names, dates, and highlights changes made be each collaborator. Tip: To mention a collaborator and notify them of important updates, type an @ sign followed by their name. Collaborate on a folder When you share a folder of notes in iCloud, all the collaborators see everyones changes. People who are allowed to make changes can create or edit notes, add attachments, and even create subfolders if theyre using iCloud. Note: You cant collaborate on a folder with locked notes. 1. Do one of the following:

In the folder list, swipe left on the folder you want to share, then tap

. Open the folder you want to share, tap

(above the notes list), then tap Share Folder. 2. Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. If you choose Can make changes, you can also allow collaborators to invite other collaborators. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). View activity in a folder Touch and hold the folder, then tap Show Folder Activity. Add or remove collaborators or stop collaborating Tap

, then do any of the following:

Add people: Choose a sharing option. Remove people: Swipe left on the collaborator you want to remove, then tap Remove. Change permissions: Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. If you choose Can make changes, you can also allow collaborators to invite other collaborators. Stop sharing: When you choose this option, the shared note or folder is deleted from the devices of the other participants. Lock your notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can lock notes with a password to protect your sensitive information. Notes uses a single password for all your locked notes in an account (for example, your iCloud account), on all your devices. You can use Face ID (on an iPad with Face ID) or Touch ID (on other iPad models) as a convenient way to access your locked notes; however, dont rely on Face ID or Touch ID as the only means of unlocking your notes. If you update your Face ID or Touch ID settings, or want to change your Notes password, you have to reenter your Notes password. For this reason, its strongly recommended that you add a password hint when you create the password. Set up your notes password The password you set applies to all notes you lock from now on. 1. Go to Settings

> Notes > Password. 2. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 3. Enter a password and add a hint to help you remember it. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. Important: If you forget your notes password, and you cant use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock your notes, you wont be able to view your locked notes, and Apple cant help you regain access to those locked notes. You can reset your notes password, but this doesnt give you access to previously locked notes. The new password applies to all notes you lock from now on. Go to Settings > Notes > Password > Reset Password. See the Apple Support article How to lock notes on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. You can only lock notes on your device and notes in iCloud. You cant lock notes that have PDFs, audio, video, Keynote, Pages, Numbers documents attached, or notes that sync with other accounts. You cant lock an iCloud note that has collaborators. 1. Open the note, then tap

(at the top right corner). Lock a note 2. Tap Lock. When a note is locked, the title remains visible in the notes list. To remove a lock from a note, tap

(at the top right corner), then tap Remove. Open a locked note Opening one locked note opens all your locked notes in the same account for several minutes so you can easily jump into another note or copy and paste information from other apps. 1. Tap the locked note, then tap View Note. 2. To open the note, use Face ID, Touch ID, or your Notes password. To lock your notes again, do one of the following:

Tap the lock icon at the top of the screen. Tap Lock Now at the bottom of the notes list. Close the Notes app. Lock your iPad. Change your Notes settings on iPad Customize your preferences for the Notes app access Notes from the Lock Screen, and more. in Settings. You can store your notes in iCloud, Keep your notes up to date on all your devices with iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Notes. Your iCloud notesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Change your Notes settings Go to Settings

> Notes, then adjust any of the settings. For example:

Default Account: Choose the default account for Siri and the Notes widget. On My iPad Account: Notes in this account appear only on your iPad. Your notes in iCloud arent affected. Access Notes from Lock Screen: Choose Always Create New Note or Resume Last Note. Or turn it off to prevent access from the Lock Screen. Photo Booth Take photos in Photo Booth on iPad Use the Photo Booth app to take selfies and photos with fun effects. Take a photo Photo Booth uses the front camera to display the subject in multiple tiles, each with a different effect, on the iPad screen. Effects include Kaleidoscope, Stretch, X-Ray, and more. The tile in the center of the screen displays Normal view. 1. Aim iPad at your subject to frame your shot. 2. Tap the tile of the effect you want to capture, then do any of the following:

Switch between the front and rear-facing cameras: Tap at the bottom of the screen. Change the effect: Tap at the bottom left of the screen. With some effects, you can drag your finger across the screen, or pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to alter the appearance. 3. Tap the shutter button to take the shot. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons on the side of iPad to control the volume of the shutter sound. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Note: In some regions, sound effects are played even if the Side Switch (available on some models) is set to silent. Delete, share, or copy a photo in Photo Booth on iPad You can delete, copy, and share the photos you take in the Photo Booth app

. Delete a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Delete Photo. Share or copy a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then choose a share option such as Message or Mail, or choose Copy. Upload photos to your computer Connect iPad to your computer using the included USB cable. Mac: Open Photos on your Mac, then select your iPad in the sidebar. Select the photos you want to import, then click Import Selected. To delete the photos from your iPad after you upload them to your Mac, select Delete items after import. PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo app. View and edit photos in the Photos app on iPad Photos you take in the Photo Booth app them. are saved in the Photos app, where you can view and edit View and edit photos in the Photos app 1. In the Photos app, tap the Photos tab, or tap the Albums tab, then tap a thumbnail. Swipe left or right to see the next or previous photo. 2. Tap Edit, then use the controls at the bottom of the screen to make changes. 3. Tap Done. See View photos and videos in the Photos app on iPad and Edit photos and videos on iPad. View photos on all your devices If you use iCloud Photos, you can view your photos on other devices (iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later) and Mac computers (OS X 10.10.3 or later) on iCloud.com. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all devices. See Manage Apple ID settings on iPad. Photos View photos and videos in the Photos app on iPad Use the Photos app to find and view all of the photos and videos on your iPad. How photos and videos are organized in Photos Swipe from the left edge of the screen, or tap Library, For You, Albums, and Search buttons.

, to open the sidebar and navigate Photos using the Library: Browse your photos and videos organized by days, months, years, and all photos; see Browse photos in your library. For You: View your memories, shared photos, featured photos, and sharing suggestions in a personalized feed; see View Memories and Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Albums: View albums you created or shared, and your photos organized automatically by categoriesfor example, People & Places and Media Types; see Organize photos in albums. Search: Type in the search field to search for photos by date, location, caption, or objects they contain. Or browse photos already grouped by important events, people, places, and categories;

see Search in Photos. Browse photos in your library To browse your photos and videos by when they were taken, tap Library, then select any of the following:

Years: Quickly locate a specific year in your photo library. Months: View collections of photos that you took throughout a month, organized by significant eventslike a family outing, social occasion, birthday party, or trip. Days: View your best photos in chronological order, grouped by the time or place the photos were taken. All Photos: View all of your photos and videos. Tip: When viewing All Photos, tap to zoom in or out, view photos by aspect ratio or square, filter photos, or see photos on a map. Photos removes similar photos and clutter (such as screenshots, whiteboards, and receipts) from Years, Months, and Days views. To see every photo and video, tap All Photos. View individual photos Tap a photo to view it in full screen on your iPad. Double-tap or pinch out to zoom in on the photodrag to see other parts of the photo; double-tap or pinch closed to zoom back out. Tip: When viewing a Live Photo

, touch and hold the photo to play it. Tap or drag the photo down to continue browsing or return to the search results. See photo and video information To see information about a photo or video, tap <info icon to come> or swipe up while viewing it in full screen. Depending on the photo or video, you see the following details:

People identified in the photo A caption field to describe the photo or video, and make it easier to find in Search If the photo was shared with you in Messages The date and time the photo or video was taken; tap Adjust to edit the date and time The the camera, lens, shutter speed, and file size Where the photo or video was taken; tap the link to view the location in Maps Items detected by Visual Look Up Play videos and slideshows in the Photos app on iPad Use the Photos app slideshows of the photos, videos, and Live Photos in your library. to play videos youve recorded or saved on your iPad. You can also create Play a video As you browse photos and videos in the Photos app, tap a video to play it on your iPad. While it plays, you can do any of the following:

Tap the player controls at the top of the screen to pause, play, unmute, and mute; tap the screen to hide the player controls. Double-tap the screen to toggle between full screen and fit-to-screen. Touch and hold the frame viewer at the bottom of the screen to pause the video, then slide the viewer left or right to move back or forward. Make and play a slideshow You can create a slideshow to view a collection of photos and videos that you choose from your library. Slideshows are automatically formatted and set to music. 1. Tap Library. 2. View photos by All Photos or Days, then tap Select. 3. Tap each photo you want to include in the slideshow, then tap

. 4. Tap Slideshow from the list of options. To change the slideshow theme, music, and more, tap the screen while the slideshow plays, then tap Options. Note: You can also make a slideshow from an album. Tap Albums, tap the album you want to create a slideshow from, then follow the steps above. Delete and hide photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app album. You can also recover photos you recently deleted. When you use iCloud Photos, any changes you make are saved across all your devices.

, you can delete photos and videos from your iPad or hide them in the Hidden See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. Delete or hide a photo or video Tap a photo or video, then do either of the following:

Delete: Tap account. to delete a photo from your iPad and other devices using the same iCloud Photos Deleted photos and videos are kept in the Recently Deleted album for 30 days, where you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. Hide: Tap

, then tap Hide in the list of options. Hidden photos are moved to the Hidden album. You cant view them anywhere else. To turn off the Hidden album so it doesnt appear in Albums, go to Settings off Hidden Album.

> Photos, then turn Recover or permanently delete deleted photos To recover deleted photos, or to permanently delete them, do the following:

1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Recently Deleted under Utilities. 2. Tap Select, then choose the photos and videos you want to recover or delete. 3. Choose Recover or Delete at the bottom of the screen. Edit photos and videos on iPad After you take a photo or video, use the tools in the Photos app adjust the light and color, crop, rotate, add a filter, and more. If you dont like how your changes look, tap Cancel to revert back to the original. to edit it on your iPad. You can When you use iCloud Photos, any edits you make are saved across all your devices. Adjust light and color 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. If youre editing a video or a photo shot in Portrait mode, tap on the left side of the screen. 2. Tap Edit, then swipe up on the right side of the screen to view the effects you can edit such as Exposure, Brilliance, Highlights, and Shadows. 3. Tap the effect you want to edit, then drag the slider to make precise adjustments. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is indicated by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. Tap the effect button to toggle between the edited effect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Tip: Tap to automatically edit your photos and videos with effects. Apply filter effects 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap on the left side of the screen. 3. Tap a filter on the right side of the screen, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. To compare the edited photo to the original, tap the photo. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Crop, rotate, or flip a photo or video 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then do any of the following:

Crop manually: Drag the rectangle corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the photo, or you can pinch the photo open or closed. Crop to a standard preset ratio: Tap bottom of the screen such as Square, 9:16, or 5:7. at the top of the screen, then choose an option at the Rotate: Tap to rotate the photo 90 degrees. Flip: Tap to flip the image horizontally. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Straighten and adjust perspective 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then tap the effect button that you want to edit on the right side of the screen: Straighten, Vertical, or Horizontal. 3. Drag the slider to adjust the effect. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is displayed by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. Tap the button to toggle between the edited effect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Revert an edited photo After you edit a photo and save your changes, you can revert to the original image. 1. Open the edited image, tap Edit, then tap Revert. 2. Tap Revert to Original. Write or draw on a photo 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap

. 3. Annotate the photo using the different drawing tools and colors. Tap to magnify, add a caption, text, shapes, or even your signature. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. Trim video length and adjust slow motion on iPad In the Photos app

, you can you can trim a video you recorded on your iPad to change where it starts and stops. You can also adjust the portion of a video that appears in slow motion when you record a video in in Slo-mo mode. Trim a video 1. Open the video, then tap Edit. 2. Drag either end of the frame viewer to adjust the length, then tap Done. 3. Tap Save Video to save only the trimmed video, or Save Video as New Clip to save both versions of the video. To undo the trim after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert. Note: A video saved as a new clip cant be reverted to the original. Change the slow-motion section of a video shot in Slo-mo mode 1. Open a video shot in Slo-mo mode, then tap Edit. 2. Drag the white vertical bars beneath the frame viewer to set where the video is played in slow motion. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel.

, you can edit Live Photos, change the key photo, and add fun effects like Bounce Edit Live Photos on iPad In the Photos app and Loop. Edit a Live Photo In addition to using the photo editing tools (like adding filters or cropping a photo), you can also change the key photo, trim the length, or mute the sound in your Live Photos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo and tap Edit. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Set a key photo: Move the white frame on the frame viewer, tap Make Key Photo, then tap Done. Trim a Live Photo: Drag either end of the frame viewer to choose the frames the Live Photo plays. Make a still photo: Tap the Live button at the top of the screen to turn off the Live feature. The Live Photo becomes a still of its key photo. Mute a Live Photo: Tap at the top of the screen. Tap again to unmute. You can add effects to Live Photos to turn them into fun videos (available on supported models). Add effects to a Live Photo 1. Open the Live Photo. 2. Tap Live at the top of the screen, then choose one of the following:

Loop: Repeats the action in a continuous looping video. Bounce: Rewinds the action backward and forward. Long Exposure: Simulates a DSLR-like long exposure effect by blurring motion. Edit Portrait mode photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can change and adjust the lighting effects in Portrait mode photos. Edit Portrait Lighting effects in Portrait mode photos You can apply, change, or remove the Portrait Lighting effects in photos you take in Portrait mode. You can also edit Portrait mode photos taken on other devices. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, touch

, then drag to choose a lighting effect. Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is like Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white backgroundiPad Pro 11-inch

(2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later) only. 3. Tap Done to save your changes. To undo the Portrait Lighting effect after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert to go back to the original lighting. Note: To remove the Portrait effect from a photo, tap Edit, then tap Portrait at the top of the screen. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap at the top of the screen. When the button is yellow, the feature is on. A slider appears next to the photo on the right side of the screen. 3. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the effect. A white dot marks the original depth value for the photo. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode photos On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later), use the Portrait Lighting slider to adjust the intensity of the effects in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit. If isnt yellow, tap it to turn the feature on. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. 3. Touch and drag to change the Portrait Lighting effect, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. Make photo albums on iPad Use the Photos app to view and organize your photos in albums. If you use iCloud Photos, albums are stored in iCloud. Theyre up to date and accessible on devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. See Use iCloud Photos on iPad. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap New Album below Make a new album My Albums. 2. Name the album, then tap Save. 3. Tap the photos you want to add to the album, then tap Done. To create a shared album, see Share photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Add photos and videos to existing albums 1. View your library by Days or All Photos, then tap Select. 2. Tap the photo and video thumbnails that you want to add, then tap

. 3. Tap Add to Album from the list of options. 4. Tap the album you want to add it to. Remove photos and videos from an album 1. In an album, tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. 2. Tap

, then remove the item from just the album or the album and your library. To remove multiple photos or videos from an album, tap Select, tap the photos and videos you want to remove, then tap

. Edit and organize albums on iPad You can rename, rearrange, and delete albums in the Photos app contain multiple albums. For example, you could create a folder named Vacations, and then create multiple albums within the folder of all your vacations. You can also create folders inside folders. You can also create folders to Rename, rearrange, and delete existing albums 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap All Albums, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Rename: Tap the album name, then enter a new name. Rearrange: Touch and an album thumbnail, then drag to a new location. Albums that Photos creates for you, such as Recents, People, and Places, cant be deleted. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap All Albums below Delete: Tap

. 3. Tap Done. Organize albums in folders My Albums. 2. Tap

, then tap New Folder. 3. Name the folder, then tap Save. 4. Open the folder, tap Edit, then tap to create a new album or folder inside the folder. Filter and sort photos in an album on iPad You can filter and sort photos and videos in the albums you create in the Photos app you can filter an album to show only videos, only photos, or photos and videos you marked as favorites. You can also sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, oldest to newest, or in a custom order. For example, Filter photos and videos in an album You can filter photos and videos in an album by favorites, edited, photos, and videos. 1. Tap

, then tap Filter. 2. Choose how you want to filter the photos and videos in the album, then tap Done. To remove a filter from an album, tap

, tap All Items, then tap Done. Sort photos in albums You can sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, or oldest to newest. 1. Tap

, then tap Sort. 2. Choose to view by newest first or oldest first. To move an individual photo, touch and hold the thumbnail, then drag it to a new location. Search in Photos on iPad When you tap Search in the Photos app categories to help you find what youre looking for, or rediscover a moment you forgot about. You can also type a keyword into the search fieldfor example, a persons name, date, or locationto help you find a specific photo.

, you see suggestions for people, places, and photo Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me photos from January 2019. Learn how to ask Siri. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap the suggested categories, or use the search field at the top of the screen to search by the following:

to show the sidebar, then tap Search. View photos in Date (month or year) Place (city or state) Business names (museums or restaurants, for example) Category (beach or sunset, for example) Events (sports games or concerts, for example) Person (Lia or Gordon, for example) Caption (see See photo and video information) Looking for something more specific? Refine your search with multiple keywordssimply keep adding keywords until you find the photo you want. Search also suggests keywords to add to your search. Share photos and videos on iPad Share photos and videos from the Photos app Photos even selects your best photos from an event and recommends people you may want to share them with. in Mail or Messages, or other apps you install. Share photos and videos Share a single photo or video: Open the photo or video, tap share.

, then choose how you want to Share multiple photos or videos: Tap Library, tap All Photos, tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. Tap

, then choose a share option. Share photos or videos from a Day or Month: Tap Library, tap Days or Months, tap Share Photos to share all the photos from that day or month.

, then tap When iCloud Photos is turned on, you can share multiple full-quality photos with an iCloud link. iCloud links remain available for 30 days, can be viewed by anyone, and can be shared using any app, such as Messages or Mail. You can also use Shared Albums to share photos and videos with just the people you choose. See Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud. Note: The size limit of attachments is determined by your service provider. For devices or services that dont support Live Photos, a Live Photo is shared as a still photo. Share photos with Sharing Suggestions Sharing Suggestions recommends a set of photos from an event that you may want to share and, based on the people in the photos, who you may want to share the photos with. After you share your photos, the recipients are prompted to share their photos from the event with you. iCloud Photos must be turned on to see Sharing Suggestions, but the photos you share can be viewed by anyone. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Choose a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions. Photos suggests sharing the photos you took with the people who were also at the event. You can choose who to share with, as well as add others. 3. Tap Share in Messages. To send the link to more friends, or to stop sharing it: Tap the collection, tap Copy iCloud Link or Stop Sharing.

, then choose To remove a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions: Tap Suggestion.

, then tap Remove Sharing Need more help? See the Apple Support article Use Sharing Suggestions in Photos. Save or share a photo or video you receive From email: Tap to download the item if necessary, then tap choose a sharing or saving option. Or, touch and hold the item, then From a text message: Tap the photo or video in the conversation, tap saving option.

, then choose a sharing or From an iCloud link: Tap the iCloud link to view the collection. Photos and videos shared with the link are saved to your library and as a collection in For You. To share the collection, tap tap Share.

, then View photos and videos shared with you on iPad When someone shares photos and videos with you using the Messages app, you can easily find them in Shared with You in the Photos app

. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a photo to view it in full screen, then save to your library, share, or delete. Tap See All to view all photos shared with you. Tap the name of the person who shared the photo, then reply to them using the Messages app. Tip: You can also tap Library, then tap All Photos to see photos and videos shared with you. Shared photos and videos display <icon to come> on the corner of the thumbnail. Tap the thumbnail to share, save, or delete. To turn off Shared with You, go to Settings

(green is on).

> Messages > Shared with You, then turn off Photos Use Live Text and Visual Look Up in Photos on iPad When you view a photo in the Photos app photo, translate languages, open a website, or make a call. Photos can also identify and share information about popular landmarks, art, plants, pets, and more found within your photos.

, you can use Live Text to copy and share text within the Use Live Text To use Live Text, open a photo, then do any of the following:

Copy text: Touch and hold a word, move the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Copy. To select all the text in the photo, tap Select All. Search text on the web: Touch and hold a word, move the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Look Up. Translate text: Touch and hold a word, move the grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Translate. Share text: Touch and hold a word, move the grab points to adjust the selection, tap Share, then choose how you want to share. Go to a website, make a call, or start an email: Tap <new icon to come>, then tap the website, phone number, or email address. Use Visual Look Up Learn more about popular landmarks, art, plants, flowers, pets, and other objects that appear in your photos. 1. Open a photo in full screen, <new icon to come> indicates Visual Look Up information is available for that photo. 2. Swipe up on the photo or tap <new icon to come>. 3. Tap the icon that appears in the photo to view Siri Knowledge and more information about the object. View Memories in Photos on iPad scans your library to create personalized collections of your photos and videos The Photos app called Memories. Memories feature significant people, places, and events that are curated and set to music based on the content of the memory. You can customize memories by changing the title, look, length, and music to make them even more personal. Play a memory 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Tap a memory to play it. 3. To pause, do either of the following:

Touch and hold the screen. Tap the screen, then tap

. 4. To go backward or forward, do any of the following:

Swipe left or right. Tap the left or right side of the screen. Tap the memory, then slide the frames at the bottom of the screen left or right. You can create your own memory from an event, a specific day in your library, or an album. 1. Tap Library, tap Days or Months, then tap

. Or, tap Albums, open an album, then tap

. Create a memory 2. Tap Play Memory Movie. Delete a memory or feature less 1. Tap For You, then tap in the top-right corner of the memory you want to delete. 2. Tap Delete Memory or tap Feature Less to see fewer photos or memories of a specific date, place, holiday, or person. Share a memory 1. Tap For You, then play the memory you want to share. 2. While the memory plays, tap the screen, tap

, then choose how you want to share. Share photos from a memory You can share multiple or individual photos from a memory. Share multiple photos: While the memory plays, tap <browse icon>, tap you want to share, or tap Select All. Tap

, then choose how you want to share.

, then tap the photos Share a single photo: While the memory plays, tap <browse icon>, touch and hold the photo you want to share. Tap

, then choose how you want to share. Add a memory to Favorites Tap For You, then tap screen, tap

, then tap Add To Favorites. in the top-right corner of the memory. Or, while a memory is playing, tap the To view your favorite Memories, tap For You, tap See All, then tap Favorites. Personalize your Memories in Photos on iPad In the Photos app

, you can edit your memories to make them even more personal. Try out Memory Mixes, curated combinations of cinematic looks and songs that match the pacing of the memory. Or, browse top song suggestions from Apple Music chosen by the content of the memory. Song suggestions also recommends songs that were popular at the time and location of the memory, or what you were listening to at the time. You can also edit the title of a memory, change the length, and remove photos. Add a memory mix Memory mixes are curated combinations of photographic looks and corresponding songs that you can apply to a memory. For each memory, you can choose between multiple memory mixes, or select your own photographic look and song from Apple Music. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Tap a memory to play it. 3. Tap the screen, then tap <music icon>. 4. Swipe left to view different memory mixes. Note: You can also tap <music plus icon> to change just the song, or tap <filter icon> to change just the look. 5. Tap the screen to apply the mix you want. Change the memory music You can change a memorys music by choosing from suggested songs or memory soundtracks in Apple Music. Apple Music subscribers can also access the Apple Music library and view suggested songs based on musical preferences or songs played at the time the memory was made. 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap <music icon>, then tap <music plus icon>. 3. Tap a song, then tap Done. Edit the memory title and subtitle You can change or edit the title and subtitle of a memory. 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the memory, then tap Change Title. 2. Enter the new title or subtitle in the text field, then tap Save. Change the length of a memory Depending on the number of photos in a memory, you can change the length of a memory to be long, medium, or short. 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Short, Medium, or Long. Remove photos from a memory 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Manage Photos. 3. Uncheck the photos you want to remove, then tap Done. Delete a memory or feature less 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the memory you want to delete. 2. Tap Delete Memory or tap Feature Less to see fewer photos or memories of a specific date, place, holiday, or person. Find people in Photos on iPad The Photos app scans your photo library for peoples faces and adds the most frequently found faces to the People album. When you add names to the faces, you can search for photos by name. Note: With iCloud Photos, your People album is kept up to date on all your devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, and macOS 10.13. (You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all the devices.) Find photos of a specific person To find photos of a specific person, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap sidebar, then do either of the following:

to show the Tap the People album, then tap a person to see all of the photos theyre in. Tap Search, then enter a persons name in the search field. Add a person to your People album details. 1. Open a photo of the person you want to add, then tap <new icon> or swipe up to see the photo 2. The people identified in the photo appear in the bottom-left corner of the photo. Tap the face of a person with a question mark next to their picture to identify them. 3. Tap Tag with Name. 4. Type their name, tap Next, then tap Done. Name a person in your People album 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar. 2. Tap the face of the person whose name you want to add. 3. Tap Add Name at the top of the screen, then enter the persons name. 4. Tap Next. 5. If theres a face identified as two or more people in the People album, tap Select, tap each instance of the person, then tap Merge. Set a persons key photo 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Choose the photo you want to set as the key photo. 4. Tap

, then tap Make Key Photo. Fix misidentifications 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Tap the misidentified face. 4. Tap

, then tap Not This Person. Browse photos by location on iPad creates collections of your photos and videos in the Places album based on where The Photos app they were taken. View photos taken in a specific location, or look for photos taken nearby. See a collection of all your places on a map, or even watch a Memory of a certain place. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Places. Browse photos by location 2. Select Map or Grid view. Only pictures and videos that have embedded location information (GPS data) are included. Tip: Pinch to zoom in and out, or drag the map to see more locations. See where a photo was taken 1. Open a photo, then swipe up to see the photo details. 2. Tap the map or address link to see more details. Look for photos taken nearby 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 2. Swipe up, then tap Nearby Photos. Watch a location-based Memory 1. In the sidebar, tap Places, then tap Grid. 2. Find a location with several images, then tap the location heading. 3. Tap to play the Memory. Use iCloud Photos on iPad iCloud Photos automatically uploads the photos and videos you take and stores them in their original format at full resolution. You can access your photos and videos in iCloud Photos on any device where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. To use iCloud Photos, you need a device that meets these minimum system requirements: iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10.3, or a PC with iCloud for Windows 7. Turn on iCloud Photos Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on iCloud Photos. Save space on your iPad iCloud Photos can help you make the most of the storage space on your iPad. When Optimize iPad Storage is turned on, all your full-resolution photos and videos are stored in iCloud in their original formats, with storage-saving versions kept on your iPad as space is needed. Optimize iPad Storage is turned on by default. To turn it off, go to Settings

> Photos, then tap Optimize iPad Storage.

> [your name] > iCloud View and share a full-resolution photo or video 1. Select a photo or video from your library, tap Edit, then tap Cancel. The full-resolution photo or video downloads automatically. 2. Tap

, then choose the device that you want to share it with. Upgrade your iCloud storage to store more photos If your uploaded photos and videos exceed your storage plan, you can upgrade your iCloud storage. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage > Change Storage Plan. Need more help? See the Apple Support article Set up and use iCloud Photos. Share iPad photos with Shared Albums in iCloud With Shared Albums in the Photos app choose. They can also add their own photos, videos, and comments. Shared Albums works with or without iCloud Photos and My Photo Stream.

, you can share photos and videos with just the people you Turn on Shared Albums Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Shared Albums. Create a new shared album 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap New Shared Album under Shared Albums. 3. Give the album a name, then tap Next. 4. Choose people to invite, or type an email address or phone number, then tap Create. Turn on public viewing in iCloud 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then turn on Public Website. Add photos and videos to a shared album 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Select all the items you want to add, then tap Done. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap Post. When Public Website is turned on, anyone with the iCloud URL can view the album. Add or remove subscribers, or turn notifications on or off Select the shared album, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add subscribers: Tap Invite People, then enter the names of the subscribers you want to add. Subscribers can add photos and videos to the album. Tap the Subscribers Can Post button so only you can add photos and videos. Tap again to allow subscribers to post. Remove subscribers: Tap the name of the subscriber, then tap Remove Subscriber. Turn notifications off: Tap the Notifications button. Tap again to turn Notifications on. Delete photos, videos, and comments from a shared album You must be the owner of the shared album to delete photos or videos. Delete photos and videos: In a shared album, tap Select. Select the photos or videos you want to delete, then tap

. Delete comments: While viewing the comment in a shared photo, touch and hold, then tap Delete. Rename a shared album 1. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar. 2. Touch and hold the album name until a cursor appears, then enter a new name. Subscribe to a shared album When you receive an invitation, tap

, tap Accept. You can also accept an invitation in an email. Note: To use Shared Albums, your iPad must be connected to Wi-Fi. Shared Albums works over both Wi-Fi and cellular networks. Cellular data charges may apply. See Connect to the internet. Use My Photo Stream on iPad Use My Photo Stream with the Photos app touch. Up to 1000 images are stored automatically for 30 days without using iCloud storage space or iCloud Photos. to access recent photos on any iPhone, iPad, or iPod My Photo Stream automatically uploads your most recent photos to iCloud; you can even see them on devices that arent using iCloud Photos. (My Photo Stream doesnt upload Live Photos or videos.) You must be signed in on all devices using the same Apple ID. Turn on My Photo Stream My Photo Stream doesnt count against your iCloud storage and only saves still photos. Your photos automatically upload when you leave the Camera app and are connected to Wi-Fi, but edits arent updated across all devices. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Upload to My Photo Stream. If you recently created your Apple ID, My Photo Stream might not be available. If My Photo Stream isnt available, use iCloud Photos to keep your photos and videos in iCloud. Note: My Photo Stream is automatically turned off if you use iCloud Photos. Save photos from My Photo Stream to your iPad Images in My Photo Stream remain in iCloud for 30 daysafter that, theyre removed. To keep these photos, you must save them from My Photo Stream to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap My Photo Stream. 2. Tap Select, then select all photos you want to save. 3. Tap

, then tap Save Image. Manage photos in My Photo Stream Tap the My Photo Stream album, tap Select, then do any of the following:

Save your best shots to iCloud or your device: Select the photos, then tap Add To. Share, print, or copy: Select the photos, then tap

. Delete photos: Select the photos, then tap

. Although deleted photos are removed from My Photo Stream on all your devices, the original photos remain in Photos on the device on which they were taken. Photos that you save to another album on a device or computer also arent deleted. Photos in My Photo Stream dont count against your iCloud storage, and theyre kept for 30 days in iCloud (up to 1000 photos). Download photos to your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or computer if you want to keep them permanently. See the Apple Support article My Photo Stream. Import photos and videos to iPad You can import photos and videos directly to the Photos app card, or another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch that has a camera. Depending on your model, use the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, the USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or the Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (sold separately). from a digital camera, an SD memory 1. Insert the camera adapter or card reader into the Lightning or USB-C connector on iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Connect a camera: Use the USB cable that came with the camera to connect the camera to the camera adapter. Turn on the camera, then make sure its in transfer mode. For more information, see the documentation that came with the camera. Insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader;

it fits only one way. Connect an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Use the USB cable that came with the device to connect it to the camera adapter. Turn on and unlock the device. 3. Open Photos on your iPad, then tap Import. 4. Select the photos and videos you want to import, then select your import destination. Import all items: Tap Import All. Import just some items: Tap the items you want to import (a checkmark appears for each), tap Import, then tap Import Selected. 5. After the photos and videos have been imported, keep or delete them on the camera, card, iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 6. Disconnect the camera adapter or card reader. Print photos on iPad to an AirPrint-enabled printer Print your photos directly from the Photos app on your iPad with any AirPrint-enabled device. Print a single photo: While viewing the photo, tap

, then tap Print. Print multiple photos: While viewing photos, tap Select, select each photo you want to print, tap

, then tap Print. See Print from iPad. Podcasts Find podcasts on iPad Use the Podcasts app to find shows about science, news, politics, comedy, and more. If you find a show you like, you can follow it to add it to your library. Then you can easily listen offline, get notified about new episodes, and more. Note: Shows may offer subscriptions that give you access to exclusive shows and episodes, new releases, episodes without ads, and more. To manage your subscriptions, see Subscribe to a show or channel on iPad. Find podcasts Search by title, person, or topic: Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for. Discover new shows: Tap Browse to see New & Noteworthy, featured shows, and the Apple editorial collections. You can also tap Search to see Top Charts and browse by categories. Tip: When you listen to episodes, personalized recommendations appear on the Listen Now screen (below Up Next) to help you discover your next show. Add shows by URL: Tap Library, tap

, then tap Add a Show by URL. Note: The URL must be in RSS format. Browse episodes within a specific podcast 1. Tap a podcast to see its information page. 2. Scroll to see recent episodes or tap See All (if available). See also Download, save, and share podcast episodes on iPad. Listen to podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app timer, and use the playback controls.

, you can play an episode, listen to an episode when youre offline, set a sleep Ask Siri. Say something like: Play the newest episode of The Daily podcast. Learn how to ask Siri. Play a podcast Tap an episode. To pick up where you left off in a show or resume playing a previous episode, tap Listen Now, then tap an episode below Recently Played. Tip: To jump to a specific time in the episode, drag the slider below the shows artwork. Set a sleep timer You can set a sleep timer so that playback stops automatically after a specified period of time. 1. Tap the player at the bottom of the screen to open the Now Playing screen. 2. Tap Sleep Timer, then choose an option. Use the playback controls When an episode plays, you see the playback controls at the bottom of the Now Playing screen. Tap the player to open the Now Playing screen to see the playback controls. Control Description Play Pause Jump back 15 seconds Jump forward 30 seconds Forward. To change the number of seconds you skip back, go to Settings > Podcasts, then tap Back. To change the number of seconds you skip forward, go to Settings > Podcasts, then tap Choose a faster or slower playback speed Stream the audio to other devices Choose more actions such as sharing or downloading the episode Follow your favorite podcasts on iPad When you find a show you like, follow it to add it to your library so you can get notified about new episodes, change the playback order, and more. Follow a podcast When you follow a podcast, its added to your library. 1. Tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

. Or you can touch and hold a shows artwork, then tap Follow. Unfollow a podcast 1. Tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap in the top-right corner of the screen, then tap Unfollow. Or you can touch and hold a shows artwork, then tap Unfollow. Change the episode playback order 1. Tap Library to see podcasts you follow, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Choose Oldest to Newest or Newest to Oldest. Get notifications for new episodes Get notified when new episodes are available for podcasts you follow. 1. Tap Listen Now. 2. Tap or your profile picture. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn Notifications on or off. Limit the number of downloads from each podcast 1. Tap Library to see podcasts you follow, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Tap Limit Downloads, then select an option to limit downloads by number or time. Organize your podcast library on iPad Use Library to customize the podcasts you follow, catch up on the latest episodes, and create your own playlists. Shows: Tap to see the shows you follow and episodes you downloaded. If you downloaded individual episodes from podcasts you dont follow, tap All to see them. Tap Followed to view only shows you follow. You can tap any show or episode to see the shows information page. Saved: Episodes you marked as appear. Downloaded: Episodes you downloaded appear here. You can listen to these episodes without an internet connection. Latest Episodes: The most recent episodes from each show you follow are automatically downloaded and displayed here. To change how long episodes stay in this playlist, tap

. Create your own station Group your shows into stations (similar to a music playlist) based on themes like news, comedy, or morning commute podcasts. Episodes from the podcasts you choose are automatically added to your station regularly. 1. Tap Library, then swipe left to view your Library menu. 2. Tap in the top-right corner of the Library menu. 3. Tap New Station, then add a title. 4. Tap Choose Podcasts. To adjust the number of episodes from each podcast that are added to your station, tap the station you want to change, tap Station Settings, then tap Episodes. Change the episode playback order 1. Tap Library, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Choose an option, like Oldest to Newest. Limit the number of downloads from each podcast 1. Tap Library to see podcasts you follow, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Tap Limit Downloads, then select an option to limit downloads by number or time. Mark an episode as played 1. Tap Library, then tap a show. 2. Swipe right on an episode, then tap Played. If youre already looking at a specific episode, tap

, then tap Mark as Played. Hide episodes youve already played 1. Tap Library, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Hide Played Episodes. To automatically hide all episodes youve already played, go to Settings > Podcasts, then turn on Hide Played Episodes. Download, save, and share podcast episodes on iPad In the Podcasts app

, you can download, save, and share podcast episodes. Save and download an episode Download an episode so you can play it when youre offline. 1. Tap Library, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Swipe left on an episode, then tap or

. When you save an episode, its automatically downloaded so you can listen to it offline. To turn off this option, go to Settings > Podcasts, then turn off Download When Saving. Remove a downloaded or saved episode 1. Tap Library, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Swipe left on an episode, then tap Remove Download or Unsave. If youre looking at a specific episode, tap or tap

. Share a podcast show or episode 1. Tap Library, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap tap in the top-right corner of the screen, then tap Share Show. Or to share a specific episode, next to the episode, then tap Share Show. Subscribe to a show or channel on iPad In the Podcasts app you to support the shows you love, and they often include premium extras, early access to new episodes, or ad-free listening.

, change, cancel, and share your podcasts subscriptions. Subscriptions allow Note: Not all subscriptions and channels are available in all countries, regions, or languages. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to a show or channel 1. Select the show or channel you want to subscribe to. When you subscribe to a show, you automatically follow it. See Follow your favorite podcasts on iPad. 2. Tap the subscription button (if available). Change or cancel your subscriptions 1. Tap Listen Now. 2. Tap or your profile picture, then tap Manage Subscriptions. 3. Tap a subscription to change or cancel it. Share Apple Podcasts subscriptions When you subscribe to podcasts channels, you can use Family Sharing to share your subscriptions with up to five other family members. Your family group members will automatically have access to your subscribed shows. If you join a family group and a family group member subscribes to a show you already subscribe to, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing a show subscription with a family group, you can cancel the subscription or leave or turn off Family Sharing. See also the Apple Support article Get and manage your Apple Podcasts Subscriptions. Change your download settings for Podcasts on iPad Podcasts you follow are automatically downloaded to your Apple device. Episodes youve played are automatically deleted from your device. You can change these settings, and adjust other download options. Turn automatic downloads on or off 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn Enable When Following (under Automatic Downloads) off or on. Tip: To automatically download a particular podcast, open the Podcasts app

, touch and hold the shows artwork on the Library screen, tap Settings, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Remove downloaded podcasts after you listen to them 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn on Remove Played Downloads (under Episode Downloads). Or, to adjust this setting for a particular podcast you follow, touch and hold the shows artwork on the Library screen, tap Settings, then turn on Remove Played Downloads. Limit how much cellular data is used when downloading podcasts (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Podcasts, then choose any of the following:

Block downloads over cellular data when downloading podcasts that you follow: Turn on Block Downloads Over Cellular. Ask to be notified when an episode will use cellular data to download: Tap Cellular Downloads, then choose an option. Turn off automatic syncing across Apple devices 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn off Sync Podcasts (below Podcasts Settings). Reminders Add reminders on iPad

, you can easily make to-do lists for things like grocery shopping, tasks In the Reminders app around the house, and projects at work. Create subtasks, set flags, add attachments, and more. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create a new list 1. Tap Add List, then choose an account (if you have more than one account). 2. Enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Add a new reminder Or do the following:

Ask Siri. Say something like: Add artichokes to my groceries list. Learn how to ask Siri. 1. Tap New Reminder, then enter text. Or if you have Apple Pencil, write in the text field. 2. Use the buttons above the keyboard to do any of the following:

Schedule a date and time: Tap

, then choose when you want to be reminded. Add a location: Tap arrive home or get into a car with a Bluetooth connection to your iPad.

, then choose where you want to be remindedfor example, when you Note: To receive location-based reminders, you must allow Reminders to use your precise location. Go to Settings Reminders, choose While Using the App, then turn on Precise Location.

> Privacy > Location Services. Turn on Location Services, tap Assign the reminder: (available in shared lists) Tap

(including yourself).

, then choose a person on the shared list Set a flag: Tap to mark an important reminder. Attach a photo or scanned document: Tap from your photo library, or scan a document.

, then take a new photo, choose an existing photo 3. To add more details to the reminder, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add notes: In the Notes field, enter more information about the reminder. Add a web link: In the URL field, enter a web address. Reminders displays a link that you can tap to go to the website. Get a reminder when chatting with someone in Messages: Turn on When Messaging, then choose someone from your contacts list. The reminder appears the next time you chat with that person in Messages. Set a priority: Tap Priority, then choose Low, Medium, or High. Move the reminder to a different list: Tap List, then choose a list. Tip: With OS X 10.10 or later, you can hand off reminders youre editing between your Mac and 4. Tap Done. iPad. Create a subtask Swipe right on the reminder, then tap Indent. Or drag a reminder onto another reminder. If you complete a main task, the subtasks are also completed. If you delete or move a main task, the subtasks are also deleted or moved. Mark a reminder as completed Tap the empty circle next to a reminder to mark it as completed and hide it. To unhide completed reminders, tap reminders, tap Clear.

, then tap Show Completed. To delete the completed Delete a reminder Swipe left on the reminder, then tap Delete. Or if you have Apple Pencil, just scribble over the reminder. If you change your mind, you can recover the deleted remindertap with three fingers or shake to undo. Edit multiple reminders at the same time 1. While viewing a list, tap

, tap Select Reminders, then select the reminders you want to edit. Or drag two fingers over the reminders you want to edit. 2. Use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to complete, flag, add a date and time, move, assign, or delete the selected reminders. Use keyboard shortcuts If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard, you can use keyboard shortcuts to perform the following actions in Reminders:

Add a new reminder: Press Command-N. Show completed reminders: Press Shift-Command-H. Show all reminders assigned to you: Press Command-5. View more keyboard shortcuts: Press and hold the Globe key or Command key. Organize lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app automatically organized in Smart Lists, and use tags. You can easily search all your lists for reminders that contain specific text.

, you can arrange your reminders in custom lists and groups, have them Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Create, edit, or delete lists and groups You can organize your reminders into lists and groups of lists such as work, school, or shopping. Do any of the following:

Create a new list: Tap Add List, choose an account (if you have more than one account), enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Create a group of lists: Tap Edit, tap Add Group, enter a name, then tap Create. Or drag a list onto another list. Rearrange lists and groups: Touch and hold a reminder, list, or group, then drag it to a new location. You can even move a reminder to a different list or move a list to a different group. Change the name and appearance of a list or group: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. Delete a list or group and their reminders: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. Use tags Tags are a fast and flexible way to organize your reminders. You can add one or more tags, such as

#shopping and #food, to easily search and filter reminders across your lists. Add a tag: When you create or edit a reminder, type # followed by the tag name or choose a tag from the menu above the keyboard. A tag can be only one word, but you can use dashes and underscores to combine words. You can add multiple tags to a reminder. View reminders with tags: In the Tags Browser (below your custom lists), tap a tag or All Tags. To filter the list further, tap more tags in the Tags section on the left. Make a Smart List: When viewing a list of tagged reminders, tap

, then tap Create Smart List. Use the default Smart Lists Reminders are automatically organized in the default Smart Lists. You can see specific reminders and track upcoming reminders with the following Smart Lists:

Today: See reminders scheduled for today and overdue reminders. Scheduled: See reminders scheduled by date or time. Flagged: See reminders with flags. Assigned to Me: See reminders assigned to you in shared lists. Siri Suggestions: See suggested reminders detected in Mail and Messages. All: See all your reminders across every list. To show, hide, or rearrange the Smart Lists, tap Edit. Make a custom Smart List You can create your own Smart Lists to automatically include reminders filtered by tags, dates, times, locations, flags, and priority. You can choose more than one tag (such as #gardening and #errands) and combine them with other filters. Create a new Smart List: Tap Add List, tap Make into Smart List, choose filters, enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list Convert a list to a Smart List: Touch and hold the list you want to convert, then tap Convert to Smart List. When you convert a list, its items are moved to the top level of the default list and tagged with the name of the Smart List. Note: You cant convert shared list. Sort and reorder reminders in a list Sort reminders by due date, creation date, priority, or title: (not available in the All and Scheduled Smart Lists) In a list, tap

, tap Sort By, then choose an option. To reverse the sort order, tap First.

, tap Sort By, then choose a different option, such as Newest Manually reorder reminders in a list: Touch and hold a reminder you want to move, then drag it to a new location. The manual order is saved when you re-sort the list by due date, creation date, priority, or title. To revert to the last saved manual order, tap

, tap Sort By, then tap Manual. When you sort or reorder a list, the new order is applied to the list on your other devices where youre using upgraded reminders. If you sort or reorder a shared list, other participants also see the new order (if they use upgraded reminders). Search the reminders in all of your lists In the search field above the reminder lists, enter a word or phrase. Set up Reminders accounts on iPad If you use the Reminders app with different accounts (such as iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Google, or Yahoo), you can manage all your to-do lists in one place. Your reminders stay up to date on all your devices that use the same accounts. You can also customize your preferences in Settings. Add your reminders stored in iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Reminders. Your reminders stored in iCloudand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Upgrade your reminders stored in iCloud If youve been using Reminders with iOS 12 or earlier, you may need to upgrade your reminders stored in iCloud to use features such as attachments, flags, list colors and icons, and more. 1. Open the Reminders app. 2. On the Welcome to Reminders screen, choose one of the following options:

Upgrade Now: Begin the upgrade process. Upgrade Later: A blue Upgrade button appears above your lists; tap it when youre ready to upgrade your reminders. Note: Upgraded reminders arent backward compatible with the Reminders app in earlier versions of iOS and macOS. See the Apple Support article Upgrading the Reminders app in iOS 13 or later. Add other Reminders accounts You can use the Reminders app to manage your reminders from other accounts, such as Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahoo. 1. Go to Settings

> Reminders > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose an account provider, then sign in to your account. If your account provider isnt listed, tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information. Note: Some Reminders features described in this guide arent available in accounts from other providers. To stop using an account, go to Settings > Reminders > Accounts, tap the account, then turn off Reminders. Reminders from the account no longer appear on your iPad. Change your Reminders settings 1. Go to Settings

> Reminders. 2. Choose options such as the following:

Siri & Search: Allow content in Reminders to appear in Siri Suggestions or search results. Accounts: Manage your accounts and how often data is updated. Default List: Choose the list for new reminders you create outside of a specific list, such as reminders you create using Siri. Today Notification: Set a time to show notifications for all-day reminders that have been assigned a date without a time. Show as Overdue: The scheduled date turns red for overdue all-day reminders. Mute Notifications: Turn off notifications for assigned reminders. Share and assign reminders on iPad In the Reminders app people who also use iCloud.

, use iCloud to share to-do lists. You can collaborate and assign tasks to other Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Share a list using iCloud You can share a list and collaborate with people who use iCloud. People who accept the invitation can add and edit reminders, and mark reminders as completed. 1. While viewing a list, tap

, then tap Share List. 2. Tap Share Options, then choose Can make changes or View only. If you choose Can make changes, you can also allow collaborators to invite other collaborators. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Mail or Messages). Assign reminders in a shared list When you create or edit a reminder, you can assign it to any person on the list, including yourself. Do any of the following:

Type @ followed by the persons name or choose a person from the menu above the keyboard. Tap

, then choose a person. Tip: To quickly see all reminders assigned to you, use the Assigned to Me Smart List. Print reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can print a list. 1. View the list you want to print. 2. Tap

, then tap Print. Safari Browse the web using Safari on iPad

, you can browse the web, add webpages to your reading list to read later, and With the Safari app add page icons to the Home Screen for quick access. If you sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices, you can see pages you have open on other devices, and keep your bookmarks, history, and reading list up to date on all your devices. View websites with Safari You can easily navigate a webpage with a few taps. Get back to the top: Double-tap the top edge of the screen to quickly return to the top of a long page. See more of the page: Turn iPad to landscape orientation. Refresh the page: Pull down from the top of the page. Share links: Tap at the top-right of the page. View two pages side-by-side in Split View Use Split View to open two Safari pages side-by side. Open a blank page in Split View: Touch and hold

, then tap New Window in Split View. Open a link in Split View: Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in Split View. Move a window to the other side of Split View: Touch and hold drag left or right. at the top of the window, then Close tabs in a Split View window: Touch and hold

. Leave Split View: Drag the divider over the window you want to close. Preview website links Touch and hold a link in Safari to see a preview of the link without opening the page. To open the link, tap the preview, or choose another option. To close the preview and stay on the current page, tap anywhere outside the preview. Translate a webpage When you encounter a webpage thats in another language, you can use Safari to translate the text. When viewing a webpage in another language, tap in the search bar. Manage downloads Tap and hold on a file or link you want to download. in the search bar, then tap Tap downloaded files quickly, or to drag a downloaded file onto another file or into an email youre working on. to check the status of a file youre downloading, to access Tip: You can download files in the background while you continue to use Safari. Use keyboard shortcuts You can navigate in Safari using keyboard shortcuts on an external keyboard. To view available keyboard shortcuts, press and hold the Command key. Customize your Safari start page on iPad

, you can personalize your start page to include your favorite websites, frequently In the Safari app visited pages, your Reading List, and Siri suggestions. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on multiple devices to keep the tabs you have open, your bookmarks, history, and reading list up to date across all your devices. Customize your start page Every time you open a new tab, you begin on your start page. You can customize your start page with new background images and options. 1. To open a new tab, tap at the top-right corner of the screen. 2. Scroll to the bottom of the page, then tap Edit. 3. Choose options for your start page. Use Start Page on All Devices: This will sync your preferences across all your Apple devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. For help signing into iCloud, see Set up iCloud on your devices Favorites: Display shortcuts to your favorite bookmarked websites. See Add a webpage to your favorites. Privacy Report: Stay updated on how many trackers and websites Safari blocked from tracking you. See View the Privacy Report. Frequently Visited: Go straight to the websites you visit most. Reading list: List pages currently in your Reading List. See Add the current page to your reading list. Siri Suggestions: As you search, Siri will suggest webpages to you. iCloud tabs: Show open tabs from other Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple IP and Safari is turned on in iCloud preferences. Set up iCloud on your devices Change text size Use the View menu to increase or decrease the text size. To open the View menu, tap on the right side of the search bar. 1. Tap on the right side of the search bar to open the View menu. 2. Tap text size, then tap the large A to increase the font size or the small A to decrease it. Change display and privacy controls Use the View menu to switch to Reader view, hide the search bar, set privacy controls for a website, and more. To open the View menu, tap listed. on the right side of the search bar. Then choose from the options To view the webpage without ads or navigation menus, see Show Reader view To hide the toolbar, tap tap the url at the top of the screen. on the right side of the search bar, then tap Hide Toolbar. To get it back, To set display and privacy controls for a website, tap Website Settings. on the right side of the search bar, then tap Annotate a webpage Use the View menu to markup a webpage. Highlight your favorite parts, draw, and write notes, then share your document with coworkers or friends. 1. Tap on the right side of the search bar to open the View menu. 2. Tap markup and choose a tool to annotate the page. 3. Tap Done to save your annotated page as a PDF. Search for websites using Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, enter a URL or a search term to find websites or specific information. Search the web 1. Enter a search term, phrase, or URL in the search bar at the top of the page. 2. Tap a search suggestion, or tap Go on the keyboard to search for exactly what you typed. If you dont want to see suggested search terms, go to Settings Engine Suggestions (below Search).

> Safari, then turn off Search Find websites you visited before Safari search suggestions include your open tabs, bookmarks, and pages you recently visited. For example, if you search for iPad, the search suggestions under Switch to Tab include your open tabs related to iPad. Websites related to iPad that you bookmarked or recently visited appear under Bookmarks and History. Search within websites To search within a website, enter a website followed by a search term in the search bar. For example, enter wiki einstein to search Wikipedia for einstein. To turn this feature on or off, go to Settings >

> Safari > Quick Website Search. See your favorites when you enter an address, search, or create a new tab Go to Settings

> Safari > Favorites, then select the folder with the favorites you want to see. Search the page You can find a specific word or phrase on a page. 1. Tap

, then tap Find on Page. 2. Enter the word or phrase in the search bar. 3. Tap to find other instances. Choose a search engine Go to Settings

> Safari > Search Engine. Use tabs in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, use tabs to help you navigate between multiple open webpages. Open a link in a new tab Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in New Tab. Or, tap the link with two fingers. To automatically switch to the new tab whenever you open a link in a new tab, go to Settings Safari > Open Links, then tap In Background.

Browse open tabs To look through the webpages you have open, tap fingers. (If you have several open tabs, tabs for the same site are stacked.) Then do any of the following:

in the top-left corner, or pinch closed with three Close a tab: Tap in the upper-left corner, or swipe left on the tab. View a single tab again: Tap a tab, or tap Done, or pinch open with three fingers. Tip: To see a tabs history, touch and hold or

. Reopen a recently closed tab Reopen a recently closed tab Touch and hold

, then choose from the list of recently closed tabs. View tabs that are open on your other devices 1. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices. 2. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac, you must have Safari selected in iCloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. 3. Tap

, then scroll through the tab groups listed on the sidebar. To close a tab in the list, swipe left, then tap Delete. Organize your tabs Create a Tab Group to keep tabs together and make them easier to return to later. 1. Tap to view all your open tabs. 2. Touch and hold a tab, then choose > Move to Tab Group. 3. Tap New Tab Group, then give it a name. Tap to see your tab groups. Move a tab to another group 1. Touch and hold the tab you want to move. 2. Tap Move to Tab Group, then choose one of the tab groups you created in the past or tap New Tab Group. Keep tabs and tab groups updated across your devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac or iPhone, you must have Safari selected in iCloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. See Set up iCloud on all your devices Bookmark favorite webpages in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, bookmark websites and add them to Favorites to easily revisit later. Bookmark the current page 1. Tap on the right side of the search bar. 2. Tap to add a bookmark. Bookmark open tabs 1. Pinch with three fingers to view all your tabs. 2. Touch and hold one of your tabs, then tap Add Bookmarks for [number of] Tabs. View and organize your bookmarks 1. Tap to see your tab groups. 2. Tap

. 3. To create a new folder or to delete, rename, or reorder bookmarks, tap Edit. See your Mac bookmarks on iPad Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Safari. Note: You must also have Safari selected in iCloud preferences on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. See Set up iCloud on all your devices Add a webpage to your favorites Open the page, tap

, then tap Add to Favorites. To edit your favorites, tap rearrange your favorites. See

, tap Bookmarks. Tap Favorites, then tap Edit to delete, rename, or Quickly see your favorite sites and Reading List Tap the search bar to see your favorites. Scroll down to see your Reading List. Add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen You can add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen for quick access to that site. From the website, tap

, then tap Add to Home Screen. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. Save pages to a reading list in Safari on iPad

, save interesting items in your reading list so you can revisit them later. You can In the Safari app even save the items in your reading list to iCloud and read them later when youre not connected to the internet. Add the current page to your reading list Tap

, then tap Read Later. Tip: To add a linked page without opening it, touch and hold the link, then tap Add to Reading List. View your reading list Tap

, then tap

. To delete an item from your reading list, swipe item left. Automatically save all reading list items to iCloud for offline reading Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Automatically Save Offline (below Reading List). Automatically fill in forms in Safari on iPad In the Safari app and user names and passwords.

, use AutoFill to automatically fill in credit card information, contact information, Fill in a form 1. Tap a field to bring up the keyboard. 2. Tap or above the keyboard to move from field to field. Fill in your contact information automatically When you fill in contact information on a website that supports AutoFill, tap AutoFill Contact above the keyboard. Tap Customize to edit and store your information for next time. Or, tap Other Contact to fill in someone elses information. Add a credit card for purchases 1. Go to Settings

> Safari > AutoFill > Saved Credit Cards > Add Credit Card. 2. To enter the information without typing, tap Use Camera, then position iPad so that your card appears in the frame. 3. To submit the form, tap go, search, or the link on the page. You can also save the credit card information when you make an online purchase. See Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain. Use your credit card information 1. When you fill in credit card information, tap AutoFill Credit Card above the keyboard. 2. Enter your cards security code (for security purposes, this code isnt storedyou must enter it manually each time you use a card). For greater security of your credit card information, use a passcode for iPad. Turn off AutoFill You can turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information, and for passwords. Turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information: Go to Settings then turn off either option.

> Safari > AutoFill, Turn off AutoFill for passwords: Go to Settings > Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Hide ads and distractions in Safari on iPad

, use Safari Reader to view a page without ads, navigation menus, or other In the Safari app distracting items. Show Reader view Reader view formats a webpage to show just the relevant text and images. Tap at the left end of the address field, then tap Reader. To return to the full page, tap

, then tap Reader again. Note: Not every page supports Reader View. If Reader is dimmed, Reader view isnt available for that page. Automatically use Reader view for a website 1. On a supported website, tap

, then tap Reader. 2. Tap Website Settings. 3. Turn on Use Reader Automatically. Block pop-ups Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Block Pop-ups. Note: To automatically use Reader view for all websites that support it, go to Settings > Safari >

Reader. View and Add Extensions to Safari Go to Settings Store.

> Safari, then tap Extensions. Tap More Extensions to add extensions from the App Note: Your extensions are kept up to date across all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Safari is turning on in iCloud preferences or settings. Browse privately in Safari on iPad You can view the Privacy Report and adjust settings in the Safari app activities private and help protect yourself from malicious websites. to keep your browsing View the Privacy Report Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. To view the Privacy Report, tap on the right side of the search bar, then tap Privacy Report

. Control privacy and security settings for Safari Go to Settings

> Safari, then below Privacy & Security, turn any of the following on or off:

Prevent Cross-Site Tracking: Safari limits third-party cookies and data by default. Turn this option off to allow cross-site tracking. Hide IP address: Safari uses a private relay to hide your IP address and browsing activity from network providers and websites. If this option is off, your IP address isnt hidden. Block All Cookies: Turn this option on to prevent websites from adding cookies to your iPad. (To remove cookies already on iPad, go to Settings > Safari > Clear History and Website Data.) Fraudulent Website Warning: Safari displays a warning if youre visiting a suspected phishing website. Turn this option off if you dont want to be warned of fraudulent websites. Privacy Preserving Ad Measurement: Apple measures how many websites are prevented from viewing your personal information to serve you targeted ads. Check for Apple Pay: Websites that use Apple Pay can check to see if you have Apple Pay enabled on your device. Turn this option off to prevent websites from checking if you have Apple Pay. When you visit a website using Safari that isnt secure, a warning appears in the Safari search bar. Erase your browsing history and data Go to Settings

> Safari > Clear History and Website Data. Visit sites without making history You can use Private Browsing Mode to open private tabs, which dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. Tap

, then tap Private. A new tab will open and automatically be added to your Private tab group. You can open multiple private tabs in the group. You can easily confirm that youre in Private Browsing Mode by checking that the url bar is gray. To close private tabs, pinch with three fingers, then tap

. Hide your personal email address in Safari on iPad When you Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. 1. Tap the email address field when a website solicits your address. 2. Tap Hide My Email above the keyboard. The Hide My Email screen suggests a new, randomly generated Hide My Email address. 3. If you dont want to use the suggested address, tap

. 4. To use the suggested address, tap Continue, type any additional information you like into the Note field, then tap Use. You can delete the Hide My Email address at any time. See Manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings on iPad. Apps Use Shortcuts to automate tasks on iPad The Shortcuts app shortcuts to get directions to the next event in your Calendar, move text from one app to another, and more. Choose ready-made shortcuts from the Gallery or build your own using different apps to run multiple steps in a task. lets you automate tasks you do often with just a tap or by asking Siri. Create To learn how to automate the best features of your apps, see the Shortcuts User Guide. on iPad to track market activity, view the performance of stocks you follow, Ask Siri. Say something like: How are the markets doing? or Hows Apple stock today? Learn Check stocks on iPad Use the Stocks app and get the latest business news. how to ask Siri. Manage your watchlist Add the stocks you follow to your watchlist to quickly view price, price change, percentage change, and market capitalization values. Add a symbol to your watchlist: In the search field, enter a stock symbol, company name, fund name, or index. Tap the symbol you want to add in the search results, then tap Add or Add to Watchlist. Delete a symbol: Swipe left on the symbol in your watchlist, then tap

. Reorder symbols: Touch and hold a symbol, then drag it into a new position. View stock charts, details, and news Tap a stock symbol in your watchlist to view an interactive chart, additional details, and related news stories.

 

 

See the performance of a stock over time: Tap an option from the time range selections at the top of the chart. See the value for a specific date or time: Touch and hold the chart with one finger. See the difference in value over time: Touch and hold the chart with two fingers. See more details: Below the chart, view additional stock details like 52-week high and low, Beta, EPS, and average trading volume. Read news: Swipe up to see additional news stories, then tap a story. View your watchlist across devices You can view your watchlist on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac when youre signed in with the same Apple ID. On your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Stocks. On your Mac, choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, then do one of the following:

macOS 10.15 or later: Click Apple ID, select iCloud, then turn on Stocks. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Select iCloud, then turn on Stocks. Read business news Tap Business News above the watchlist, then swipe up on the newsfeed to view stories that highlight the current news driving the market. Stories about companies in your watchlist are grouped by ticker symbol. In countries where Apple News is available, you also see stories selected by the Apple News editors and stories from Apple News+. (Apple News and Apple News+ content is not available in all countries or regions.) Note: If you tap an Apple News+ story and youre not an Apple News+ subscriber, tap the subscribe or free trial button, then follow the onscreen instructions. To learn more about Apple News+, see Subscribe to Apple News+. Tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:

Return to your newsfeed in Stocks: Tap or Done. Save the story to Apple News: Tap

. Note: To save stories to Apple News, make sure to sign in with your Apple ID, then go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on News. See more stories from the publication in Apple News: Tap the publisher logo. Change the text size: Tap story.

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the Share the story: Tap

, tap Share Story, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Stories from publications you have blocked in Apple News dont appear in the newsfeed. See See news stories chosen just for you. Add a Stocks widget to your iPad Home Screen Add a Stocks widget to your iPad Home Screen to check stocks at a glance. Choose Watchlist to monitor several symbols from your watchlist on your Home Screen, or Symbol to monitor the performance of a single symbol. Get tips on iPad In the Tips app

, see collections of tips that help you get the most from iPad. In the Tips app, tap a collection to learn how to take better photos, use dictation, create a custom radio station, and much more. Get Tips New tips are added frequently. Get notified when new tips arrive 1. Go to Settings

, then tap Notifications. 2. Tap Tips below Notification Style, then turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Choose options for the location and style of tip notifications, when they should appear, and so on. Translate Translate text, voice, and conversations on iPad In the Translate app supported languages. You can even download specific languages to translate when youre not connected to the internet.

, you can translate text, voice, and conversations between any of the Translate text or your voice 1. Tap Translation, select the languages to translate between, then do any of the following:

Tap Enter text, type a phrase, then tap Go. Tap [the Listen button], then say a phrase. 2. When the translation is shown, do any of the following:

Play the audio translation: Tap [the Play button]. Save the translation to your Favorites: Tap [the favorite button]. Look up a word in the dictionary: Tap [the Dictionary button], then tap a word to see its definition. Show the translation to someone else: Tap [the Enter Full Screen button]. You can also view your recent history. Translate a conversation In Conversation mode, iPad shows the translated text in chat bubbles from both sides of the conversation. Conversation mode works for downloaded languages even when you dont have an internet connection. 1. Tap Conversation. 2. Tap [the Listen button], then speak in one of the two languages. Tip: You can translate a conversation without tapping the microphone button before each person speaks. Tap [the More Options button], tap Auto Translate, then tap [the Listen button] to start the conversation. iPhone automatically detects when you start speaking and when you stop. When chatting face-to-face, you can tap [the Face to Face button] so that each person can see the conversation from their side. Download languages to iPad for offline translation 1. Tap Translation, tap [the Select Language button], scroll to the bottom of the list, then tap Manage Languages. 2. Tap the languages you want to download. Translate text using the camera and in apps on iPad You can translate text using the iPad camera and in apps such as Photos, Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. Translate what you see through the camera 1. Open the Camera app

, then position iPad so that the text appears on the screen. 2. Tap [the Detect Text button], select the text to translate, then tap Translate. Translate text in Photos 1. In the Photos app

, navigate to the photo you want to translate. 2. Tap [the Detect Text button], select the text to translate, then tap Translate. Translate text in other apps You can translate any text you select in apps such as Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. 1. Select the text you want to translate, then tap Translate. Below the text translation, you can play the audio translation, copy the translation, change the language, or open the Translate app

. TV Set up the Apple TV app on iPad

, you can watch original shows and movies from Apple TV+ as well as your With the Apple TV app other favorite shows, movies, sports, and live news. You can also add Apple TV channels such as Paramount+ and Showtime, watch titles from streaming services and cable providers, and purchase or rent movies and TV shows. The Apple TV app is on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, so you can watch at home or wherever you go. Note: The availability of the Apple TV app and its features and services (such as Apple TV+, Apple TV channels, sports, news, and supported apps) varies by country or region. See the Apple Support articles Availability of Apple Media Services and Availability of supported apps in the Apple TV app. Subscribe to Apple TV channels If you subscribe to Apple TV channels (such as Paramount+ and Showtime), you can stream the ad-

free content on demand or download it to watch offline. If you use Family Sharing, up to five other family members can share the subscription for no additional charge. 1. Tap Watch Now, browse the Channels row, then tap a channel you want to watch. 2. Tap the subscription button, review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Add your cable or satellite service to the Apple TV app Single sign-on provides immediate access to all the supported video apps in your subscription package. 1. Go to Settings

> TV Provider. 2. Choose your TV provider, then sign in with your provider credentials. If your TV provider isnt listed, sign in directly from the app you want to use. Connect apps to the Apple TV app The Apple TV app recommends new content or the next episode in a series you watch from a connected app (supported streaming apps only). 1. Tap Watch Now, scroll down to Streaming Apps, then browse the available apps. 2. To connect an app, tap it, then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your connected apps, subscriptions, and viewing history 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap any of the following:

Connected Apps: Connect or disconnect supported streaming apps. Connected apps appear in the Apple TV app on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Manage Subscriptions: Tap a subscription to change or cancel it. Clear Play History: Remove your viewing history from all your Apple devices. Subscribe to Apple TV+ on iPad

, you can subscribe to Apple TV+ and watch new, exclusive Apple Originals In the Apple TV app without ads. Stream Apple TV+ on demand on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, or download Apple Originals to watch offline on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac. You can subscribe to Apple TV+ or to Apple One, which includes Apple TV+ and other services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Note: Apple One and Apple TV+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Subscribe to Apple TV+

1. Tap Originals, then tap the subscription button. 2. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share Apple TV+ with family members When you subscribe to Apple TV+ or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple TV+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anything Apple TV+ is available to them the first time they open the App Store app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple TV+ or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple TV+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or (if youre the family group organizer), stop using Family Sharing. Change or cancel your Apple TV+ subscription 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap Manage Subscriptions. Find shows, movies, and more in the Apple TV app on iPad The Apple TV app brings your favorite shows, movies, sports, and live news together in one place. Quickly find and watch your favorites, pick up where you left off with Up Next, or discover something newpersonalized just for you. Discover shows and movies In the Apple TV app, tap Watch Now, then do any of the following:

See whats up next: In the Up Next row, find titles you recently added, rented, or purchased, catch the next episode in a series youve been watching, or resume what youre watching from the moment you left off. Get recommendations: Browse the What to Watch row for editorial recommendations that are personalized for you. Many rows throughout the app feature personalized recommendations based on your channel subscriptions, supported apps, purchases, and viewing interests. Browse Apple TV+: In the Apple TV+ row, tap a title to see more information or play a trailer. Browse channels: Scroll down to browse channels you subscribe to. In the Channels row, browse other available channels, then tap a channel to explore its titles. Watch live news: (available in select countries or regions) Tap TV shows at the top, scroll down to the News row, then choose a news channel. See movies, shows, and episodes sent by friends in Messages: Scroll down to the Shared with You row. Search for a title, sport, team, cast member, Apple TV channel, or topic Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for in the search field. Explore sports (U.S. and Canada only) You can browse by sport or league, watch games, and get live scores and notifications for close games. 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap Sports at the top. 2. Do any of the following:

Browse by sport: Scroll down to browse the events of many sports, such as football, baseball, and basketball. To narrow your browsing, scroll down, then choose a sport. Watch a game: Tap the game. Choose your favorite teams: Scroll to the bottom, then tap Your Favorite Teams. Their games automatically appear in Up Next, and youll receive notifications about your favorite teams. To hide the scores of live games, go to Settings

> TV, then turn off Show Sports Scores. Use the Up Next queue Add an item to Up Next: Tap the item to see its details, then tap Add. Remove an item from Up Next: Touch and hold the item, then tap Remove from Up Next. Continue watching on another device: You can see your Up Next queue in Watch Now on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, or supported smart TV where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Watch shows and movies in the Apple TV app on iPad Play shows and movies from the Apple TV app TV channels play in the Apple TV app, while content from other providers plays in their video app. on iPad. Purchases, rentals, Apple TV+, and Apple Buy, rent, stream, or download shows and movies 1. Tap an item to see its details. 2. Choose any of the following options (not all options are available for all titles):

Watch Apple TV+ or Apple TV channels: Tap Play. If youre not a current subscriber, tap Try It Free (available for eligible Apple ID accounts) or Subscribe. Choose a different video app: If the title is available from multiple apps, scroll down to How To Watch, then choose an app. Buy or rent: Confirm your selection, then complete the payment. When you rent a movie, you have 30 days to start watching it. After you start watching the movie, you can play it as many times as you want for 48 hours, after which the rental period ends. When the rental period ends, the movie is deleted. Download: Tap iPad isnt connected to the internet. You can find the downloaded item in your Library and watch it even when Pre-order: Review the details, then tap Pre-Order. When the pre-ordered item becomes available, your payment method is billed, and you receive an email notification. If you turned on automatic downloads, the item is automatically downloaded to your iPad. Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. Control playback in the Apple TV app During playback, tap the screen to show the controls. Control Description Play Control Description Pause Skip backward 15 seconds; touch and hold to rewind Skip forward 15 seconds; touch and hold to fast-forward Change the aspect ratio; if you dont see the scaling control, the video already fits the screen perfectly Display subtitles and closed captions (if available) Stream the video to other devices Multitask with Picture in Picture; you can continue to watch the video while you use another app Stop playback Watch together with your friends on FaceTime Using SharePlay, you can stream movies and TV shows while on a FaceTime call with friends. With synced playback and controls, youll see everyone laugh, jump, and react to the same moments at the same time. The volume automatically adjusts, so you can keep talking while you watch. (Requires all FaceTime participants to have the Apple TV app and subscribe to Apple TV+.) See Use SharePlay to watch and listen together in FaceTime on iPad. Change the Apple TV app settings 1. Go to Settings

> TV. 2. Choose streaming options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit streaming to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Automatic. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Data Saver. High Quality requires a faster internet connection and uses more data. 3. Choose download options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit downloads to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. High Quality results in slower downloads and uses more data. Languages: Choose a language. Each added audio language increases the download size. To remove a language, swipe left on the language you want to remove, then tap Delete. The default language is the primary language for your country or region. If you turned on Audio Descriptions in Settings > Accessibility, audio descriptions are also downloaded. 4. To update your recommendations and Up Next queue based on what you watch on your iPad, turn on Use Play History. What you watch on your iPad affects your personalized recommendations and Up Next on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Remove a download 1. Tap Library, then tap Downloaded. 2. Tap Edit, select the item you want to remove, then tap Delete. Removing an item from iPad doesnt delete it from your purchases in iCloud. You can download the item to iPad again later. Voice Memos Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad With the Voice Memos app notes, classroom lectures, musical ideas, and more. You can fine-tune your recordings with editing tools like trim, replace, and resume.

, you can use iPad as a portable recording device to record personal Record voice memos using the built-in microphone, a supported headset, or an external microphone. When Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences, your recordings appear and update automatically on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Make a basic recording 1. To begin recording, tap

. 2. Tap Done to finish recording. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther from what youre recording. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings name and type a new one.

> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the To fine-tune your recording, see Edit a recording in Voice Memos. Note: For your privacy, when you use Voice Memos to make recordings, an orange dot appears at the top of your screen to indicate your microphone is in use. Use the advanced recording features You can make a recording in parts, pausing and resuming as you record. 1. To begin recording, tap

. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther away from what youre recording. To see more details while youre recording, swipe up from the top of the waveform. 2. Tap to stop recording; tap Resume to continue. 3. To review your recording, tap

. 4. To save the recording, tap Done. To change where playback begins, drag the playhead right or left across the small waveform at the bottom of the screen before you tap

. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings name and type a new one.

> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the To fine-tune your recording, see Edit a recording in Voice Memos. Mute the start and stop tones While recording, use the iPad volume down button to turn the volume all the way down. Use another app while recording While youre recording, you can use another app, as long as it doesnt play audio on your device. If the app starts playing or recording sound, Voice Memos stops recording. 1. While recording, you can go to the Home Screen and open another app. 2. To return to Voice Memos, tap the red bar at the top of the screen. If Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences, your recording is saved in iCloud and appears automatically on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using an external stereo microphone that works with iPad. Look for accessories marked with the Apple Made for iPad or Works with iPad logo. Play a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, tap a recording and use the playback controls to listen to it. Control Description Play Pause Skip backward 15 seconds Skip forward 15 seconds Tip: While the recording is open, you can tap its name to rename it. Change the playback speed You can play a recording at a faster or slower speed. 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to play. 2. Tap

, then drag the slider toward the tortoise for a slower speed, or toward the rabbit for a faster speed.]

3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Changing the playback speed doesnt change the recording itself, only how fast it plays. Enhance a recording When playing a recording, you can enhance it to reduce background noise and echo. 1. Tap the recording you want to enhance. 2. Tap

, then turn on Enhance Recording. 3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Turning on Enhance Recording doesnt change the recording itself, only how it sounds when you play it. Skip over gaps when playing back a recording Voice Memos can analyze your audio and automatically skip over gaps when playing it. 1. Tap the recording you want to play. 2. Tap

, then turn on Skip Silence. 3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Turning on Skip Silence doesnt change the recording itself, only how it sounds when you play it. Turn off the playback options To return all the playback options to their original settings, tap

, then tap Reset. Edit or delete a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app remove parts you dont want, record over parts, or replace an entire recording.

, you can use the editing tools to fine-tune your recordings. You can Trim the excess 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to edit, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Tap at the top right, then drag the yellow trim handles to enclose the section you want to keep or delete. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise editing. 3. To keep the selection (and delete the rest of the recording), tap Trim, or to delete the selection, To check your selection, tap

. tap Delete. 4. Tap Save, then tap Done. Replace a recording 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to replace, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Drag the waveform to position the playhead where you want to start recording new audio. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise placement. 3. Tap Replace to begin recording (the waveform turns red as you record). Tap to pause; tap Resume to continue. 4. To check your recording, tap

. 5. Tap Done to save the changes. Delete a recording Do one of the following:

In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, then tap Delete. Deleted recordings move to the Recently Deleted folder, where theyre kept for 30 days by default. To change how long deleted recordings are kept, go to Settings

> Voice Memos > Clear Deleted, then select an option. Recover or erase a deleted recording 1. Tap the Recently Deleted folder, then tap the recording you want to recover or erase. 2. Do any of the following:

Recover the selected recording: Tap Recover. Recover everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Recover All. Delete everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Delete All. Keep recordings up to date in Voice Memos on iPad With the Voice Memos app automatically on all your devices (where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences). and iCloud, your audio recordings appear and are kept up to date Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Voice Memos. Organize recordings in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app folders.

, you can mark recordings as favorites and organize your recordings into Note: Apple Watch recordings, recently deleted recordings, and favorites are grouped into Smart Foldersfolders that automatically gather files by type and subject matter. Mark recordings as favorites Do one of the following:

In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to mark as a favorite, then tap waveform on the right. above the Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, tap Move, then tap favorites. Recordings marked as favorites automatically appear in the Favorites folder. Organize recordings into folders You can group related recordings together into folders so you can locate them easily. 1. Tap Edit above the list of recordings. 2. Select one or more recordings, then tap Move. 3. If you want to create a new folder for the recordings, tap

, then type a name for the folder. 4. Tap the folder where you want to store the selected recordings. To view your folders, tap

; tap a folder to check its contents. To return to the list of recordings, tap All Recordings above the folders. Delete or reorder folders 1. Tap to go to the list of folders. 2. Tap Edit above the folders, then do any of the following:

Delete a folder: Tap next to the folder, then tap

. Change the order of the folders: Drag next to any folder. 3. Tap Done. Search for or rename a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can search for your recordings in the Voice Memos app

, and rename any recording. Search for a recording 1. Swipe down from the middle of the list of recordings to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field, enter part or all of the recording name, then tap Search. Rename a recording A recording is initially saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy. To change the name, tap the recording, tap the name, then type a new one. Share a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app device) via AirDrop, Messages, Mail, and more.

, you can share a recording with others (or send it to your Mac or another 1. Tap the recording you want to share, then tap

. 2. Choose a sharing option, select or enter a recipient, then tap Done or

. Duplicate a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app version of it. You can make changes to the copy, save it, and give it a new name.

, you can duplicate a recording, which is useful when you need another Tap a recording, tap above the waveform, then tap Duplicate. The duplicate appears right below the original version in the list and has copy added to its name. You can tap the name, then type a new one. Siri Ask Siri on iPad Talking to Siri is a quick way to get things done. Ask Siri to translate a phrase, set an alarm, find a location, report on the weather, and more. See Find out what Siri can do on iPad. On supported devices, audio of your requests is processed entirely on your iPad unless you choose to share it. You can choose to share your voice recordings with Apple for improvement purposes. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Improve Siri and Dictation & Privacy. For some requests, iPad must be connected to the internet. Cellular charges may apply. Set up Siri If you didnt set up Siri when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings of the following:

> Siri & Search, then do any If you want to summon Siri with your voice: Turn on Listen for Hey Siri. If you want to summon Siri with a button: Turn on Press Home for Siri (on an iPad with a Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (on other iPad models). To change additional Siri settings, see Change Siri settings on iPad. Summon Siri with your voice When you summon Siri with your voice, Siri responds out loud. 1. Say Hey Siri, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Hey Siri, whats the weather for today? or Hey Siri, set an alarm for 8 a.m. 2. To ask Siri another question or to do another task, say Hey Siri again or tap

. Note: To prevent iPad from responding to Hey Siri, place your iPad face down, or go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn off Listen for Hey Siri. You can also say Hey Siri to summon Siri while wearing AirPods. See <link to come> in the AirPods User Guide. Summon Siri with a button When you summon Siri with a button and iPad is muted, Siri responds silently. To change this, see Change how Siri responds. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the Home button. On other iPad models: Press and hold the top button. EarPods with Remote and Mic: (Sold separately) Press and hold the center or call button. 2. When Siri appears, ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Whats 18 percent of 225? or Set the timer for 3 minutes. 3. To ask Siri another question or to do another task, tap

. You can also summon Siri with a touch on AirPods. See <link to come> in the AirPods User Guide. Make a correction if Siri misunderstands you Rephrase your request: Tap

, then say your request in a different way. Spell out part of your request: Tap didnt understand. For example, say Call, then spell the persons name.

, then repeat your request by spelling out any words that Siri Change a message before sending it: Say Change it. Edit your request with text: If you see your request onscreen, you can edit it. Tap the request, then use the onscreen keyboard. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then use the keyboard and text field to ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Hey Siri isnt working on your iPhone or iPad. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Ask Siri, Dictation & Privacy. Find out what Siri can do on iPad Use Siri on iPad to get information and perform tasks. Siri and its response appear on top of what youre currently doing, allowing you to refer to information onscreen. Siri is interactive. When Siri displays a web link, you can tap it to see more information in your default web browser. When the onscreen response from Siri includes buttons or controls, you can tap them to take further action. And you can tap Siri again to ask another question or do an additional task for you. Below are some examples of what you can ask Siri to do. Additional examples appear throughout this guide. You can also ask Siri: Say something like Hey Siri, what can you do?

Use Siri to answer questions Siri can quickly check facts, do calculations, or translate a phrase into another language. Say something like:

Hey Siri, what causes a rainbow?

Hey Siri, what does a cat sound like?

Hey Siri, whats the derivative of cosine x?

Hey Siri, how do you say Thank You in Mandarin?

Use Siri with apps You can use Siri to control apps with your voice. Say something like:

Hey Siri, set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 to create an event in Calendar. Hey Siri, add artichokes to my groceries list to add an item to Reminders. Hey Siri, whats my update? o have Siri tell you about the weather in your area, the news, your reminders and calendar events, and more. For more examples, see any of the following:

Announce calls, messages, and more with Siri on iPad Use Siri to play music on iPad Control your home using Siri on iPad Use Siri, Maps, and the Maps widget to get directions on iPad Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Use Siri to share information with contacts You can share onscreen items like photos, webpages, content from Apple Music or Apple Podcasts, Maps locations, and more to people in your contacts. For example, when looking at a photo in your Photo library, say something like Hey Siri, send this to mom to create a new message with the photo. Personalize your experience with Siri The more you use Siri, the better it knows what you need. You can also tell Siri about yourself and change how and when Siri responds. See any of the following:

About Siri Suggestions on iPad Tell Siri about yourself on iPad Change Siri settings on iPad You can also use accessibility features with Siri. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Ask Siri, Dictation & Privacy. Tell Siri about yourself on iPad If you tell Siri about yourselfincluding things like your home and work addresses, and your relationshipsyou can get personalized service so you can say things like Send a message to my husband and FaceTime mom. Tell Siri who you are 1. Open Contacts

, then fill out your contact information. 2. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > My Information, then tap your name. Tell Siri about a relationship Say something like Hey Siri, Eliza Block is my wife or Hey Siri, Ashley Kamin is my mom. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices On each device, go to Settings

, then sign in with the same Apple ID. If you use iCloud, your Siri settings stay up to date across your Apple devices using end-to-end encryption. If you set up Hey Siri, a small sample of your requests also stay up to date using end-to-

end encryption to improve personalized Hey Siri recognition on each device. If you do not want Siri personalization to stay up to date across iPad and your devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn off Siri. Note: If you have Location Services turned on, the location of your device at the time you make a request will also be sent to Apple to help Siri and Dictation improve the accuracy of its response to your requests. To deliver relevant responses, Apple may use the IP address of your internet connection to approximate your location by matching it to a geographic region. See Control the location information you share on iPad. Announce calls, messages, and more with Siri on iPad Siri can announce calls and notifications from apps like Messages on supported headphones. You can answer or reply using your voice without needing to say Hey Siri. Announce Calls and Announce Messages also work with supported third-party apps. Have Siri announce calls With Announce Calls, Siri identifies incoming FaceTime calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > Announce Calls, then choose Always, Headphones & Car, or Headphones Only. 2. When a call comes in, Siri identifies the caller. Siri asks if you want to answer the call. Say yes to accept the call or no to decline it. Have Siri announce notifications Siri can automatically announce incoming notifications from apps like Messages and Reminders. Siri automatically enables app notifications for apps that use time sensitive notifications, but you can change the settings at any time. To learn more about time sensitive notifications, see Set up a Focus on iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > Announce Notifications, then turn on Announce Notifications. 2. Tap an app you want Siri to announce notifications from, then turn on Announce Notifications. For some apps, you can also choose whether to announce all notifications or only time sensitive notifications. For apps where you can send a reply, like Messages, Siri repeats what you said, then asks for confirmation before sending your reply. To send replies without waiting for confirmation, turn on Reply Without Confirmation. Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Some apps offer shortcuts for things you do frequently, so you can ask Siri to do them for you. For example, a travel app might let you view your upcoming trip event just by asking Siri Where am I going next?

Add a suggested shortcut Tap Add to Siri when you see a suggestion for a shortcut, then follow the onscreen instructions to record a phrase of your choice that performs the shortcut. You can also use the Shortcuts app to create a new shortcut that uses Siri, or to manage, re-record, and delete existing Siri shortcuts. See the Shortcuts User Guide. Use a shortcut Summon Siri, then speak your phrase for the shortcut. See Ask Siri on iPad. Based on your routines and how you use your apps, Siri also suggests shortcuts on the Home Screen, Lock Screen, and when you start a search. To turn off shortcut suggestions for an app, see Change Siri settings for a specific app. About Siri Suggestions on iPad Siri makes suggestions for what you might want to do next, such as confirm an appointment or send an email, based on your routines and how you use your apps. For example, Siri might help when you do any of the following:

Glance at the Lock Screen or start a search: As Siri learns your routines, you get suggestions for just what you need, at just the right time. Create email and events: When you start adding people to an email or calendar event, Siri suggests the people you included in previous emails or events. Leave for an event: If your calendar event includes a location, Siri assesses traffic conditions and notifies you when to leave. Type: As you enter text, Siri can suggest names of movies, placesanything you viewed on iPad recently. If you tell a friend youre on your way, Siri can even suggest your estimated arrival time. Search in Safari: Siri suggests websites and other information in the search field as you type.

(iPad Air 2 and later) Above the keyboard, Siri also suggests words and phrases based on what you were just reading. Confirm an appointment or book a flight on a travel website: (iPad Air 2 and later) Siri asks if you want to add it to your calendar. Read News stories: As Siri learns which topics youre interested in, theyll be suggested in News. To change the settings for Siri Suggestions, see Change Siri settings on iPad. Your personal informationwhich is encrypted and remains privatestays up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. As Siri learns about you on one device, your experience with Siri is improved on your other devices. If you dont want Siri personalization to update across your devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. See Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Apple Support article Siri Suggestions, Search & Privacy. Change Siri settings on iPad You can change the voice for Siri, prevent access to Siri when your device is locked, and more. For information about how to set up and use Siri, see Ask Siri on iPad. Change when Siri responds Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Prevent Siri from responding to the voice command Hey Siri: Turn off Listen for Hey Siri. Prevent Siri from responding to the Home button or the top button: Turn off Press Home for Siri

(on an iPad with a Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (on other iPad models). Prevent access to Siri when iPad is locked: Turn off Allow Siri When Locked. Change the language Siri responds to: Tap Language, then select a new language. You can also summon Siri by typing. See Type instead of speaking to Siri. Change how Siri responds Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Change the voice for Siri: (not available in all languages) Tap Siri Voice, then choose a different variety or voice. Change when Siri provides voice responses: Tap Siri Responses, then choose an option below Spoken Responses. Always see the response from Siri onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Siri Captions. See your request onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Speech. Hide apps when you summon Siri If you dont want the active app to remain visible behind Siri, go to Settings then turn off Show Apps Behind Siri.

> Accessibility > Siri, Change where Siri Suggestions appear Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn on or off any of the following:

Suggestions while Searching Suggestions on Lock Screen Suggestions on Home Screen Suggestions when Sharing See About Siri Suggestions on iPad. Change Siri settings for a specific app You can change which apps you can use with Siri, as well as the Siri Suggestions and Siri Shortcuts settings for any app. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then select an app. 2. Turn settings on or off. Adjust the Siri voice volume You can say something like, Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Or use the volume buttons. See Adjust the volume on iPad. Retrain Siri with your voice Go to Settings again.

> Siri & Search, turn off Listen for Hey Siri, then turn on Listen for Hey Siri To change Siri accessibility settings, see Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Hey Siri isnt working on your iPhone or iPad. Family Sharing Set up Family Sharing on iPad When you set up Family Sharing, family members can share purchases, subscriptions, locations, and morewithout sharing accounts. You can also set up parental controls for children. One adult family memberthe organizersets up a family sharing group and invites up to five other family members to participate. When family members join, they have instant access to the shared content. Family Sharing is available on eligible devices. See the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud. Create a Family Sharing group You only need to set up Family Sharing on one device. Then its available on all your devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your Family Sharing group. When you add an adult family member, you can designate them as a parent or guardian. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. 2. Tap a feature you want to set up for your Family Sharing group, then follow the onscreen instructions. Depending on the features you choose, you may be asked to set up a subscription. If you choose to share App Store, music, movie, TV, and book purchases with your family members, you agree to pay for any purchases they initiate while part of the Family Sharing group. Adult and teen family members can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. You can see what youre sharing with your family and adjust sharing settings at any time. Features you share with your family appear above those you havent shared. What you can do with Family Sharing With a Family Sharing group, you can set up or share the following:

Apple and App Store subscriptions: You can share Apple subscriptions, including iCloud+, and App Store subscriptions. See Share subscriptions and iCloud storage with family members. Purchases: You can share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. See Download family members purchases. Locations: When you share your location with family members, they can use the Find My app see your location and help locate a missing device. See Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad. to Apple Card and Apple Cash: You can share Apple Card with trusted members of your Family Sharing group or set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only). Parental controls: You can manage your childrens purchases and how they use their Apple devices. See Set up Screen Time through Family Sharing. Add or remove members from your Family Sharing group on iPad In a Family Sharing group, the organizer can add family members who have an Apple ID. The organizer, a parent, or a guardian can add a child to the group and create an Apple ID for them. The organizer can remove members or disband the group, and family members who arent teens with parental controls or children or can remove themselves. Children need to be moved to another Family Sharing group if you remove them from your group or disband the group. See Move a child to another group using Family Sharing. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Add a family member with an Apple ID The organizer of the Family Sharing group can add a family member who has their own Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap Add Member. 2. Tap Invite People, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can send the invitation using AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. If youre near the family member, you can also tap Invite in Person and ask the family member to enter their Apple ID and password on your device. Create an Apple ID for a child If a child is too young to create their own Apple ID, the organizer, a parent, or a guardian can add the child to the Family Sharing group and create an Apple ID for them. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Do one of the following:

If youre the organizer: Tap Add Member, tap Create an Account for a Child, then follow the onscreen instructions. If youre a parent or guardian: Tap Add Child, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about child accounts and the age at which a child can create their own Apple ID, see the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. Remove a member from a family group The organizer of a Family Sharing group can remove other members. When a family member is removed, they immediately lose access to any shared content. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap [members name], then tap Remove [members name] from Family. Leave a Family Sharing group When you leave a Family Sharing group, you stop sharing your purchases and subscriptions with family members and immediately lose access to any content theyve shared. Note: The organizer cant leave the Family Sharing group. If you want to change the organizer, you must disband the group, and have another adult create a new one. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap [your name], then tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Disband a Family Sharing group The organizer can disband a family group. When a Family Sharing group is disbanded, all members immediately lose access to the shared content. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > [your name]. 2. Tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group, you can share Apple subscriptions and eligible App Store subscriptions with other family members. If your Family Sharing group has purchase sharing turned on, any subscriptions shared with the group are billed directly to the organizers Apple ID account. Not all services are available in all countries or regions, and some selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time. Share Apple subscriptions 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap a subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. See any of the following to learn more. Apple Arcade: See Get apps in the App Store on iPad. All members of your family can download and play Apple Arcade games from the App Store. Each player gets a personalized account your progress is carried over between devices. Apple Fitness+: See All about Apple Fitness+ in the Apple Watch User Guide. All members of your family can access workouts in the Fitness app on their iPhone or iPad. Apple Music: See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad. Each family member gets their own music library and personal recommendations. Apple News+: See Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad. All members of your family can read Apple News+ publications for no additional charge. Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels: See Set up the Apple TV app on iPad. Each family member can watch on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, using their own Apple ID and password. iCloud+: See Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad. When you share iCloud+, all family members have access to iCloud+ features and storage. For storage, you only share the spaceyour photos and documents stay private and everyone keeps using their own accounts. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One. Share App Store subscriptions You can choose which eligible App Store information about the App Store, see Get apps in the App Store on iPad. subscriptions you share with family members. For 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Subscriptions. 2. Do either of the following:

Share all new subscriptions: Turn on Share New Subscriptions. When you purchase a new subscription thats eligible for sharing, its shared with your family members by default. Change the settings of a specific subscription: Tap a subscription, then turn Share with Family on or off. If you dont see Share with Family, the subscription is not eligible for sharing. To see which subscriptions youre already sharing, go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. You can also share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases with family members. See Download family members purchases on iPad. Download family members purchases on iPad When you set up Family Sharing, you and up to five family members can share iTunes Store, App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. When your family shares App Store, music, movie, TV, and book purchases, all items are billed directly to the family organizers Apple ID account. Adult and teen family members can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad. Once purchased, an item is added to the initiating family members account and eligible purchases are shared with the rest of the family. 4. Tap a category (for example, Music) at the top of the screen, tap a purchased item, then tap to Download shared purchases from the iTunes Store 1. Open the iTunes Store

, then tap Purchased. 2. Tap My Purchases at the top left. 3. Choose a family member. download it. Download shared purchases from the App Store 1. Open the App Store

. 2. Tap or your profile pictureat the top right. 3. Tap Purchased, choose a family member, then tap next to a purchased item to download it. Download shared purchases from Apple Books 1. Open the Books app

. 2. Tap

, or your profile picture, at the top right. 3. Tap the name of a family member under Family Purchases, then tap a category (for example, Books or Audiobooks). 4. Tap All, Recent Purchases, or a genre, then tap next to a purchased item to download it. Download shared purchases from the Apple TV app 1. Open the Apple TV app

. 2. Tap Library, tap Family Sharing, then choose a family member. 3. Tap a category (for example, TV Shows or Movies) or a genre, tap a purchased item, then tap to download it. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books. You can also share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members. Stop sharing purchases with your family members on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer can turn on purchase sharing. Any purchases family members make from the iTunes Store, the App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV are billed directly to the organizers Apple ID account. If adult and teen family members dont want to share purchases and billing information with family members, they can turn off purchase sharing for themselves. Note: The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Purchase Sharing, then turn off Share Purchases with Family. If the organizer wants to turn off purchase sharing entirely, they can tap Stop Purchase Sharing. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books. Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad With Family Sharing, you can share your location with members of your Family Sharing group and help them find lost devices. When the family organizer sets up location sharing in Family Sharing settings, the organizers location is automatically shared with everyone in the family. Then, family members can choose whether or not to share their location. Share your location with family members When you share locations with your family, they can see your location in Find My. You can also get notified when family members change their locationsfor example, if a child leaves school during school hours. Note: To share your location, you must have Location Services turned on in Settings Control the location information you share on iPad.

> Privacy. See 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing > Location Sharing, then turn on Share My Location. Location. 2. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, tap Use This iPad as My Location. 3. Tap the name of a family member you want to share your location with, then tap Share My You can repeat this step for each family member you want to share your location with. Each family member receives a message that youre sharing your location and can choose to share their location with you. 4. To stop sharing your location with a family member, tap the name of the family member, then tap Stop Sharing My Location. Locate a family members device After you share your location with members of your Family Sharing group, they can help locate a missing device that you added to the Find My app. See Locate a device in Find My on iPad. Your devices are at the top of the list, and your family members devices are below yours. You can also use Find My iPhone on iCloud.com to locate a family members missing device. See Locate a device in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only) You can use Family Sharing with Wallet. The organizer of the Family Sharing group can set up an Apple Cash account for a child. They can also share Apple Card with trusted members of their Family Sharing group. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Set up Apple Cash Family The Family organizer can set up Apple Cash Family for a child in Family Sharing settings, and use Wallet to see the card balance, monitor transactions, and limit who the child can send money to. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Apple Cash, then do one of the following:

If there isnt a child in your family group: Tap Add Child or Create A Child Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. If there is a child in your family group: Tap the childs name, tap Set Up Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about system requirements and how to manage Apple Cash accounts, see the Apple Support article Set up and use Apple Cash Family. You can also turn on Ask to Buy, so children must receive approval for purchases or free downloads. See Turn on Ask to Buy for a child. Set up Apple Card Family The Family organizer can invite one eligible member of their Family Sharing group who is 18 years or older to co-own Apple Card. Members of the Family Sharing group who are 13 years or older can be added as participants. 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Card. 2. Tap Share My Card, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about what owners, co-owners, and participants can do with Apple Card, see the Apple Support article Set up Apple Card Family and add a co-owner and participants. Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing, the organizer can set up parental controls for children in the Family Sharing group. You can use Screen Time to manage how your children use their Apple devices. You can also turn on Ask to Buy, so children must receive approval for purchases or free downloads. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Set up Screen Time for a child When you set up Screen Time for a child, you can manage settings for downtime, allowances for app use, the contacts your child communicates with, content ratings, and more. To use Screen Time, your child must be using an eligible device. See the Screen Time section in the Apple Support article System Requirements for iCloud. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > Screen Time. 2. Tap the name of a family member, tap Turn on Screen Time, then follow the onscreen instructions. For information about Screen Time settings, see Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a child with Family Sharing and you forget the family Screen Time passcode, you can reset it. See the Apple Support article If you forgot your Screen Time passcode. Turn on Ask to Buy for a child When you set up Ask to Buy, a childs purchases must be approved by the family organizer or a parent or guardian in the family group. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Ask To Buy, then do one of the following:

If there isnt a child in your family group: Tap Add Child or Create A Child Account, then follow the onscreen instructions. If there is a child in your family group: Tap the childs name, then turn on Ask To Buy. Note: Age restrictions for Ask To Buy vary by region. In the United States, the family organizer can turn on Ask To Buy for any family member under age 18; for children under age 13, its turned on by default. For more information, see the Apple Support article Approve what kids buy with Ask to Buy. You can also set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only). For information about child accounts in Family Sharing, see the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. Screen Time Keep track of your screen time on iPad You can use Screen Time to get information about how you and your family members spend time on your deviceswhich apps and websites you use, how often you pick up your device, and more. You can use this information to help you make decisions about managing the time you spend on devices. You can also schedule time away from your screen, set time limits for app use, and more. Turn on Screen Time Before you can view your app and device usage, you need to turn on Screen Time. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, then tap Continue. 3. Tap This is My iPad if youre setting up Screen Time for yourself on your iPad. If youre setting up Screen Time for your child (or family member), tap This is My Childs iPad. 4. To use Screen Time on all your Apple devices, swipe up and turn on Share Across Devices. If youve set up Family Sharing, you can turn on Screen Time for a family member through Family Sharing on your device. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad. View your Screen Time report After you turn on Screen Time, you can view a report of your device use with information including how much time you spend using certain kinds of apps, how often you pick up your iPad and other devices, what apps send you the most notifications, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap See All Activity, then tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use, or tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. Use the Screen Time widget to check your device use at a glance To keep track of your device use from the Home Screen, add a widget to your Home Screen for Screen Time. The widget displays information from your Screen Time summarythe larger the widget you add, the more information it displays. You can quickly check your device use by glancing at the widget. If you set up Screen Time for family members through Family Sharing, you can tap the widget to see a list of the people in your family group, Tap the name of a family member whose report you want to view. Use Screen Time on all your devices To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device and Share Across Devices is turned on. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Swipe up, then turn on Share Across Devices. Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad With Screen Time, you can manage your app use, schedule time away from your devices, and more. You can change or turn off any of these settings at any time. Schedule time away from the screen In Screen Time, you can block apps and notifications for periods when you want time away from your devices. For example, you might want to schedule downtime during meals or at bedtime. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Downtime, then turn on Downtime. 3. Select Every Day or Customize Days, then set the start and end times. Turn on downtime on demand During downtime, only calls, messages, and apps you choose to allow are available. You can receive calls from contacts youve selected to allow communication with during downtime, and you can use apps youve chosen to allow at all times. When you turn on downtime on demand, a five-minute reminder is sent before downtime is turned on. It stays on until the end of the day, or until the beginning of your scheduled downtime, if youve scheduled it. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Downtime, then tap Turn On Downtime Until Tomorrow, or Turn On Downtime Until Schedule

(if Scheduled is turned on). To turn off downtime on demand, tap Turn Off Downtime. Note: You can also turn on downtime on demand for a family member, either directly on their device, or through Family Sharing on your device. Set limits for app use You can set a time limit for a category of apps (for example, Games or Social Networking) and for individual apps. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap App Limits, then tap Add Limit. 3. Select one or more app categories. To set limits for individual apps, tap the category name to see all the apps in that category, then select the apps you want to limit. If you select multiple categories or apps, the time limit you set applies to all of them. 4. Tap Next, then set the amount of time allowed. To set an amount of time for each day, tap Customize Days, then set limits for specific days. 5. When you finish setting limits, tap Add. To temporarily turn off all app limits, tap App Limits on the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn off a time limit for a specific category, tap the category, then turn off App Limit. To remove a limit for a category, tap the category, then tap Delete Limit. Set communication limits In Screen Time, you can either allow or block communicationincluding incoming and outgoing phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom certain contacts in iCloud, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud, go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. 2. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 3. Tap Communication Limits, tap During Screen Time, then select one of the following for communication at all times (other than downtime):

Contacts Only: To allow communication only with your contacts. Contacts & Groups with at Least One Contact: To allow one-on-one conversations only with people in your contacts and group conversations that include at least one person in your contacts. Everyone: To allow conversations with anyone, including unknown numbers. 4. Tap Back at the top left, then tap During Downtime. The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To select contacts to allow communication with during Downtime. Add New Contact: To add a person to your contacts and allow communication with that person during downtime. If someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings tries to call you or send you a message, their communication wont go through. If you try to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings, their name or number appears in red in your list of recent calls or messages, and your communication wont go through. You can communicate with them when the communication limit is changed. If the limit applies only to downtime, you receive a Time Limit message. You can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To resume communication with contacts who are blocked by your Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Choose apps and contacts you want to allow at all times In Screen Time, you can specify apps that can be used, and contacts you can communicate with, at all timeseven during downtime (for example, in the event of an emergency). 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Always Allowed. 2. Below Allowed Apps, tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the Allowed Apps list. 3. To specify contacts you want to allow communication with, tap Contacts. The option you selected in Communication Limits appears here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To select specific people to allow communication with. Add New Contact: To add a new contact and allow communication with that person. 4. Tap Back at the top left. Set content and privacy restrictions You can block inappropriate content and set restrictions for iTunes Store and App Store purchases. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, then tap options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and so on. You can also set a passcode thats required before changing settings. 3. Select options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and more. Note: To restrict SharePlay apps in FaceTime calls, go to Content & Privacy Restrictions > Allowed Apps, then turn off SharePlay. To allow SharePlay, turn it on. To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Share Across Devices is turned on. Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad Screen Time lets you see how family members are using their devices, so you can structure the time they spend on them. You can set up Screen Time for a family member on their device or, if youve set up Family Sharing, you can set up Screen Time for a family member on your device. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad and the Apple Support article Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child. Set downtime and app limits on a family members device 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. To schedule downtime for your family member (time away from the screen), enter the start and end times, then tap Set Downtime. 4. To set limits for categories of apps you want to manage (for example, Games or Social Networking), select the categories. To see all the categories, tap Show All Categories. 5. Tap Set, enter an amount of time, then tap Set App Limit. 6. Tap Continue, then enter a Screen Time passcode for managing your family members Screen Time settings. Note: You can also turn on downtime on demand for a family member, either directly on their device, or through Family Sharing on your device (if youve set up Family Sharing). Set communication limits on a family members device You can block incoming and outgoing communication on your family members deviceincluding phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom specific contacts, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud on your family members device, go to Settings

> [childs name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Note: You can only manage your family members communication if theyre using Contacts in iCloud. 2. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 3. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 4. Tap Communication Limits, then do any of the following:

Limit communication at any time: Tap During Screen Time, then select Contacts Only, Contacts

& Groups with at Least One Contact, or Everyone. Limit communication during downtime: Tap During Downtime. The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts. If you select Specific Contacts, tap either Choose From My Contacts or Add New Contact to select people you want to allow communication with during downtime. Manage a childs contacts: If youre using Family Sharing, you can manage your childs contacts. Tap Manage [childs name] Contacts. If your child already has contacts in iCloud, they receive a notification on their device asking them to approve the request to manage them. If they dont have contacts, they dont get a notification and you can immediately add contacts. When you manage your childs contacts, a new row appears beneath Manage [childs name]

Contacts to show how many contacts they have. You can view and edit those contacts by tapping that row. Allow contact editing: Tap Allow Contact Editing to turn off this option and prevent your child from editing their contacts. Turning off contact editing and limiting communication at any time to Contacts Only is a good way to control who your child can communicate with and when they can be contacted. If someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings tries to call your family member (by phone or FaceTime), or send them a message, their communication wont go through. If your family member tries to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings, the recipients name or number appears in red with a Screen Time hourglass icon, and the communication wont go through. If the limit applies only to downtime, your family member receives a Time Limit message and can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To allow your family member to communicate with contacts who are blocked by the Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Choose which apps to allow at all times on a family members device You can set which apps you want your family member to be able to use at any time. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings > Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the list. Note: If your family member needs health or accessibility apps, make sure theyre in the Allowed Apps list. If Messages isnt always allowed, your family member may not be able to send or receive messages (including to emergency numbers and contacts) during downtime or after the app limit has expired. Set content and privacy restrictions on a family members device You can help ensure that the content on your family members device is age appropriate by limiting the explicitness ratings in Content & Privacy Restrictions. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 4. Choose specific content and privacy options, then tap

. Note: To restrict SharePlay in FaceTime calls, go to Content & Privacy Restrictions > Allowed Apps, then turn off SharePlay. To allow SharePlay, turn it on. To prevent changes to the maximum headphone volume, tap Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. See Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings. Add or change Screen Time settings for a family member later To add or change Screen Time settings later, follow the steps described in Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad. Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member on their device (not through Family Sharing), and you forget the Screen Time passcode, you can use your Apple ID to reset it. However, if you set up Screen Time for a family member on your device through Family Sharing and you forget your Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. Get a report of your device use on iPad When you have Screen Time set up, you can get a report of your device use. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap See All Activity, then do any of the following:

Tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use. Tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. You can also view your summary by tapping a Screen Time Weekly Report notification when one appears on your screen. (If the notification disappears, you can find it in Notification Center. Alternatively, you can add a widget for Screen Time to the Home Screen. Apple Pay Set up Apple Pay on iPad Set up Apple Pay to make secure payments in apps and on websites that support Apple Pay. In Messages, you can send and receive money from friends and family or make purchases using Business Chat. Add a credit or debit card 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap Add Cards. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. 3. Do one of the following:

Add a new card: Position iPad so that your card appears in the frame, or enter the card details manually. Add your previous cards: Select the card associated with your Apple ID, cards you use with Apple Pay on your other devices, or cards that you removed. Tap Continue, then enter the CVV number of each card. Alternatively, you may be able to add your card from the app of the bank or card issuer. The card issuer determines whether your card is eligible for Apple Pay, and may ask you for additional information to complete the verification process. View the information for a card and change its settings 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap a card, then do any of the following:

Tap Transactions to view your recent history. To hide this information, turn off Transaction History. To view all your Apple Pay activity, see the statement from your card issuer. View the last four digits of the card number and Device Account Numberthe number transmitted to the merchant. Change the billing address. Remove the card from Apple Pay. Change your Apple Pay settings 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Do any of the following:

Set your default card. Add the shipping address and contact information for purchases. Remove your cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen If you enabled Find My iPhone, you can use it to help locate and secure your iPad. To remove your cards from Apple Pay, do any of the following:

On a Mac or PC: Sign in to your Apple ID account. In the Devices section, click the lost iPad. Below the list of cards, click Remove all. On another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Go to Settings tap Remove All Cards (below Apple Pay).

> [your name], tap the lost iPad, then Call the issuers of your cards. If you remove cards, you can add them again later. If you sign out of iCloud in Settings > [your name], all your credit and debit cards for Apple Pay are removed from iPad. You can add the cards again the next time you sign in. Note: The availability of Apple Pay and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. Use Apple Pay in apps, App Clips, and Safari on iPad You can make purchases using Apple Pay in apps, in App Clips, and on the web using Safari wherever you see the Apple Pay button. Pay in an app, in an App Clip, or on the web 1. During checkout, tap the Apple Pay button. 2. Review the payment information. You can change the credit card, billing and shipping addresses, and contact information. 3. Complete the payment:

On an iPad with Touch ID: Authenticate with Touch ID or enter your passcode. On an iPad with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then glance at iPad to authenticate with Face ID, or enter your passcode. Change your default shipping and contact information 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Set any of the following:

Shipping address Email Phone Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only) When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash. You can use Apple Cash right away wherever you would use Apple Pay. You can also transfer your Apple Cash balance to your bank account. Set up Apple Cash Do any of the following:

Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then turn on Apple Cash. In Messages, send or accept a payment. See Send and receive money with Apple Pay on iPad

(U.S. only). Use Apple Cash You can use Apple Cash wherever you use Apple Pay:

Send and receive money with Apple Pay (U.S. only) Pay in apps or on the web using Apple Pay Manage your Apple Cash 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash. 2. Do any of the following:

Add money from a debit card. Transfer money to your bank. See the Apple Support article Transfer money in Apple Cash to your bank account or Visa debit card. Update your bank account information. Tap Transactions to view your history and details (including comments sent with payments), manually accept or reject individual payments, and request a statement. Choose to manually or automatically accept all payments. You have 7 days to manually accept a payment before its returned to the sender. Verify your identity for account servicing and to increase your transaction limits. Contact Apple Support. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Set up and use Apple Card on iPad (U.S. only) Apple Card is a credit card created by Apple and designed to help you lead a healthier financial life. You can sign up for Apple Card on iPad in minutes and start using it with Apple Pay right away in stores, in apps, or online worldwide. Apple Card gives you easy-to-understand, real-time views of your latest transactions and balance, and Apple Card support is available anytime by simply sending a text from Messages. Get Apple Card 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Add Card, then tap Apply for Apple Card. 2. Enter your information, then agree to the terms and conditions to submit your application. 3. Review the details of your Apple Card offer, including the credit limit and APR, then accept Apple Card or tap No Thanks to decline. 4. If you accept the terms, you can do any of the following:

Set Apple Card as your default card for Apple Pay transactions. Get a physical Apple Card to use where Apple Pay isnt accepted. Use Apple Card On iPad, you can use Apple Card to make Apple Pay purchases in apps or on the web. You can also use Apple Card at locations where Apple Pay isnt accepted:

In apps, on the web, or over the phone: Go to Settings then tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code. Use this information to make your purchase.

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, In stores, restaurants, and other locations: Use the physical card. View transactions and statements Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Review your transactions: Tap Transactions, then review your latest transactions, or scroll down to see all your transactions grouped by year. Get monthly statements: Tap Card Balance to see the balance, new spending, and payments and credits. Scroll down to see your monthly statements. Tap a statement to see the summary for that month, download a PDF statement, or export transactions to a CSV or OFX file. Make payments Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Schedule payments: Tap Scheduled Payments, choose Pay My Bill or Pay Different Amount, enter the payment details (such as the account and date), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. Make a one-time payment: Tap Make a Payment, drag the checkmark to adjust the payment amount or tap Show Keypad to enter an amount, tap Pay Now or Pay Later, review the payment details (such as the payment account), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. View Apple Card details, change settings, contact support, and more Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

View family members who share your card. Review scheduled payments. View card information. View credit details. Add or remove linked bank accounts. Lock your physical card and request a replacement card. Change the billing address. Get support through Messages, by phone, or on the Apple Card Support website. Accessories Accessories included with iPad Use the included power adapter and charging cable to connect iPad to a power outlet and charge the battery. The size and type of the adapter depends on your iPad model and your country or region. You can also use the charging cable to connect iPad to your computer for charging, transferring files, using iPad as a second display for your Mac, and more. USB-C Power Adapter USB power adapter USB-C Charge Cable Lightning to USB-C Cable Lightning to USB Cable SIM eject tool (cellular models) Insert the SIM eject tool into the small hole of the SIM card tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). (Not available in all countries or regions.) AirPods and other headphones Set up AirPods with iPad Set up AirPods to listen to music, movies, text messages, and more. You can also use AirPods to make and answer FaceTime calls with your iPad. Note: If you need to charge your AirPods before setup, see Charge AirPods to use with iPad. Pair AirPods with your iPad 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 2. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 3. Do one of the following:

AirPods Max: Press the noise control button on the right headphone, then hold AirPods Max next to your iPad (iPadOS 14.3 or later). AirPods Pro or AirPods (1st and 2nd generation): Open the case with your AirPods inside, then hold it next to your iPad. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Done. Your AirPods are automatically paired with all of your supported devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID (iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, watchOS 3, or later required). Note: If you cant pair your AirPods, see the Apple Support article If your AirPods wont connect. Find the best fit (AirPods Pro) To see which of the included ear tips provide the best seal, run the fit detection test. 1. Open the AirPods case. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods. 4. Tap Ear Tip Fit Test, tap Continue, then follow the onscreen instructions. Connect AirPods Max with an audio cable To connect your AirPods Max to iPad with a cable instead of wirelessly, do one of the following:

iPad models that include a headphone jack: Use an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Audio Cable to connect the charging port on your AirPods Max to the headphone jack on your iPad. Other models: Connect an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Audio Cable to the charging port on your AirPods Max, connect an Apple Lightning to 3.5 mm Headphone Jack Adapter to the charging port on your iPad, then join the two 3.5 mm audio connectors. Note: If the audio connection isnt working, ensure that the Headphone Jack Adapter is connected to the charging port of your iPad, not to your AirPods Max. With AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, and AirPods (2nd generation), you can also amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies to suit your hearing. See Set headphone accommodations. Charge AirPods to use with iPad Charge AirPods Max Connect AirPods Max to a power outlet using a Lightning to USB Cable and a compatible power adapter. Note: To help maintain the battery charge when youre not using AirPods Max, put AirPods Max in sleep mode by placing them in the Smart Case. (You cant play audio on AirPods Max when theyre in the Smart Case.) See the Apple Support article How to charge your AirPods Max and learn about battery life. Charge AirPods Pro or AirPods (1st and 2nd generation) 1. Put the AirPods in their case. 2. Close the lid. AirPods shut down and charge whenever theyre in the case with the lid closed. To charge the case, do one of the following:

Connect the case to a power outlet using a Lightning to USB Cable and a compatible power adapter. If you have AirPods with Wireless Charging Case or AirPods Pro, place the case with the status light facing up on the center of a MagSafe wireless charger or a Qi-certified charger. See the Apple Support article Charge your AirPods and learn about battery life. To see how much charge your AirPods have left, check the Batteries widget. See Add a Batteries widget to monitor your Home Screen. Start and stop iPad audio playback with AirPods AirPods sense when youre wearing them, and they automatically play or stop the audio from your iPad. To pause, resume, or skip audio playback, you can use the Digital Crown on AirPods Max, the Force Sensor on AirPods Pro, and taps on AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Hear whats playing on your iPad AirPods Max: Place AirPods Max on your head. AirPods Pro and AirPods (1st and 2nd generation): Put one or both AirPods in your ears. Stop the audio AirPods Max: Remove AirPods Max from your head. AirPods Pro and AirPods (1st and 2nd generation): Remove both AirPods from your ears, or if youre wearing just one, remove it. Pause the audio AirPods Max: Press the Digital Crown once. Press it again to play. You can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. You can also use the Digital Crown to answer and end calls, ask for Siri, and end the reading of a new message. AirPods Pro: Press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. To resume playback, press again. If you press the Force Sensor for too long, a chime sounds, and the noise control mode changes. You can also use the Force Sensor to answer and end calls, ask for Siri, change the noise control mode, and end the reading of a new message. AirPods Pro and AirPods (1st and 2nd generation): While listening with both AirPods, remove one. When you return it to your ear, playback resumes automatically. AirPods: (1st and 2nd generation) You can set either of your AirPods to pause when you double-

tap it, then resume play when you double-tap it again. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Skip tracks AirPods Max: To skip forward, double-press the Digital Crown quickly. To skip backward, triple-

press the Digital Crown quickly. AirPods Pro: To skip forward, double-press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. To skip backward, triple-press the sensor. AirPods: (2nd generation) To skip forward, double-tap either of your AirPods. You can set either of them to skip backward when you double-tap it. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). AirPods: (1st generation) You can set either of your AirPods to skip forward or backward when you double-tap it. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). If you dont want AirPods to automatically play and stop the audio, you can turn off Automatic Head Detection or Automatic Ear Detection. Change the AirPods volume while listening to iPad Change the volume for your AirPods Do one of the following:

Summon Siri, then say something like Turn down the volume. Use either volume button on the side of iPad. Drag the volume slider in an apps playback controls. Open Control Center, then drag the volume slider. Drag the volume slider on the Lock Screen. Turn the Digital Crown (AirPods Max). You can change which turn direction increases the volume (iPadOS 14.3 or later). You can also use the Digital Crown to stop and start audio playback, answer and end calls, ask for Siri, and end the reading of a new message. For information about protecting your hearing from loud volume while listing to AirPods with iPad, see Use headphone audio-level features on iPad. Make and answer calls with AirPods on iPad You can make and answer FaceTime calls with AirPods that are paired with your iPad. Make and answer calls with AirPods Max Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. Or press and hold the Digital Crown, wait for a chime, then make your request. Answer or end a call: Press the Digital Crown. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Note: While on a call, you can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. Make and answer calls with AirPods Pro Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. You can also set either of your AirPods to summon Siri when you press and hold the Force Sensor. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods Pro. Answer or end a call: Press the Force Sensor on either of your AirPods. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Make and answer calls with AirPods (2nd generation) Make a call: Say Hey Siri, then say something like Make a FaceTime call. You can also set either of your AirPods to summon Siri with a double tap. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Answer or end a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods. Note: If you turn on Announce Calls with Siri, you can also answer or decline a call using your voice (iPadOS 14.5 or later). Make and answer calls with AirPods (1st generation) Make a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods to summon Siri, wait for a chime, then make your request. Answer or end a call: Double-tap either of your AirPods. Switch AirPods between iPad and other devices When your other iOS and iPadOS devices are signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, your AirPods seamlessly connect to whichever device youre listening to. (On supported AirPods and Beats headphones; iOS 14, iPadOS 14, or later required; iOS 14.3, iPadOS 14.3, or later required for AirPods Max.) For example, if youre listening to your iPhone with AirPods but you want to listen to your iPad instead, start playing music, a podcast, or other audio on your iPadyour AirPods switch to iPad. Switch AirPods back to your iPad If your AirPods switch from your iPad to another device but you want them to stay connected to your iPad, tap

(in the Moved to notice at the top of the iPad screen). To stop AirPods from automatically switching between devices, go to Settings information button Connected to This iPad.

> Bluetooth, tap the next to the name of your AirPods, tap Connect to This iPad, then tap When Last Choose between AirPods and other playback devices for your iPad audio 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 2. Select your AirPods or another device. Use Siri with AirPods on iPad You can use Siri with your AirPods to ask questions and do tasks. Summon Siri with your voice (AirPods Max, AirPods Pro, and AirPods 2nd generation) While wearing AirPods, say Hey Siri, then ask Siri a question or to do a task for you. For example, say something like Hey Siri, hows the weather today? or Hey Siri, lets hear the Acoustic playlist. Note: If you didnt set up Hey Siri, go to Settings Siri.

> Siri & Search, then turn on Listen for Hey Summon Siri with the Digital Crown (AirPods Max) Press and hold the Digital Crown, wait for a chime, then make your request. Summon Siri with the Force Sensor or by double-tapping (AirPods Pro or AirPods 2nd generation) You can set AirPods Pro to summon Siri when you press and hold the Force Sensor, and you can set your AirPods (2nd generation) to summon Siri when you double-tap one of your AirPods. 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods. 4. Select Left or Right, then choose Siri. Summon Siri with a double tap (AirPods 1st generation) Double-tap either of your AirPods, wait for a chime, then make your request. Note: By default, a double tap on either of your AirPods (1st generation) summons Siri, but you can change this behavior in Settings. See Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation). Listen and respond to messages with AirPods on iPad With Announce Messages, you can listen to your messages with your AirPods (not available on AirPods 1st generation; iPadOS 14.3 or later required for AirPods Max). When your iPad is locked, your AirPods are connected to it, and a message arrives, a chime sounds and Siri begins to read the message. Reply to a message Say something like Reply thats great news. Siri repeats what you said, then asks for confirmation before sending your reply. (To send replies without waiting for confirmation, go to Settings Reply without Confirmation.)

> Siri & Search > Announce Messages, then turn on Stop Siri from reading a message You can do any of the following:

Say something like Stop or Cancel. Press the Digital Crown (AirPods Max). Note: While listening to a message, you can turn the Digital Crown to change the volume. Press either Force Sensor (AirPods Pro). Double-tap either of your AirPods (2nd generation). Remove one of your AirPods (AirPods Pro and AirPods 2nd generation). If you didnt turn on Announce Messages when you set up your AirPods, go to Settings Search > Announce Messages, then turn on Announce Messages with Siri.

> Siri &

Share audio with AirPods and Beats headphones from iPad While you wear AirPods or compatible Beats headphones, you can share what youre listening to with a friend whos also wearing AirPods or compatible Beats headphones. Both sets of headphones must be paired with iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. (On supported models; iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later required; iOS 14.3, iPadOS 14.3, or later required for AirPods Max.) Start sharing audio when your friends headphones are in their charging case Your AirPods or Beats headphones should be connected to your iPad, and your friends AirPods Pro, AirPods (1st and 2nd generation), or Beats headphones should be inside their charging case. 1. While youre wearing your headphones, move your iPad close to your friends open charging case. 2. On your iPad, tap Temporarily Share Audio. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Share audio with your friends AirPods Max or Beats over-ear headphones Your AirPods or Beats headphones should be connected to your iPad. 1. While youre wearing your headphones, move your iPad close to your friends headphones. 2. Do one of the following:

If your friend has AirPods Max: Ask your friend to press the noise control button on the right headphone. If your friend has Beats over-ear headphones: Ask your friend to turn them on, then briefly press (for less than 1 second) the power button on their headphones. 3. On your iPad, tap Temporarily Share Audio, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share audio when your friend is wearing AirPods or Beats headphones If your friend is wearing AirPods or Beats headphones connected to their iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, you can share the audio thats playing on your iPad. 1. Wear your AirPods or Beats headphones. 2. On your iPad, tap on the Lock Screen, in Control Center, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 3. Tap Share Audio (below the name of your headphones). 4. Bring your iPad close to your friends iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 5. Tap Share Audio on your iPad. 6. Ask your friend to tap Join on their device. Change the volume or noise control modes If you and a friend use AirPods or Beats headphones to share audio from your iPad, you can set a different volume level for each set of headphones. When the headphones support noise control, you can also choose a different noise control mode for each set. 1. On your iPad, open Control Center, then touch and hold the volume control. 2. To change the volume, drag the volume sliders. 3. To change a noise control mode (AirPods Max and AirPods Pro), tap one of the Noise Control buttons at the bottom of the screen, then choose an option. Stop sharing audio On your iPad, tap the name of your friends headphones to turn off the connection. in the Now Playing controls, on the Lock Screen, or in Control Center, then tap Change noise control modes on AirPods while listening to iPad Switch between noise cancellation and transparency modes while listening to audio from your iPad on AirPods Max or AirPods Pro. Change noise control modes in Control Center 1. Open Control Center, then press and hold the volume control. 2. Tap the Noise Control button at the bottom left. 3. Choose one of the following:

Noise Cancellation: Blocks out external sounds. Transparency: Lets you hear the sounds around you. Off: Turns off both noise cancellation and transparency. Quickly change noise control modes Do one of the following:

AirPods Max: Press the noise control button on the right headphone. A chime confirms the change. AirPods Pro: Press and hold either Force Sensor until you hear a chime. You can choose which modes are available to change. See Change the name of your AirPods and other settings on iPad. Control spatial audio on AirPods with iPad When you watch a supported show or movie, AirPods Max (iPadOS 14.3 or later) and AirPods Pro use spatial audio to create an immersive surround sound experience. Spatial audio includes dynamic head tracking. With dynamic head tracking, you hear the surround sound channels in the right place, even as you turn your head or move your iPad (supported models). Learn how spatial audio works Bluetooth. tap See & Hear How It Works. 1. Place AirPods Max on your head or place both AirPods Pro in your ears, then go to Settings

2. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods Max or AirPods Pro, then Turn spatial audio on or off while watching a show or movie Open Control Center, press and hold the volume control, then tap Spatial Audio at the lower right. Turn spatial audio off or on for all shows and movies 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods. 3. Turn Spatial Audio on or off. Turn off dynamic head tracking 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Headphones. 2. Tap the name of your headphones, then turn Follow iPad off. Dynamic head tracking makes it sound like the audio is coming from your iPad, even when your head moves. If you turn off dynamic head tracking, the audio sounds like its following your head movement. Restart AirPods for use with iPad If your AirPods arent working right, try restarting them. Restart AirPods Do one of the following:

AirPods Max: On the right headphone, press and hold the Digital Crown and the noise control button at the same time until the status light next to the charging port flashes amber (around 12 seconds), then immediately release the buttons. Important: Immediately release the buttons when the AirPods Max status light flashes amber. If you continue to hold the buttons until the status light flashes white (around 15 seconds), AirPods Max return to their factory settings. AirPods Pro and AirPods (1st and 2nd generation): Put the AirPods in their case, then close the lid for a minimum of 10 seconds. Return AirPods Max to factory settings If your AirPods Max arent working correctly after you restart them, you can return them to their factory settings. On the right headphone, press and hold the Digital Crown and the noise control button at the same time until the status light next to the charging port changes from flashing amber to flashing white

(around 15 seconds). Change the name of your AirPods and other settings on iPad Change the name and other settings for AirPods Max Remove AirPods Max from the Smart Case. 1. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods Max. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change which modes you can select with the noise control button: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap a mode. A checkmark indicates that you can select the mode. Turn Automatic Head Detection off or on: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap Automatic Head Detection. When Automatic Head Detection is turned on, AirPods Max sense when theyre on your head and automatically play the audio from your iPad. When you remove AirPods Max from your head, playback stops. Change the rotational direction for increasing the volume: (iPadOS 14.3 or later) Tap Digital Crown, then choose an option. Unpair AirPods Max from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. Change the name and other settings for AirPods Pro 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change what happens when you press and hold the Force Sensor: Select Left or Right, then choose whether to summon Siri or change the noise control mode. Tap a noise control mode to turn it on or off. Turn Automatic Ear Detection off or on: Tap Automatic Ear Detection. When Automatic Ear Detection is turned on, AirPods sense when theyre in your ears and automatically play the audio from your iPad. Playback is paused when you remove one of your AirPods. When you remove both, playback stops. Set the microphone to Always Left, Always Right, or Automatic: Tap Microphone, then choose an option. When you choose Automatic, either of your AirPods can act as the microphone. If you use only one of them, it acts as the microphone. When you choose Always Left or Always Right, the one you choose becomes the microphone even if you remove it from your ear or put it in the case. Unpair AirPods Pro from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. Change the name and other settings for AirPods (1st and 2nd generation) 1. Open the AirPods case, or place one or both AirPods in your ears. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth. 3. In the list of devices, tap the information button next to your AirPods. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the name: Tap the current name, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change what a double tap does: Select Left or Right, then choose an option. Set the microphone to Always Left, Always Right, or Automatic: Tap Microphone, then choose an option. When you choose Automatic, either of your AirPods can act as the microphone. If you use only one of them, it acts as the microphone. When you choose Always Left or Always Right, the one you choose becomes the microphone even if you remove it from your ear or put it in the case. Unpair these AirPods from your iPad: Tap Forget This Device. Use EarPods with Lightning Connector on iPad You can use EarPods with Lightning Connector (sold separately) to listen to music and videos, and make calls on an iPad model with a Lightning port. EarPods feature a microphone, volume buttons, and the center button. Use the center button to answer and end calls, control audio and video playback, and use Siri, even when iPad is locked. Control audio with your EarPods Pause: Press the center button. Press again to resume playback. Skip forward: Press the center button twice quickly. Skip backward: Press the center button three times quickly. Fast-forward: Press the center button twice quickly and hold. Manage calls using your EarPods Answer an incoming call: Press the center button. End the current call: Press the center button. Switch to an incoming or on-hold call, and put the current call on hold: Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the first call. Ask Siri with your EarPods Press and hold the center button until you hear a beep. Let go, then ask Siri to perform a task or answer your question. See Ask Siri on iPad. For information about protecting your hearing from loud volume while listing to EarPods with iPad, see Use headphone audio-level features on iPad. Use headphone audio-level features on iPad You can set a maximum decibel level to ensure that headphone audio doesnt become uncomfortable for you. iPad analyzes your headphone audio and reduces any sound above this level. You can also check whether the current audio level is OK or loud by viewing a headphone level meter. Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds > Reduce Loud Sounds. 2. Turn on Reduce Loud Sounds, then drag the slider. Note: If you set up Screen Time for a family member, you can prevent them from changing the Reduce Loud Sounds level. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. Check your headphone level while you listen While using headphones with iPad, you can use Hearing in Control Center to check their current decibel level. AirPods, EarPods, and many other wired and wireless headphones are compatible with Hearing in Control Center. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then add Hearing. 2. Connect your headphones, then play audio. 3. Open Control Center, then tap

. The audio level (in decibels) of your headphones is displayed on the Headphone Level meter. Note: You can also scroll below the Headphone Level meter to turn Live Listen on or off. See Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen. Typically, headphone level monitoring and Live Listen arent used at the same time. The Headphone Level monitor is intended for listening to audio playback. Live Listen is intended for listening to external sounds with the iPad microphone. Improve the accuracy of audio measurements for third-party Bluetooth headphones Classify your Bluetooth devices as headphones, speakers, or other devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then tap the information button next to the name of the device. 2. Tap Device Type, then choose a classification. When you connect AirPods, EarPods, and other compatible headphones to your iPad, the headphone audio levels are automatically sent to iPad. Headphone audio measurements are most accurate when using Apple or Beats headphones. Audio played through other headphones can be estimated based on the volume of your iPad. Apple Pencil Pair and charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (2nd generation), attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Pair Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad Charge your Apple Pencil (2nd generation) 1. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See Add a Batteries widget to monitor your Home Screen. Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad Pair Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (1st generation), remove the cap and plug Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. When the Pair button appears, tap it. Note: After you pair your Apple Pencil, it stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn on Airplane Mode, or pair with another iPad. Just pair your pencil again when youre ready to use it. Charge your Apple Pencil (1st generation) Plug your Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. You can also charge it with an Apple USB Power Adapter and the Apple Pencil Charging Adapter that came with your pencil. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See Add a Batteries widget to monitor your Home Screen. Enter text with Scribble on iPad On supported iPad models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) and Scribble to enter text. Without opening or using the onscreen keyboard, you can quickly reply to a message, jot down a reminder, and more. Scribble converts your handwriting to text directly on your iPad, so your writing stays private. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website. Use Apple Pencil to enter text in any text field 1. Write with Apple Pencil in any text field, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Scribble even works when your handwriting extends beyond the edges of the text field. 2. To use an action shortcut, tap the Scribble toolbar. Available actions depend on the app youre using, and may include the Undo button Keyboard button

, and more.

, the Show To automatically minimize the toolbar when youre entering text, tap minimize. To show the full toolbar, tap the minimized version.

, then turn on Auto-

Use Apple Pencil to enter text in Notes 1. In Notes, tap to show the Markup toolbar. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen). 3. Write with Apple Pencil, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Select and revise text with Apple Pencil As you enter text using Apple Pencil and Scribble, you can do the following:

Delete a word: Scratch it out. Insert text: Touch and hold in a text area, then write in the space that opens. Join or separate characters: Draw a vertical line between them. Select text: Draw a circle around the text or underline it to select it and see editing options. To change the selection, drag from the beginning or end of the selected text. Select a word: Double-tap the word. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap a word within the paragraph, or drag Apple Pencil over the paragraph. Stop converting your handwriting to text Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn off Scribble. Draw with Apple Pencil on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) to draw a sketch, mark up a photo, sign a document, and more. See:

Draw in apps with Markup on iPad Draw in a note Add your signature in other supported apps Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad Compared to using your finger, Apple Pencil gives you extra control as you draw. For example, you can tilt or press with Apple Pencil to shade or darken a line. Shade or darken a line with Apple Pencil When you draw or sketch, tilt your Apple Pencil to shade a line, and press more firmly to darken the line. Double-tap to switch tools with Apple Pencil (2nd generation) When youre working in a supported app, such as Notes, double-tap the lower section of Apple Pencil

(2nd generation) to quickly switch back to the tool you used last. For example, you can switch from the marker back to the eraser. To change your settings for double tap, go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly take a picture of the iPad screen, then mark it up to share with others or use in documents. 1. To capture the screen, swipe up with Apple Pencil from either corner at the bottom of your iPad. 2. To mark up the screenshot, draw with Apple Pencil. Use the Markup toolbar at the bottom of the screen to change drawing tools. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad. 3. To send the marked up screenshot to others (such as in a message), or to save it in a document

(such as in a note), tap

, then choose an option. 4. When youre finished, tap Done, then choose an option. Jot down notes with Apple Pencil on iPad Use Apple Pencil to quickly jot a note from anywhere on iPad, even while iPad is locked

(supported models). Create a Quick Note Swipe up from the bottom right corner of the screen using Apple Pencil. See Create Quick Notes anywhere on iPad. Wake iPad by drawing or writing a note Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen, then begin drawing or taking notes. Whatever you create is saved in Notes. Apple TV, smart TVs, and video displays Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad You can wirelessly stream video or photos to Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV. Play video on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV While playing video in the Apple TV app the controls, tap destination.

, then choose your Apple TV or AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback or another supported video app, tap the screen to show If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. Show photos on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV In Photos enabled smart TV as the playback destination.

, tap a photo, tap

, swipe up, tap AirPlay, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-

If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. Mirror your iPad on Apple TV or a smart TV On Apple TV or a smart TV, you can show whatever appears on your iPad. 1. Open Control Center. 2. Tap

, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To switch back to iPad, tap Stop Mirroring or

, then choose your iPad. You can also stream audio, such as music or a podcast, from iPad to your Apple TV or smart TV speakers. See Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers. Note: For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. To learn more about using Apple TV, see the Apple TV User Guide. Connect iPad to a display with a cable With the appropriate cable or adapter, you can connect your iPad to a secondary display, like a computer display, TV, or projector. To extend the workspace of your Mac by connecting it to your iPad, see Use iPad as a second display for your Mac. Connect iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) to Apple Pro Display XDR Apple Pro Display XDR automatically turns on when you plug it into power and connect iPad Pro 12.9-

inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) using the Thunderbolt cable included with the display. Your iPad charges while connected to the display. 1. If youre using a Pro Stand, route the display and iPad cables through the stands opening. 2. Plug the display into a power source. 3. Plug one end of the Thunderbolt 3 Pro Cable into the Thunderbolt 3 port on the display. 4. Plug the other end of the Thunderbolt 3 Pro Cable into the charging port of your iPad. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the Pro Display XDR from its power source, then plug it in again. Note: You can connect Apple Pro Display XDR and multiple Thunderbolt devices to each other, then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. For information about using the features of Pro Display XDR, see the Pro Display XDR Support website. Connect your iPad if it has a USB-C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector On a model with a USB-C or a Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you may be able to connect iPad to a USB or Thunderbolt 3 port on the display. If the charging cable that came with your iPad isnt compatible with the port on your display, TV, or projector, do the following:

1. Plug a USB-C Display AV Adapter or USB-C VGA Multi-port Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the display from its power source, then plug it in again. See the Apple Support article Charge and connect with the USB-C port on iPad Pro. Connect your iPad if it has a Lightning connector On a model with a Lightning connector, do the following:

1. Plug a Lightning Digital AV Adapter or Lightning to VGA Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. The adapters have an extra port so you can connect the charging cable and charge your iPad while connected to a display, TV, or projector. Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers You can play audio from iPad on wireless devices like HomePod, Apple TV, AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, and Bluetooth headphones and speakers. Play audio from iPad on a wireless device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. Note: If your AirPlay 2-enabled devices dont appear in the list of playback destinations, make sure theyre on the same Wi-Fi network. With a Bluetooth device, the playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. To change the playback destination, you can also tap on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. Note: For information about setting up a Bluetooth audio device, see Pair a Bluetooth headphone, keyboard, game controller, or other device. Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices With AirPlay 2 and iPad, you can play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. For example, you can play a party playlist on HomePod speakers in the living room and kitchen, on an Apple TV in the bedroom, and on an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV in the den. Ask Siri. Say something like:

Stop playing music everywhere Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Whats playing in the kitchen?

Play a song I like in the kitchen Add the living room speaker Remove the music from the kitchen Move the music to the den You can also choose playback destinations from the iPad screen. 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to. 2. Select each device you want to use. Note: Devices arranged in a stereo pair are treated as a single audio device. To learn more about using HomePod speakers and Apple TV, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide. For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website. Keyboards Apple external keyboards for iPad These portable full-size keyboards (sold separately) allow you to enter text while viewing the entire iPad screen. Magic Keyboard for iPad Magic Keyboard for iPad attaches directly to iPad and closes to create a thin cover

(supported models). It includes a built-in trackpad, which you can use to move around the iPad screen, open apps, and more. Magic Keyboard for iPad requires no batteries or external power (but you can connect it to power to keep iPad charged). See Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad). Smart Keyboard The Smart Keyboard (supported models), including the Smart Keyboard Folio (supported models), connects directly to iPad and converts into a thin cover. The keyboard doesnt require batteries or external power. See Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad. Magic Keyboard Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, connects to iPad using Bluetooth. Magic Keyboard is powered by a built-in rechargeable battery. See Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad. Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad) You can enter text using Magic Keyboard for iPad, and you can use its built-in trackpad to control items on the iPad screen (supported models). To connect and use the Bluetooth version of Magic Keyboard, see Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad. Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad Open the keyboard, fold it back, then attach iPad. iPad is held in place magnetically. To adjust the viewing angle, tilt iPad as needed. Adjust the keyboard brightness Go to Settings of backlighting in low light conditions.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then drag the slider to adjust the level Charge iPad while using Magic Keyboard for iPad Connect the keyboard to a power outlet using the USB-C Charge Cable and USB-C Power Adapter that came with your iPad. Important: The Magic Keyboard for iPad contains magnets that hold iPad securely in place. Avoid placing cards that store information on a magnetic stripsuch as credit cards or hotel key cardson the inside of the Magic Keyboard, or between iPad and the Magic Keyboard, as such contact may demagnetize the card. Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad You can use Smart Keyboard, including Smart Keyboard Folio, to enter text on iPad. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Smart Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad. To attach Smart Keyboard, do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the side of iPad

(supported models). On other iPad models: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the back of iPad

(supported models). To use the keyboard, position it in front of your iPad, then set iPad in the groove above the number keys. Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad You can use Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, to enter text on iPad. Magic Keyboard connects to iPad using Bluetooth. (For information about using Magic Keyboard for iPad, which attaches directly to iPad, see Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad).) Pair Magic Keyboard 1. Make sure the keyboard is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Keyboard is already paired with another device, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Keyboard to your iPad. For iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, see Unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple menu click its name.

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-

Reconnect Magic Keyboard to iPad Magic Keyboard disconnects when you turn its switch to Off or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the keyboard switch to On, or bring the keyboard and iPad back into range, then tap any key. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Magic Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad. Switch between keyboards with iPad With an Apple external keyboard, you can switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. Switch between language keyboards and the onscreen emoji keyboard 1. On the external keyboard, press and hold the Control key. 2. Press the Space bar to cycle between the language keyboard for your region, the emoji keyboard, and other language keyboards that you add. When you select the emoji keyboard, you can do the following:

Search for an emoji: Enter a commonly used word or phrasesuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the emoji keyboard. Enter an emoji: Tap it; or use the arrow keys on the external keyboard to select it, then press Return. Tip: To quickly switch to the emoji keyboard, press

-e on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press keyboards. If you want to use to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn on Press to show only the emoji keyboard instead of switching languages, go to choose between for Emoji. Tip: If you added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can press the Caps Lock key to switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. To prevent use of the Caps Lock key for switching languages, go to Settings > General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn off Switch Languages using Caps Lock. Switch to the onscreen keyboard 1. Do one of the following:

2. Tap Show Keyboard. To hide the onscreen keyboard, tap

. Tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen). If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). Note: With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can use keyboard instead of switching languages. Go to Settings Keyboard, then turn on Press hold the Control key, then press the Space bar. to show only the emoji

> General > Keyboard > Hardware for Emoji. To switch between other language keyboards, press and Enter characters with diacritical marks while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad If the Apple external keyboard you use with iPad doesnt include accents and other diacritical marks for the language youre typing, you can use an Option key modifier or the onscreen keyboard to enter those marks. Use the Option key to enter a diacritical mark for a character To enter a character with a diacritical mark, you can press the Option key to select a mark. 1. Do one of the following:

Add a language keyboard that supports diacritical marks, then in an app, switch to that language keyboard. For example, add the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard, then in an app, use iPad to select Espaol (Mxico). on Magic Keyboard for Go to Settings keyboard layout that supports diacritical marks.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then choose an alternative For example, if you have the English (US) language keyboard, tap English (US), then choose U.S. International PC or ABC Extended. 2. In an app, press and hold the Option key, then press a key that enters a diacritical mark. For example, the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard and the U.S. International PC alternative layout support these diacritical marks:

Acute accent (for example, ): Option-E. Grave accent (for example, ): Option-`. Tilde (for example, ): Option-N. Diaeresis or umlaut (for example, ): Option-U. Circumflex (for example, :) Option-I. 3. Press the letter. For example, to enter using the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard or the U.S. International PC alternative layout, press Option-N, then type an n. Note: The ABC - Extended alternative layout also allows you to enter tone marks for typing Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin orthography. For example, to type in lxng (travel), press Option-V, then type a v. In addition, the ABC - Extended layout allows you to type diacritical marks and letters from several different European languages, such as Czech, French, German, Hungarian, and Polish. 2. On the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats Use the onscreen keyboard to enter a diacritical mark 1. Switch to the onscreen keyboard. related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key. 3. Slide your finger to choose a variant. 4. To hide the onscreen keyboard when youre finished, tap

. Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can dictate text instead of typing it on an Apple external keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn on Enable Dictation. 2. Tap the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then speak. 3. When you finish, tap at the bottom of the screen. While dictating text, you can also add punctuation or formatting by speaking it. Tip: To quickly switch to dictation, press

-D on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. Use shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can use the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen) and combination keystrokes known as keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform many common actions. Use the Shortcuts bar to accept suggested words and spellings While typing, you can do the following:

Accept a suggested word by tapping it in the Shortcuts bar. Accepted a suggestion highlighted in the Shortcuts bar by entering a space or punctuation. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, the space is deleted. Reject the suggestions by tapping your original word (shown with quotation marks in the Shortcuts bar). To turn off the suggestions, go to

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Predictive Text. Use the Shortcuts bar to switch between language, emoji, and onscreen keyboards You can use the Shortcuts bar to switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. 1. Do one of the following:

Tap in the Shortcuts bar. 2. Choose an option. If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). Use the Shortcuts bar for other shortcuts Take app-specific shortcuts: Buttons on the outer edges of the Shortcuts bar vary depending on the app youre using or the task youre doing. Each app is differenttry out the Shortcuts bar to see what you can do. Change keyboard settings: Tap Settings.

(or the language button that replaced it), then tap Keyboard Minimize the Shortcuts bar: Tap To see the full Shortcuts bar, tap the minimized version.

(or the language button that replaced it), then tap Minimize. Dictate text: Tap the Dictation button of the screen.

, then speak. When youre finished, tap at the bottom Use keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard to perform the following actions on iPad:

Quickly switch between apps: Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. Open Search: Press Command-Space. View shortcuts for the app your using: Do the following, then tap categories below the list:

Press and hold the Command key. Press and hold

(Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard). You can change the actions that are performed by the Command key (and other modifier keys like Caps Lock). Go to Settings key, then choose the action you want it to perform.

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, tap Modifier Keys, tap a To use additional keyboard shortcuts, go to Settings > Accessibility > Keyboards > Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. See Control iPad with an external keyboard. Note: You can also set up text replacements that enter words or phrases after you type just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! See Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad. You can also accept suggested words before you finish typing them. See Use predictive text on iPad. Navigate apps with an Apple external keyboard and iPad Choose an alternative layout for an Apple external keyboard with iPad With an alternative keyboard layout, you can enter letters and marks that are different from the ones on your Apple external keyboard. For example, with the ABC - Extended keyboard layout, you can type letters and enter diacritical marks for several different European languages and tone marks for Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then choose an alternative layout from the list. Change typing assistance options for an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can change options for auto-correction, smart punctuation, and more. Change typing assistance options for an external keyboard Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then do any of the following:

Turn Auto-Capitalization on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature capitalizes proper nouns and the first words in sentences as you type. Turn Auto-Correction on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature corrects the spelling as you type. Turn . Shortcut on or off: When this option is selected, double-tapping the space bar inserts a period followed by a space. Change typing assistance options for all keyboards You can turn on or off special typing featuressuch as predictive text and smart punctuationthat assist you when you type. These settings apply to your onscreen keyboard and external keyboard. 1. Go to Settings > General, then tap Keyboard. 2. In the list below All Keyboards, turn typing features on or off. For several options, including auto-correction and auto-capitalization, you can specify different

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. settings for your external keyboard in Settings Trackpads Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad You can connect Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2, to your iPad (Magic Trackpad sold separately). Pair Magic Trackpad 1. Make sure Magic Trackpad is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Trackpad is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Trackpad to your iPad. For iPad, see Unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple menu name.

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its Reconnect Magic Trackpad to iPad Magic Trackpad disconnects when you turn its switch to Off, or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the trackpad switch to On, or bring the trackpad and iPad back into range, then click the trackpad. Trackpad gestures for iPad You can use Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2 and the trackpad built into Magic Keyboard for iPad, to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (Magic Trackpad and Magic Keyboard for iPad sold separately). Trackpad gestures for Magic Trackpad, Magic Trackpad 2, and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description Click. Press with one finger until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold with one finger. Drag. Click and hold an item, then slide your finger across the trackpad to move it. Wake iPad. Click the trackpad. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen again. Alternatively, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, swipe right again. Open Control Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, select the status icons at the top right, then swipe up with one finger. Open Notification Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use one finger to move the pointer past the top of the screen near the middle. Additional gestures for Magic Trackpad 2 and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Swipe two fingers up or down. Scroll left or right. Swipe two fingers left or right. Zoom. Place two fingers near each other. Pinch open to zoom in, or pinch closed to zoom out. Go Home. Swipe up with three fingers. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up with three fingers, pausing before you lift your fingers. Or, pinch four fingers together, pausing before you lift your fingers. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right with three fingers. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, use two fingers to swipe right. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down with two fingers. Secondary click. Click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, and the Camera button in Control Center. click the trackpad. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you Change trackpad settings on iPad You can change how you use a trackpad to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then choose one of the following, depending on your accessories:

Trackpad Trackpad & Mouse 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Turn Tap to Click on or off: If you select this option, lightly tapping the trackpad with one finger has the same effect as pressing the trackpad until it clicks. Turn Two-Finger Secondary Click on or off: With this option selected, you click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad. Mouse devices Connect a mouse to iPad You can connect Magic Mouse, another Bluetooth mouse, or a USB mouse to your iPad. Note: Mouse devices are sold separately. Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Pair Magic Mouse or other Bluetooth mouse 1. For Magic Mouse, make sure the mouse is turned on and charged. For any other Bluetooth mouse, follow the instructions that came with the mouse to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. If youre asked for a PIN when you pair Magic Mouse, type 0000 (four zeros), then tap Pair. Note: If the mouse is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect the mouse to your iPad. For iPad, see unpair a Bluetooth device. On Mac, choose Apple

> System Preferences > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its name. menu Reconnect a Bluetooth mouse to iPad The mouse disconnects when you turn the switch on the mouse to Off or when you move the mouse or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the mouse switch to On, or bring the mouse and iPad back into range, then click the mouse. Connect a USB mouse With the appropriate cable or adapters, you can connect various third-party mouse devices with iPad using USB and USB-based receivers. Refer to the device manufacturers instructions. Mouse actions and gestures for iPad You can use a mouse to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (mouse devices sold separately). Note: Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Mouse actions Action Description Click. Press the mouse until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold the mouse. Drag. Click and hold an item, then move the mouse. Wake iPad. Click the mouse. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). Open the App Switcher. With the Home Screen visible, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or from an app, drag the bar at the bottom of the screen toward the middle of the screen and pause (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use the mouse to move the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, move the pointer past the right edge again. Open Control Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, move the pointer past the top-right corner of the screen. Open Notification Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use the mouse to move the pointer past the top of the screen (near the middle). Mouse gestures for Magic Mouse 2 Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Slide a finger up or down on the surface of the mouse. Scroll left or right. Slide a finger left or right on the surface of the mouse. Secondary click. Use a finger on one side of the mouse to show the quick actions menu when clicking items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: To turn on Secondary click and choose which side of the mouse to use, go to Settings

> General > Trackpad & Mouse > Secondary Click. If youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the mouse. On a multi-button mouse, click the second button. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, swipe right on the surface of the mouse. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down on the surface of the mouse. Change mouse settings on iPad You can change how you use a mouse to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then select Trackpad & Mouse. 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Specify a finger to use for Secondary Click: You can specify either the right or left finger to show the quick actions menu when you click items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. To turn off Secondary Click, choose Off

(Magic Mouse 2). Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad. Connect external storage devices to iPad You can use the Files app such as USB drives and SD cards, connected to your iPad. and other supported apps to access files stored on external devices, Connect a USB drive or an SD card reader 1. Attach the USB drive or SD card reader to the charging port on your iPad using a compatible connector or adapter. Depending on your iPad model and external device, you may need the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter, USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (all sold separately). With iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), you can connect multiple USB drives and other Thunderbolt devices to each other, then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. Note: A USB drive must have only a single data partition, and it must be formatted as FAT, FAT32, exFAT (FAT64), or APFS. To change the formatting of a USB drive, use a Mac or PC. 2. Do any of the following:

Insert an SD memory card into a card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Note: You can import photos and videos from the memory card directly to the Photos app. See Import photos and videos to iPad. View the contents of the drive or memory card: In a supported app (for example, Files), tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the device below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Disconnect the drive or card reader: Remove it from the charging port on iPad. External hard drives often require an external power source when used with iPad. If an external hard drive doesnt supply its own power, and your iPad has a USB-C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you can use a powered USB hub. If your iPad has a Lightning connector, you can use the Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter connected to a USB power adapter. Set up and use Bluetooth accessories on iPad Using a Bluetooth connection, you can use third-party devices such as wireless keyboards, headphones, speakers, car kits, game controllers, and more with iPad. Pair a Bluetooth headphone, keyboard, game controller, or other device 1. Follow the instructions that came with the device to put it in discovery mode. Note: To pair AirPods, see Set up AirPods with iPad. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then tap the name of the device. iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth device. Customize a wireless game controller After you pair a compatible game controller, you can customize it for supported games from Apple Arcade and the App Store. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Game Controller. 2. Tap the buttons you want to change. 3. To customize for a specific app, tap Add App. For information about compatible controllers and button shortcuts, see <<link to KB>>. Play audio from iPad on a Bluetooth audio device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose your Bluetooth device. While audio is playing, you can change the playback destination on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. The playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. For information about protecting your hearing from loud volume while listing to headphones with iPad, see Use headphone audio-level features on iPad. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for iPad. Unpair a Bluetooth device Go to Settings Forget This Device.

> Bluetooth, tap the information button next to the name of the device, then tap If you dont see the Devices list, make sure Bluetooth is on. If you have AirPods and you tap Forget This Device, theyre automatically removed from other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Disconnect from Bluetooth devices To quickly disconnect from all Bluetooth devices without turning Bluetooth off, open Control Center, then tap . To learn about Bluetooth privacy settings on iPad, see the Apple Support article If an app would like to use Bluetooth on your device. If you have trouble connecting a Bluetooth device, see the Apple Support article If you cant connect a Bluetooth accessory to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Note: The use of certain accessories with iPad may affect wireless performance. Not all iOS or iPadOS accessories are fully compatible with iPad. Turning on airplane mode may eliminate audio interference between iPad and an accessory. Reorienting or relocating iPad and the connected accessory may improve wireless performance. Apple Watch with Fitness+ on iPad Used in conjunction with Apple Watch, Apple Fitness+ is a subscription service that lets you choose from a catalog of workouts led by expert trainers. While you follow a workout on your iPad, in-session metrics like heart rate and calories burned (which are captured by your watch) appear on your screen.

(watchOS 7.2 or later required; Apple Watch sold separately.) To learn more, see All about Apple Fitness+ in the Apple Watch User Guide. Cases and covers for iPad Many styles of cases and covers are sold separately for iPad. Magic Keyboard for iPad, Smart Keyboard Folio, and Smart Keyboard serve as keyboards as well as covers. (See Apple external keyboards for iPad.) Print from iPad Use AirPrint to print wirelessly to an AirPrint-enabled printer from apps such as Mail, Photos, and Safari. Many apps available on the App Store also support AirPrint. iPad and the printer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. See the Apple Support article About AirPrint. Print a document

, Tap Print.)

, or

(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. (Swipe up if you dont see See the status of a print job Open the App Switcher, then tap Print Center. The badge on the icon shows how many documents are in the queue. To cancel a print job, select it in Print Center, then tap Cancel Printing. Use iPad with iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, and PC Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular) If you have an active cellular data plan, you can use Personal Hotspot to share a cellular internet connection from your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) to other devices. Personal Hotspot is useful when the other devices dont have internet access from a Wi-Fi network. Instant Hotspot allows you to connect your devices to Personal Hotspot without entering a password. If a nearby iPhone or iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is sharing its Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular internet connection on your iPad. See Join a Personal Hotspot. Note: Personal Hotspot is not available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. The number of devices that can join your Personal Hotspot at one time depends on your carrier and iPad model. Contact your carrier for more information. Set up Personal Hotspot on iPad Go to Settings

> Cellular > Personal Hotspot, then turn on Allow Others to Join. Note: If you dont see the option for Personal Hotspot, but you have an active cellular data plan and Cellular Data is turned on in Settings > Cellular, contact your carrier about adding Personal Hotspot to your plan. You can change the following settings:

Change the Wi-Fi password for your Personal Hotspot: Go to Settings > Cellular > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password. Change the name of your Personal Hotspot: Go to Settings > General > About > Name. Turn off Personal Hotspot and disconnect devices: Go to Settings > Cellular > Personal Hotspot, then turn off Allow Others to Join. Connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot You can use a USB cable, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth to connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot. Do one of the following:

Use USB: Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. If you see an alert that says Trust this Computer?, tap Trust. In your computers Network preferences, choose iPad, then configure the network settings. Use Wi-Fi and Instant Hotspot: On your Mac, use the Wi-Fi status menu choose your iPad from the list of available networks. in the menu bar to You need to be signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and iPad, and have Bluetooth and Wi-Fi turned on. The Wi-Fi status icon Mac remains connected to your Personal Hotspot. in the menu bar changes to the Personal Hotspot icon as long as your Use Bluetooth: To make sure your iPad is discoverable, go to Settings the screen showing. Then on your Mac or PC, follow the manufacturer directions to set up a Bluetooth network connection.

> Bluetooth and leave Connect iPhone, iPod touch, or another iPad to your Personal Hotspot On the other device, go to Settings networks.

> Wi-Fi, then choose your iPad from the list of available If asked for a password on the other device, enter the password shown in Settings > Cellular >

Personal Hotspot on your iPad. If your iPad and the other device are set up as follows, then Instant Hotspot connects the devices without requiring a password:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device. Each device has Bluetooth turned on. Each device has Wi-Fi turned on. When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of your iPad screen. The Personal Hotspot icon appears in the status bar of the connected device. With Family Sharing, you can share your Personal Hotspot with any member of your family automatically or after they ask for approval. See Set up Family Sharing on iPad. When you share a Personal Hotspot from your iPad, it uses cellular data for the internet connection. To monitor your cellular data network usage, go to Settings > Cellular > Usage. See View or change your cellular data account. If you need more help using Personal Hotspot, see the Apple Support article If Personal Hotspot is not working. Make and receive phone calls on iPad You can make and receive calls on your iPad by using Wi-Fi Calling to relay phone calls through your iPhone (iOS 9 or later required). Cellular charges may apply. Wi-Fi Calling is not available from all carriers. Important: Wi-Fi + Cellular models do not support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on any iPad model, you need to use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. Before you begin Do the following:

Set up FaceTime on both your iPhone and your iPad. Sign in with the same Apple ID on both devices. Allow phone calls on your iPad from your iPhone You first set up your iPhone, and then set up your iPad. 1. On your iPhone, go to Settings

> Cellular. 2. If your iPhone has Dual SIM, choose a line (below Cellular Plans). 3. Do any of the following:

Tap Calls on Other Devices, turn on Allow Calls on Other Devices, then choose your iPad along with any other devices on which youd like to make and receive calls. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls when theyre nearby your iPhone and connected to Wi-Fi. Tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Add Wi-Fi Calling For Other Devices. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls even when your iPhone isnt nearby. 4. On your iPad, go to Settings > FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime and Calls from iPhone. If youre asked, turn on Wi-Fi Calling. After you set up Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone and iPad, you can make and receive phone calls on iPad. Make a call: Tap a phone number in Contacts, Calendar, FaceTime, Messages, Search, or Safari. Or open FaceTime, enter a contact or phone number, then tap

. Receive a call: Swipe or tap the notification to answer or ignore the call. Note: If you enable Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response efforts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. For more information about Wi-Fi calls, see the Apple Support article Make a call with Wi-Fi Calling. Use iPad as a second display for your Mac With Sidecar, you can extend the workspace of your Mac by using iPad as a second display. The extended workspace allows you to do the following:

Use different apps on the different screens. Use the same app on both screens. For example, you can view your artwork on your Mac screen while you use Apple Pencil and an apps tools and palettes on iPad. Mirror the screens so that Mac and iPad display the same content. Sidecar requires macOS 10.15 or later and iPadOS 13 or later on supported models. Use Sidecar 1. Make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and a nearby iPad. 2. Use one of the following connections:

Wireless: Make sure your Mac and your iPad have Wi-Fi and Bluetooth turned on. They need to be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). USB: Connect your Mac and iPad using the appropriate USB cable. 3. Click the AirPlay menu in the menu bar on your Mac, then choose your iPad. 4. Do any of the following:

Use the Sidecar menu on Mac: You can easily change how you work with iPad from the Sidecar menu display, or show or hide the sidebar or Touch Bar on iPad. in the menu bar. For example, switch between using iPad as a mirrored or separate Move windows from Mac to iPad: Drag a window to the edge of the screen until the pointer appears on your iPad. Or hold the pointer over the green button in the top-left corner of the window, then choose Move to [iPad name]. Move windows from iPad to Mac: Drag a window to the edge of the screen until the pointer appears on your Mac. Or hold the pointer over the green button in the top-left corner of the window, then choose Move Window Back to Mac. Use the sidebar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap icons in the sidebar to show or hide the menu bar such as Ctrl

. Or tap one or more modifier keys,

, to use keyboard shortcuts.

, or the keyboard

, the Dock Use the Touch Bar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap any button in the Touch Bar. The buttons available vary depending on the app or task. Use Apple Pencil on iPad: With your Apple Pencil, tap to select items such as menu commands, checkboxes, or files. If you turn on Enable double tap on Apple Pencil in Sidecar preferences on your Mac, you can double-tap the lower section of your Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to switch drawing tools in some apps. Use standard gestures on iPad: Use your fingers to tap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. On iPad, switch between the Mac desktop and the iPad Home Screen: To show the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of your iPad. To return to the Mac desktop, tap the Sidecar icon in the Dock on your iPad. 5. When youre ready to stop using your iPad, tap the Disconnect icon at the bottom of the sidebar on iPad. You can also disconnect from the Sidecar menu and Displays preferences on your Mac. in the menu bar and in Sidecar preferences Change Sidecar preferences 1. On your Mac, choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, then click Sidecar. 2. Choose from the following options:

Show, move, or hide the sidebar on your iPad: To show the sidebar, select Show Sidebar, then to move it, click the pop-up menu and choose a location. To hide the sidebar, deselect Show Sidebar. Show, move, or hide the Touch Bar on your iPad: To show the Touch Bar, select Show Touch Bar, then to move it, click the pop-up menu and choose a location. To hide the Touch Bar, deselect Show Touch Bar. When you use an app that supports the Touch Bar on your iPad, the Touch Bar is shown in the location you specified. The buttons available in the Touch Bar vary depending on the current app and task. Enable double tap on Apple Pencil: Select this option to be able to double-tap the lower section of Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to switch drawing tools in some apps. Choose which iPad to connect to: If you have more than one available iPad, click the Connect to pop-up menu, then choose the iPad you want. Hand off tasks between iPad and your other devices With Handoff, you can start something on one device (iPhone, iPad, Pod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch) and then pick it up on another without losing focus on what youre doing. For example, you can start answering an email on your iPad, then finish it in Mail on your Mac. You can use Handoff with many Apple appsfor example, Calendar, Contacts, and Safari. Some third-party apps may also work with Handoff. Before you begin To hand off tasks between iPad and another device, make sure of the following:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on both devices. Your devices are connected to Wi-Fi. Your devices are within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). On your Mac, Handoff is turned on in System Preferences > General, and Bluetooth is turned on in System Preferences > Bluetooth. On your iPad and on another iOS or iPadOS device, Handoff is turned on in Settings AirPlay & Handoff, and Bluetooth is turned on in Settings.

> General >

Each device has the minimum relevant software version installed: iOS 10, iPad OS 13, macOS 10.10, and watchOS 1.0, or later, is on each device. Hand off from another device to your iPad 1. From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. On the right end of the Dock, tap the Handoff icon to continue working in the app on iPad. Hand off from iPad to another device On the other device, click or tap the Handoff icon to continue working in the app. The Handoff icon of the app youre using on iPad appears in the following locations on other devices:

Mac: The right end of the Dock (or at the bottom, depending on the Dock position). iPhone or iPod touch: At the bottom of the App Switcher screen. iPad: The right end of the Dock. Turn off Handoff on your devices iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch: Go to Settings

> General > AirPlay & Handoff. Mac: Choose Apple Menu > System Preferences > General, then turn off Allow Handoff between this Mac and your iCloud devices. Tip: When Handoff is on, you can use Universal Clipboard to copy and paste text, images, photos, and videos across devices. Cut, copy, and paste between iPad and other devices You can use Universal Clipboard to cut or copy content (a block of text or an image, for example) on your iPad, then paste it on iPhone, another iPad, iPod touch, or on a Mac, and vice versa. Note: For information about moving items within an app or copying items between apps only on your iPad, see Move and copy items with drag and drop on iPad. For information about cutting, copying, and pasting text within or between apps only on your iPad, see Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad. Before you begin To cut or copy and paste between iPad and another device, make sure of the following:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on both devices. Your devices are connected to Wi-Fi. Your devices are within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). On your iPad and on another iPadOS or iOS device, Handoff is turned on in Settings AirPlay & Handoff, and Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> General >

On Mac, Handoff is turned on in System Preferences > General, and Bluetooth is turned on in System Preferences > Bluetooth. Each device has the minimum relevant software version installed: iOS 10, iPadOS 13, or macOS 10.12, or later. Copy, cut, or paste Copy: Pinch closed with three fingers. Cut: Pinch closed with three fingers two times. Paste: Pinch open with three fingers. You can also touch and hold a selection, then tap Cut, Copy, or Paste. Important: You need to cut, copy, and paste your content within a short period of time. For more information about selecting text or placing the insertion point, see Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable Using a USB cable or adapter, you can directly connect iPad and a Mac or Windows PC. 1. Make sure you have one of the following:

Mac with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later PC with a USB port and Windows 7 or later 2. Connect iPad to the USB port on your computer using the charging cable for your iPad. If the cable isnt compatible with the port on your computer, do one of the following:

If your iPad came with a USB-C Charge Cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). If your iPad came with a USB-C to Lightning cable and your computer has a USB port, use a Lightning to USB Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a Lightning to USB cable and your computer has a USB-C port, connect the USB end of the cable to a USB-C to USB Adapter (sold separately), or use a USB-C to Lightning Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a Thunderbolt 4 / USB-4 charging cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). (You can use Thunderbolt or USB cables with Thunderbolt devices like iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation).) 3. Do any of the following:

Set up your iPad for the first time. Use iPad as a second display for your Mac. Transfer files between your iPad and computer. Sync content between your iPad and computer. Share your iPad internet connection (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) with your computer. Use your computer to erase all content and settings from iPad. Update iPad using your computer. The iPad battery charges when iPad is connected to your computer and your computer is connected to power. Sync iPad with your computer You can use iCloud to automatically keep your photos, files, calendar, and more updated across all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. (You can even use a Windows PC to access your iCloud data on iCloud.com.) Other services like Apple Music allow you to access additional content across your devices. With iCloud and services like Apple Music, no syncing is required. If you dont want to use iCloud or other services, you can connect iPad to your Mac or Windows PC to sync the following items:

Albums, songs, playlists, movies, TV shows, podcasts, books, and audiobooks Photos and videos Contacts and calendars With syncing, you can keep these items up to date between your computer and your iPad. Note: If you use iCloud or other services like Apple Music, options for syncing with your computer might not be available. Set up syncing between your Mac and iPad 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. Note: To use the Finder to sync content, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to sync with your Mac. 3. At the top of the window, click the type of content you want to sync (for example, Movies or Books). Note: For information about using the Files option, see Transfer files between iPad and your computer. 4. Select Sync [content type] onto [device name]. By default, all items of a content type are synced, but you can choose to sync individual items, such as selected music, movies, books, or calendars. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each type of content you want to sync, then click Apply. Your Mac syncs to your iPad whenever you connect them. To view or change syncing options, select your iPad in the Finder sidebar, then choose from the options at the top of the window. Before disconnecting your iPad from your Mac, click the Eject button in the Finder sidebar. See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone or iPad in the macOS User Guide. Set up syncing between your Windows PC and iPad 1. Install or update to the latest version of iTunes on your PC. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 2. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 3. In the iTunes app on your PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 4. Select the type of content you want to sync (for example, Movies or Books) in the sidebar on the left. Note: For information about using the File Sharing option, see Transfer files between iPad and your computer. 5. Select Sync to turn on syncing for that type of item. By default, all items of a content type are synced, but you can choose to sync individual items, such as selected music, movies, books, or calendars. 6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each type of content you want to include on your iPad, then click Apply. By default, your Windows PC syncs to your iPad whenever you connect them. You can have iTunes ask you before syncing, and if there are some items you never want sync, you can keep them from being synced. See Sync iTunes content on PC with your devices in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Turn on Wi-Fi syncing After you set up syncing between your computer and iPad, do the following:

1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, click General at the top of the window, then select Show this [device] when on Wi-Fi. To use the Finder to turn on Wi-Fi syncing, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to turn on Wi-Fi syncing. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then select Sync with this [device] over Wi-Fi (in Options). 3. Click Apply. By default, whenever iPad is plugged into power and is connected over Wi-Fi to your Mac or to iTunes on your Windows PC, the computer syncs your selected content to iPad. See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone or iPad over Wi-Fi in the macOS User Guide or Sync iTunes content on PC with devices on Wi-Fi in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. WARNING: If you delete a synced item from your computer, the item is also deleted from your iPad the next time you sync. Transfer files between iPad and your computer You can use iCloud Drive to keep your files up to date and accessible on all your devices, including Windows PCs. You can also transfer files between iPad and other devices by using AirDrop and sending email attachments. Alternatively, you can transfer files for apps that support file sharing by connecting iPad to a Mac

(with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later) or a Windows PC (with a USB port and Windows 7 or later). Transfer files between iPad and your Mac 1. Connect iPad to your Mac. You can connect using USB, or if you set up Wi-Fi syncing, you can use a Wi-Fi connection. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. Note: To use the Finder to transfer files, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to transfer files. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click Files, then do one of the following:

Transfer from Mac to iPad: Drag a file or a selection of files from a Finder window onto an app name in the list. Transfer from iPad to Mac: Click the disclosure triangle beside an app name to see its files on your iPad, then drag a file to a Finder window. To delete a file from iPad, select it below an app name, press Command-Delete, then click Delete. Transfer files between iPad and your Windows PC 1. Install or update to the latest version of iTunes on your PC. See the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes. 2. Connect iPad to your Windows PC. You can connect using USB, or if you set up Wi-Fi syncing, you can use a Wi-Fi connection. 3. In iTunes on your Windows PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 4. Click File Sharing, select an app in the list, then do one of the following:

Transfer a file from your iPad to your computer: Select the file you want to transfer in the list on the right, click Save to, select where you want to save the file, then click Save To. Transfer a file from your computer to your iPad: Click Add, select the file you want to transfer, then click Add. To delete a file from iPad, select the file, press the Delete key, then click Delete. File transfers occur immediately. To view items transferred to iPad, go to On My iPad in the Files app on iPad. See View files and folders in Files on iPad. Important: Syncing has no effect on file transfers, so syncing doesnt keep transferred files on iPad up to date with the files on your computer. See Transfer files from your Mac to iPhone or iPad in the macOS User Guide or Transfer files between your PC and devices with iTunes in the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Accessibility Get started with accessibility features on iPad iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, physical and motor, hearing, and learning needs. Learn how to configure these features and set up shortcuts for easy access. Turn on accessibility features during setup You can turn on many accessibility features right away when you first set up iPad. Turn on iPad, then do any of the following:

Turn on VoiceOver: Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Turn on Zoom: Double-tap the screen with three fingers. Turn on Switch Control, Larger Text, Smart Invert, and more: Choose a language and country, tap

, then choose the features you want. For the complete list of accessibility features you can turn on during setup, see Use accessibility options to set up a new iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Change accessibility settings After you set up iPad, you can adjust accessibility settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Choose any of the following features:

Vision VoiceOver Zoom Display & Text Size Motion Spoken Content Audio Descriptions Physical and Motor Touch Face ID & Attention Switch Control Voice Control Home or top button Apple TV Remote Pointer Control Keyboards Apple Pencil AirPods Hearing Hearing Devices Sound recognition RTT Audio/Visual Background sounds Subtitles & Captioning General Guided Access Siri Accessibility Shortcut Per-app settings VoiceOver Turn on and practice VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readeryou can use iPad even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver gives audible descriptions of whats on your screenfrom battery level, to whos calling, to which app your finger is on. You can also adjust the speaking rate and pitch to suit your needs. When you touch the screen or drag your finger over it, VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your finger is on, including icons and text. To interact with the item, such as a button or link, or to navigate to another item, use VoiceOver gestures. When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound, then selects and speaks the name of the first item on the screen (typically in the top-left corner). VoiceOver tells you when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, when the screen becomes dimmed or locked, and whats active on the Lock Screen when you wake iPad. Turn VoiceOver on or off Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. When VoiceOver is on, you must use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPad. To turn VoiceOver on or off, use any of the following methods:

Summon Siri and say Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Use Control Center. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn the setting on or off. Learn and practice VoiceOver gestures You can practice VoiceOver gestures in a special area without affecting iPad or its settings. When you practice a gesture, VoiceOver describes the gesture and the resulting action. Try different techniques to discover which works best for you. If a gesture doesnt work, try a quicker movement, especially for a double-tap or swipe gesture. To swipe, try brushing the screen quickly with your finger or fingers. For best results using multifinger gestures, touch the screen with some space between your fingers. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Turn on VoiceOver, tap VoiceOver Practice, then double-tap to start. 3. Practice the following gestures with one, two, three, and four fingers:

Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Swipe left, right, up, or down 4. When you finish practicing, tap Done, then double-tap to exit. Change your VoiceOver settings on iPad You can customize the settings for VoiceOver, such as the audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, and verbosity. Adjust the VoiceOver volume and other audio options To increase or decrease the volume, press the volume buttons on iPad. To set other audio options, go to Settings such as the following:

Sounds: Adjust and preview sound effects.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Audio, then set options Audio Ducking: Temporarily reduce media playback volume when VoiceOver speaks. Send to HDMI: Route audio to externally connected devices, such as an instrument amplifier or a DJ mixer. Set the VoiceOver language VoiceOver uses the same language you choose for your iPad. VoiceOver pronunciation of some languages is affected by the Region Format you choose. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Tap iPad Language, then choose a language. Adjust the speaking voice Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then do any of the following:

Adjust the speaking rate: Drag the Speaking Rate slider. Choose a voice: Tap Speech > Voice, then choose a voice. To download an enhanced voice, tap

. Adjust the pitch: Tap Speech, then drag the slider. You can also turn on Use Pitch Change to have VoiceOver use a higher pitch when speaking the first item of a group (such as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Specify the pronunciation of certain words: Tap Speech > Pronunciations, tap then dictate or spell out how you want the phrase to be pronounced.

, enter a phrase, Note: You can dictate only if you turned on Enable Dictation in Settings > General > Keyboards. Set how much VoiceOver tells you Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap any of the following:

Verbosity: Choose options to have VoiceOver speak hints, punctuation, uppercase letters, embedded links, and more. VoiceOver can even confirm rotor actions and tell you when the flashlight is turned on (available on iPad models with True Tone Flash). To change how VoiceOver speaks punctuation, tap Punctuation, then choose a group. You can also create new groupsfor example, a programming group in which [ is spoken as left brack. Always Speak Notifications: VoiceOver reads notifications, including incoming text messages as they occur, even if iPad is locked. Unacknowledged notifications are repeated when you unlock iPad. Customize VoiceOver settings for an activity You can customize a group of VoiceOver settings for an activity such as programming. Apply the settings automatically when you open certain apps or by adjusting the rotor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Activities. 2. Choose an existing activity or tap Add Activity. 3. Adjust settings for speech, verbosity, and braille. 4. Choose Apps or Context to automatically apply the settings for this activity. Use flat or grouped navigation Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigation Style, then choose one of the following:

Flat: VoiceOver moves sequentially through each item on the screen when you use the move next and previous commands. Grouped: VoiceOver moves through items and groups of items on the screen. To move into a group, use a two-finger swipe right. To move out of a group, use a two-finger swipe left. Adjust VoiceOver visuals Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn on any of the following:

Large Cursor: If you have difficulty seeing the black outline around the selected item, you can enlarge and thicken the outline. Caption Panel: The text spoken by VoiceOver is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Quickly adjust VoiceOver settings from anywhere on iPad When VoiceOver is turned on, you can access VoiceOver settings by doing a two-finger quadruple-

tap. Learn VoiceOver gestures on iPad When VoiceOver is on, standard touchscreen gestures have different effects, and additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual items. VoiceOver gestures include two-, three-, and four-finger taps and swipes. You can use different techniques to perform VoiceOver gestures. For example, you can perform a two-finger tap using two fingers on one hand, one finger on each hand, or your thumbs. Instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can use a split-tap gesturetouch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another finger. Explore and speak items on the screen To explore the screen, drag your finger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of each item you touch. You can also use VoiceOver gestures to explore the screen in order, from top to bottom and left to right. Action Gesture Select and speak an item Tap or touch the item Select the next item Select the previous item Swipe right Swipe left Move into a group of items Two-finger swipe right Move out of a group of items Two-finger swipe left Select the first item on the screen Four-finger tap near the top of the screen Select the last item on the screen Four-finger tap near the bottom of the screen Speak the entire screen from the top Two-finger swipe up Speak the entire screen from the selected item Two-finger swipe down Pause or continue speaking Two-finger tap Speak additional information, such as the position Three-finger tap within a list or whether text is selected For more information about navigation styles, see Use flat or grouped navigation. Scroll up, down, left, and right Use VoiceOver gestures to move to another page. Action Gesture Scroll up one page Three-finger swipe down Scroll down one page Three-finger swipe up Scroll left one page Three-finger swipe right Scroll right one page Three-finger swipe left Take action on an item Use VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item. Action Select an item Activate the selected item Double-tap the selected item Drag a slider Gesture Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Tap the slider to select it, then swipe up or down with one finger; or double-tap and hold the slider until you hear three rising tones, then drag the slider Start or stop the current action (for example, play or pause music or a video, take a photo in Camera, start or stop a recording, start or stop the stopwatch) Two-finger double-tap Dismiss an alert or return to the previous screen Two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) Edit an items label to make it easier to find Two-finger double-tap and hold Tip: As an alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping to activate it, touch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another. Use gestures to control VoiceOver Use these gestures to control VoiceOver. Action Gesture Mute or unmute VoiceOver Three-finger double-tap. If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-finger triple-tap gesture. Turn the screen curtain on or off Three-finger triple-tap.

(When the screen curtain is on, the screen contents If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the are active even though the display is turned off.) three-finger quadruple-tap gesture. Use a standard gesture Double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones, then make the gesture. When you lift your finger, VoiceOver gestures resume. For example, to drag a volume slider with your finger instead of swiping up and down, select the slider, double-tap and hold, wait for the three tones, then slide left or right. To move quickly through the list of items, type a name in the search field, swipe right or left to move through the list alphabetically, or tap the table index to the right of the list and swipe up or down. You can also use handwriting to select an item by writing its name. To dismiss the Item Chooser without making a selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Open the Item Chooser Two-finger triple-tap. Open the VoiceOver quick settings Two-finger quadruple-tap. Use the VoiceOver rotor You can use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings, jump from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. For details, see Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad. Use these gestures to use the rotor. Action Gesture Choose a rotor setting Two-finger rotation Move to the previous item or increase (depending on Swipe up the rotor setting) rotor setting) Move to the next item or decrease (depending on the Swipe down Operate iPad using VoiceOver gestures When VoiceOver is on, you need to use special gestures to unlock iPad, go to the Home Screen, open Control Center, switch apps, and more. Unlock iPad On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button (if Touch ID is enabled). On iPad Air (4th generation): Press the top button (if Touch ID is enabled). On an iPad with Face ID: Wake iPad and glance at it, then drag up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones (if Face ID is enabled). If prompted, enter your passcode. To avoid having your passcode spoken as you enter it, enter your passcode silently using handwriting mode or type onscreen braille. Go to the Home Screen Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones, then lift your finger. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Use the dock Slide one finger up from the bottom edge until you hear two rising tones, then swipe down. Switch to another app Swipe right or left with five fingers to cycle through the open apps. (Make sure Gestures is turned on in Settings

> General > Multitasking & Dock.) Alternatively, you can use the App Switcher:

1. Open the App Switcher using one of the following methods:

Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear three tones, then lift your finger. Double-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe left or right until the app you want is selected. 3. Double-tap to open the app. Open Control Center Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe up with three fingers. To dismiss Control Center, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). View notifications Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear three rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe down with three fingers. To dismiss the notifications screen, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Speak status bar information 1. Tap the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to hear the time, battery state, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Rearrange apps on your Home Screen Use one of the following methods:

Drag and drop: Tap an icon on the Home Screen, then double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones. The items relative location is described as you drag. Lift your finger when the icon is in its new location. Drag an icon to the edge of the screen to move it to another Home Screen. Move actions: Tap an app, then swipe down to hear available actions. When you hear Edit Mode, double-tap to start arranging apps. Find the app you want to move, then swipe down to the Move action and double-tap. Move the VoiceOver cursor to the new destination for the app, then choose from the available actions: Cancel Move, Create New Folder, Add to Folder, Move Before, or Move After. When youre finished, tap Done, then double-tap. Search from the Home Screen 1. Tap anywhere on the Home Screen outside the status bar. 2. Swipe down with three fingers. Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad You can use the VoiceOver rotor to change how VoiceOver works. You can adjust the VoiceOver volume or speaking rate, move from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. When you use an Apple external keyboard to control VoiceOver, use the rotor to adjust settings such as volume, speech rate, use of pitch or phonetics, typing echo, and reading of punctuation. Use the VoiceOver rotor 1. When VoiceOver is turned on, rotate two fingers on your screen as if youre turning a dial. If you prefer to use one finger on each hand, simultaneously drag up with one finger and drag down with the other. VoiceOver speaks the rotor setting. Keep rotating your fingers to hear more settings. Stop rotating your fingers when you hear the setting you want. 2. Swipe your finger up or down on the screen to use the setting. The available rotor settings and their effects depend on what youre doing. For example, if you choose Headings when youre browsing a webpage, swipe down or up to move the VoiceOver cursor to the next or previous heading. Customize the VoiceOver rotor 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following:

Add or reorder the rotor settings: Tap Rotor, then choose the settings you want, or drag reorder settings. to Add another language: Tap Speech > Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Have VoiceOver confirm rotor actions: Tap Verbosity, then turn on Speak Confirmation. Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on iPad VoiceOver changes how you use the onscreen keyboard when you activate an editable text field. You can enter, select, and delete text; change the keyboard language; and more. Enter text with the onscreen keyboard 1. Select a text field, then double-tap. The insertion point and the onscreen keyboard appear. 2. Enter text using one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select a key on the keyboard by swiping left or right, then double-

tap to enter the character. Or move your finger around the keyboard to select a key and, while continuing to touch the key with one finger, tap the screen with another finger. VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when the character is entered. Touch typing: Touch a key on the keyboard to select it, then lift your finger to enter the character. If you touch the wrong key, slide your finger to the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you touch it, but doesnt enter a character until you lift your finger. Direct Touch typing: VoiceOver is disabled for the keyboard only, so you can type just as you do when VoiceOver is off. Dictation: Use a two-finger double-tap on the keyboard to start and stop dictation. To enter an accented character, use one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a tone indicating alternate characters have appeared. Drag left or right to select and hear the choices. Release your finger to enter the current selection. Touch typing: Touch and hold a character until the alternate characters appear. Edit text with the onscreen keyboard Move the insertion point: Swipe up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. To jump to the beginning or end, double-tap the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character, word, or line that the insertion point moves across. When moving forward by words, the insertion point is placed at the end of each word, before the space or punctuation that follows. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the preceding word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. Move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence: Use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Use

. Select text: Use one of the following methods. Set the rotor to Text Selection, swipe up or down to choose Character, Word, Line, or Sentence, then swipe left or right to move backward or forward. (You may need to enable Text

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor.) Selectiongo to Settings Set the rotor to Edit, swipe up or down to choose Select or Select All, then double-tap. If you choose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. To increase or decrease the selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) to dismiss the pop-up menu, then pinch. Cut, copy, or paste: Set the rotor to Edit, select the text, swipe up or down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Fix misspelled words: Set the rotor to Misspelled Words, then swipe up or down to jump to the previous or next misspelled word. Swipe left or right to choose a suggested replacement, then double-tap to use the replacement. Undo: Shake iPad, swipe left or right to choose the action to undo, then double-tap. Change the keyboard settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap any of the following:

Typing Style: You can choose a new style. Or, set the rotor to Typing Mode, then swipe up or down. Phonetic Feedback: Speak text character by character. VoiceOver first speaks the character, then its phonetic equivalentfor example, f and then foxtrot. Typing Feedback: Choose to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. Rotor: Select the settings you want to include in the rotor. Speech: Tap Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Verbosity: Tap Deleting Text. To have VoiceOver speak deleted characters in a lower pitch, tap Change Pitch. Write with your finger using VoiceOver on iPad With Handwriting mode, you can enter text by writing characters on the screen with your finger. In addition to normal text entry, use handwriting mode to enter your iPad passcode silently or to open apps from the Home Screen. Use handwriting mode 1. Set the rotor to Handwriting. If Handwriting isnt in the rotor, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor, then add it. 2. To choose a character type (lowercase, numbers, uppercase, or punctuation), swipe up or down with three fingers. To hear the selected character type, tap with three fingers. 3. Trace a character on the screen with your finger. You can also do any of the following:

Enter an alternate character (a character with an accent, for example): Write the character, then swipe up or down with two fingers until you hear the type of character you want. Enter a space: Swipe right with two fingers. Go to a new line: Swipe right with three fingers. Delete the previous character: Swipe left with two fingers. 4. To exit handwriting mode, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or set the rotor to a different setting. Enter your passcode silently with handwriting mode 1. On the passcode screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Write the characters of your passcode with your finger. Select an item on the Home Screen 1. On the Home Screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Start writing the name of the item with your finger. If there are multiple matches, continue to spell the name until its unique, or swipe up or down with two fingers to choose from the current matches. Quickly navigate a long list Item Chooser). 1. Select the index to the right of the list (for example, next to your Contacts list or in the VoiceOver 2. Set the rotor to Handwriting, then use your finger to write the letter you want to navigate to. Use VoiceOver on iPad with an Apple external keyboard If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use keyboard shortcuts to activate VoiceOver commands. Additionally, you can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with various key combinations. VoiceOver Help speaks keys and keyboard commands as you type them, without performing the associated action. Choose the VoiceOver modifier The modifier is a key or set of keys you press with one or more other keys to enter VoiceOver commands. You can set the modifier to be the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys pressed at the same time. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Typing > Modifier Keys. 2. Choose the modifier for VoiceOver commands: the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys. This modifier is abbreviated as VO in the tables below. VoiceOver keyboard commands VO = modifier keys Action Turn on VoiceOver Help Shortcut VO-K Turn off VoiceOver Help Esc (Escape) Select the next or previous item VO-Right Arrow or VO-Left Arrow Activate the selected item VO-Space bar Touch and hold the selected item VO-Shift-M Copy the last spoken text to the clipboard VO-Shift-C Read from the current position Read from the top Pause or resume reading Search for text Mute or unmute VoiceOver Go to the Home Screen Move to the status bar VO-A VO-B Control VO-F VO-S VO-H VO-M Open the notifications screen Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Up Arrow Open Control Center Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Down Arrow Open Search Option-Up Arrow Open the App Switcher VO-H-H Switch apps Command-Tab or Command-Shift-Tab Open the Item Chooser Change the label of the selected item Start, stop, or pause an action VO-Hyphen Swipe up or down Adjust the rotor VO-Up Arrow or VO-Down Arrow VO-Command-Left Arrow or VO-Command-Right Adjust the setting specified by the rotor VO-Command-Up Arrow or VO-Command-Down VO-I VO-/

Arrow Arrow Turn the screen curtain on or off VO-Shift-F11 Return to the previous screen Esc Quick Nav using the arrow keys Turn on Quick Nav to control VoiceOver using the arrow keys. Action Shortcut Turn Quick Nav on or off Left Arrow-Right Arrow Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow Select the next or previous item specified by the rotor Up Arrow or Down Arrow Select the first or last item Control-Up Arrow or Control-Down Arrow Tap an item Up Arrow-Down Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right Option-Up Arrow, Option-Down Arrow, Option-Left Arrow, or Option-Right Arrow Adjust the rotor Up Arrow-Left Arrow or Up Arrow-Right Arrow Single-key Quick Nav for web browsing To navigate a webpage quickly, turn on Quick Nav (VO-Q), then press keys on the keyboard to navigate to specific item types, such as headings or links. To move to the previous item, hold the Shift key as you press a key for the item type. Item type Heading Link Text field Button Form control Image Table Static text ARIA landmark List Level 1 heading Level 2 heading Level 3 heading Level 4 heading Level 5 heading Level 6 heading Text editing Item of the same type Shortcut H L R B C I T S W X M 1 2 3 4 5 6 Use these commands (with Quick Nav turned off) to work with text. VoiceOver reads the text as you move the insertion point. Action Shortcut Go forward or back one character Right Arrow or Left Arrow Go forward or back one word Option-Right Arrow or Option-Left Arrow Go up or down one line Up Arrow or Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the line Command-Left Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the previous or next paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the top or bottom of the text field Command-Up Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Select text as you move Shift + any of the insertion point movement commands Select all text above Command-A Copy, cut, or paste the selected text Command-C, Command-X, or Command-V Undo or redo last change Command-Z or Shift-Command-Z Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad iPad supports many international braille tables and refreshable braille displays. You can connect a Bluetooth wireless braille display to read VoiceOver output, including contracted and uncontracted braille and equations using Nemeth Code. When you edit text, the braille display shows the text in context, and your edits are automatically converted between braille and printed text. You can also use a braille display with input keys to control your iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. For a list of supported braille displays, see the Apple Support article Braille displays supported by iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Connect a braille display and learn commands to control iPad 1. Turn on the braille display. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then choose the display. 3. On iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the display. 4. To see the braille commands for controlling iPad, tap More Info, then tap Braille Commands. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Change the braille display settings 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. 2. Set any of the following:

Setting Output Input Braille Screen Input Braille Tables Status Cells Description Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-

dot, or contracted braille. Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-

dot, or contracted braille; you can also turn on Automatic Translation. Choose the input method for entering braille using the screen. See Type braille directly on iPad using VoiceOver. Add tables that appear in the Braille Table rotor. Turn on the general and text status cells and choose their location. Equations use Nemeth Code Turn on Nemeth Code for mathematical equations. Show On-screen Keyboard Display the keyboard on the screen. Turn Pages when Panning Automatically turn pages when panning. Word Wrap Wrap words to the next line. Braille Alert Messages When turned on, your braille display shows an alert Ignore Chord Duration message for the specified duration. Adjust the amount of time required before subsequent key presses are recognized as braille chords. Auto Advance Duration Adjust this setting to your preferred reading speed. Output closed captions in braille during media playback 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity. 2. Choose Braille or Speech and Braille. Type braille directly on iPad using VoiceOver If you turn on Braille Screen Input, you can use your fingers to enter six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille directly on the iPad screen, without a physical braille keyboard. Enter braille on the screen 1. Set the rotor to Braille Screen Input. 2. Place iPad in one of the following positions:

Tabletop mode: Lay iPad flat in front of you. If you dont see Braille Screen Input in the rotor, go to Settings Rotor, then select it from the list.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver >

Screen away mode: Hold iPad with the screen facing away so your fingers curl back to tap the screen. 3. Enter braille characters by tapping the screen with one or more fingers at the same time. Tip: To have iPad read dots aloud, tap and hold the dots, then when you hear the timer tones and announcement, release the dots. To move the entry dots to match your natural finger positions, double-tap all the dots. You can also use gestures to perform actions such as the following:

Action Enter a space Gesture Swipe right with one finger; in screen away mode, swipe to your right Delete the previous character Swipe left with one finger Move to a new line Swipe right with two fingers Cycle through spelling suggestions Swipe up or down with one finger Enter a carriage return, or send a message (in Swipe up with three fingers Messages) Cycle through the braille modes Swipe left or right with three fingers Translate immediately (when contractions are enabled) Swipe down with two fingers Switch to the next keyboard Swipe up with two fingers 4. To exit Braille Screen Input, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or adjust the rotor to another setting. Change Braille Screen Input settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Braille Screen Input. 2. Do any of the following:

Set six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille as the default. Reverse the dot positions for six-dot and eight-dot braille. 3. To view or edit the commands and gestures you can perform when Braille Screen Input is turned on, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Braille Screen Input. Customize VoiceOver gestures and keyboard shortcuts on iPad You can customize the gestures and keyboard shortcuts that activate VoiceOver commands. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands. 2. Tap any of the following:

All Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Edit, Add Gesture, or Add Keyboard Shortcut. Touch Gestures: List the gestures and the associated commands. Handwriting: List the gestures for handwriting and the associated commands. Braille Screen Input: List the gestures for Braille Screen Input and the associated commands. To clear your custom gestures and keyboard shortcuts, tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device If you use a pointer device with iPad, you can adjust how it works with VoiceOver. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Below Pointer Control, tap any of the following:

Pointer: Set the pointer to ignore, follow, or move the VoiceOver cursor. Speak Under Pointer: You can adjust the delay to speak the item under the pointer. Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad You can use VoiceOver to interact with apps, even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver is supported in the built-in Apple apps that came with your iPadsuch as Maps

, Camera

, Photos

, Voice Memos

, Safari

, and more. With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of images and screen elements even on webpages and in apps without accessibility information. Read PDF documents in Apple Books or Files using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read detailed informationsuch as forms, tables, and listsin PDF documents. Browse the web in Safari using VoiceOver Search the web: Select the address field, double-tap to invoke the keyboard, then enter a search term, phrase, or URL. Select a search suggestion, then double-tap. Skip to the next element on a webpage: Set the rotor to the element typesuch as headings, links, and form controlsthen swipe up or down. Set the rotor settings for web browsing: Go to Settings Select or deselect items, or drag up or down to reposition an item.

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor. Skip images while navigating: Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigate Images. You can choose to skip all images or only those without descriptions. Reduce page clutter for easier reading and navigation: In the Safari address field, select the Format Options button, double-tap, select Show Reader View (not available for all webpages), then double-tap. Tip: If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use single-key Quick Nav for web browsing. Read math equations using VoiceOver VoiceOver can read math equations on the web (encoded using MathML) and in supported Apple apps such as Numbers and Keynote. Hear an equation: Have VoiceOver read the text as usual. VoiceOver says math before it starts reading an equation. Explore the equation: Double-tap the selected equation to display it in full screen and move through it one element at a time. Swipe left or right to read elements of the equation. Use the rotor to select Symbols, Small Expressions, Medium Expressions, or Large Expressions, then swipe up or down to hear the next element of that size. You can continue to double-tap the selected element to drill down into the equation to focus on the selected element, then swipe left or right, or up or down, to read one part at a time. Equations spoken by VoiceOver can also be output to a braille device using Nemeth Code, as well as the codes used by Unified English Braille, British English, French, and Greek. See Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad. Navigate in Maps using VoiceOver Control how the map tracks your current location: Select tracking option you want.

, then double-tap until you hear the Tracking on: The map automatically centers on your current location. Tracking on with heading: The map automatically centers on your current location and rotates so that the heading youre facing is at the top of the screen. In this mode, iPad speaks street names and points of interest as you approach them. Tracking off: The map doesnt automatically center on your current location. Explore the map: Drag your finger around the screen, or swipe left or right to move to another item. Zoom in or out: Select the map, set the rotor to Zoom, then swipe up or down with one finger. Pan the map: Swipe with three fingers. Browse points of interest shown on the map: Set the rotor to Points of Interest, then swipe up or down with one finger. Get information about a location: Select the location (for example, a business, landmark or pin), then double-tap to open the information card. Swipe left or right to hear information such as directions, street address, phone number, business hours, and customer reviews. Take photos and videos in Camera using VoiceOver When you use Camera, VoiceOver describes objects in the viewfinder. To take a photo or start, pause, or resume a video recording, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Trim videos in Photos using VoiceOver 1. Select the video you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit, then double-tap. 3. Select Start or End (on the media scrubber), then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 4. When youre finished, select Done, then double-tap. Trim recordings in Voice Memos using VoiceOver 1. Select the recording you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit at the top right, then double-tap. 3. Select

, then double-tap. start or end time. 5. Select Trim, then double-tap. 6. Select Save, then double-tap. 7. Select Done, then double-tap. 4. In the Waveform Overview, select Trim Beginning or Trim End, then swipe up or down to adjust the Use VoiceOver Recognition on the web or in apps without accessibility information 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition. 2. Turn on any of the following:

Image Descriptions: Get descriptions of images in apps and on the web. Screen Recognition: Get descriptions of screen elements in apps. Text Recognition: Get descriptions of text found in images. 3. Tap Feedback Style, then choose Speak, Play Sound, or Do Nothing. Vision Zoom in on the iPad screen In many apps, you can zoom in or out on specific items. For example, you can double-tap or pinch to look closer in Photos or expand webpage columns in Safari. You can also use the Zoom feature to magnify the screen no matter what youre doing. You can magnify the entire screen (Full Screen Zoom), magnify part of the screen with a resizable lens (Window Zoom), or magnify a portion of the screen that stays in one place (Pinned Zoom). And, you can use Zoom together with VoiceOver. Set up Zoom 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Zoom, then turn on Zoom. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Follow Focus: Track your selections, the text insertion point, and your typing. Smart Typing: Switch to Window Zoom when a keyboard appears. Keyboard Shortcuts: Control Zoom using shortcuts on an external keyboard. Zoom Controller: Turn the controller on, set controller actions, and adjust the color and opacity. Zoom Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Zoom Filter: Choose None, Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Maximum Zoom Level: Drag the slider to adjust the level. 3. If you use iPad with a pointer device, you can also set the following below Pointer Control:

Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges to set how the screen image moves with the pointer. Adjust Size with Zoom: Allow the pointer to scale with zoom. 4. To add Zoom to Accessibility Shortcut, go to Settings > Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Zoom. Use Zoom 1. Double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Zoom. 2. To see more of the screen, do any of the following:

Adjust the magnification: Double-tap the screen with three fingers (without lifting your fingers after the second tap), then drag up or down. Or triple-tap with three fingers, then drag the Zoom Level slider. Move the Zoom lens: (Window Zoom) Drag the handle at the bottom of the Zoom lens. Pan to another area: (Full Screen Zoom) Drag the screen with three fingers. 3. To adjust the settings with the Zoom menu, triple-tap with three fingers, then adjust any of the following:

Choose Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Resize Lens: (Window Zoom) Tap Resize Lens, then drag any of the round handles that appear. Choose Filter: Choose Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Show Controller: Show the Zoom Controller. 4. To use the Zoom Controller, do any of the following:

Show the Zoom menu: Tap the controller. Zoom in or out: Double-tap the controller. Pan: When zoomed in, drag the controller. While using Zoom with an Apple external keyboard, the Zoom region follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. See Apple external keyboards for iPad. To turn off Zoom, double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts. Adjust the display and text size on iPad If you have color blindness or other vision challenges, you can customize the display settings to make the screen easier to see. Use display accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Bold Text: Display the text in boldface characters. Larger Text: Turn on Larger Accessibility Sizes, then adjust the text size using the Font Size slider. This setting adjusts to your preferred text size in apps that support Dynamic Type, such as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notes. Button Shapes: This setting underlines text you can tap. On/Off Labels: This setting indicates switches turned on with 1 and switches turned off with 0. Reduce Transparency: This setting reduces the transparency and blurs on some backgrounds. Increase Contrast: This setting improves the contrast and legibility by altering color and text styling. Apps that support Dynamic Typesuch as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notesadjust to your preferred text size. Differentiate Without Color: This setting replaces user interface items that rely on color to convey information with alternatives. Smart Invert or Classic Invert: Smart Invert Colors reverses the colors of the display, except for images, media, and some apps that use dark color styles. Color Filters: Tap a filter to apply it. To adjust the intensity or hue, drag the sliders. Reduce White Point: This setting reduces the intensity of bright colors. Auto-Brightness: This setting automatically adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. To learn about applying these effects to specific apps, see Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad. To learn about applying these effects to only the contents of the zoom window, see Zoom in on the iPad screen. Reduce or stop the motion of screen elements on iPad If you have sensitivity to motion effects or screen movement on your iPad, you can stop or reduce the movement of some screen elements, such as:

Parallax effect of wallpaper, apps, and alerts Screen transitions Siri animations Typing autocompletion Animated effects in Messages 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Motion. 2. Turn on or off any of the following controls:

Reduce Motion: This setting reduces the motion of the user interface, including the parallax effect of icons. Prefer Cross-Fade Transitions: This setting reduces the motion of user interface controls that slide in and out when appearing and disappearing. Auto-Play Message Effects: This setting allows the Messages app to automatically play full-

screen effects. If you turn this setting off, you can still manually play effects by tapping Replay below the message bubble. Auto-Play Video Previews: This setting allows apps such as the App Store to automatically play video previews. Limit Frame Rate: This setting limits the frame rate of the display to 60 frames per second (on supported iPad models). To learn about applying these effects to specific apps, see Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad. Hear iPad speak the screen, selected text, and typing feedback Even if VoiceOver is turned off, you can have iPad speak selected text or the entire screen. iPad can also provide feedback and speak text corrections and suggestions as you type. Change the speech settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Spoken Content. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Speak Selection: To hear text you selected, tap the Speak button. Speak Screen: To hear the entire screen, swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Speech Controller: Show the controller for quick access to Speak Screen and Speak on Touch. Highlight Content: iPad can highlight words, sentences, or both as theyre spoken. You can change the highlight color and style. Typing Feedback: You can configure typing feedback for the onscreen and external keyboards and choose to have iPad speak each character, entire words, auto-corrections, auto-

capitalizations, and typing predictions. To hear typing predictions, you also need to go to Settings > General > Keyboards, then turn on Predictive. Voices: Choose a voice and dialect. Speaking Rate: Drag the slider. Pronunciations: Dictate or spell out how you want certain phrases to be spoken. Hear iPad speak Or do any of the following:

Ask Siri. Say something like: Speak screen. Learn how to ask Siri. Hear selected text: Select the text, then tap Speak. Hear the entire screen: Swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Use the controls that appear to pause speaking or adjust the rate. Hear typing feedback: Start typing. To hear typing predictions (when turned on), touch and hold each word. Hear audio descriptions for video content on iPad If you have video content that includes audio descriptions of scenes, iPad can play the descriptions for you. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio Descriptions. 2. Turn on Audio Descriptions. AssistiveTouch helps you use iPad if you have difficulty touching the screen or pressing the buttons. You can use AssistiveTouch without any accessory to perform actions or gestures that are difficult for you. You can also use a compatible adaptive accessory (such as a joystick) together with AssistiveTouch to control iPad. With AssistiveTouch, you can use a simple tap (or the equivalent on your accessory) to perform actions such as the following:

Access Control Center, notifications, the Lock Screen, or the App Switcher Touch Use AssistiveTouch on iPad Open the AssistiveTouch menu Go to the Home Screen Double-tap Perform multifinger gestures Perform scroll gestures Summon Siri Adjust the volume on iPad Shake iPad Take a screenshot Use Apple Pay Speak screen Adjust dwell settings Control Analytics Restart iPad Set up AssistiveTouch ask Siri. Or do the following:

Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on AssistiveTouch or Turn off AssistiveTouch. Learn how to 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. To customize AssistiveTouch, tap any of the following:

Customize Top Level Menu: Tap an icon to change its action. Tap number of icons in the menu. The menu can have up to eight icons. or to change the Single-Tap, Double-Tap, or Long Press: Assign custom actions that run when you interact with the menu button. Create New Gesture: Add your favorite gestures. Idle Opacity: Adjust the visibility of the menu button when not in use. Confirm with AssistiveTouch: On an iPad with Face ID, use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad Air (4th generation), use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Tip: To turn AssistiveTouch on or off quickly, triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Add a pointer device You can connect Bluetooth and USB assistive pointer devices, such as trackpads, joysticks, and mouse devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. Below Pointer Devices, tap any of the following:

Devices: Pair or unpair devices and customize buttons. Mouse Keys: Allow the AssistiveTouch pointer to be controlled using the keyboard number pad. Pointer Style: Adjust the size, color, and auto-hide settings. Show Onscreen Keyboard: Display the onscreen keyboard. Always Show Menu: Show the AssistiveTouch menu when a pointer device is connected. Tracking speed: Drag the slider to adjust the speed. Drag Lock: Turn on to enable dragging. Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges. Dwell Control: Turn on to perform a dwell action when the cursor is held still. To adjust the amount of time needed to initiate a dwell action, tap or

. Fallback Action: Turn on to revert the dwell action to the selected fallback action after performing an operation. Movement Tolerance: Adjust the distance you can move while dwelling on an item. Hot Corners: Perform a selected actionsuch as take a screenshot, open Control Center, summon Siri, scroll, or use a shortcutwhen the cursor dwells in a corner of the screen. Move the AssistiveTouch menu button Drag the menu button to a new location on the screen. Use AssistiveTouch Tap the menu button, then choose an action or gesture. For a multifinger gesture, do the following:

Pinch: Tap Custom, then tap Pinch. When the pinch circles appear, touch anywhere on the screen to move the pinch circles, then drag them in or out to perform a pinch gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. Multifinger swipe or drag: Tap Device > More > Gestures, then tap the number of digits needed for the gesture. When the circles appear on the screen, swipe or drag in the direction required by the gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the center of the menu. To exit the menu without performing a gesture: Tap anywhere outside the menu. Create custom gestures You can add your favorite gestures (such as touch and hold or two-finger rotation) to the AssistiveTouch menu. You can even create several gestures with different degrees of rotation. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch > Create New Gesture. 2. Perform your gesture on the recording screen. For example:

Touch-and-hold gesture: Touch and hold your finger in one spot until the recording progress bar reaches halfway, then lift your finger. Be careful not to move your finger while recording, or the gesture will be recorded as a drag. Two-finger rotation gesture: Rotate two fingers on the iPad screen around a point between them. (You can do this with a single finger or stylusjust create each arc separately, one after the other.) If you record a sequence of taps or drag gestures, theyre all played back at the same time. For example, using one finger or a stylus to record four separate, sequential taps at four locations on the screen creates a simultaneous four-finger tap. 3. If your gesture doesnt turn out quite right, tap Cancel, then try again. 4. When youre satisfied with your gesture, tap Save, then name the gesture. To use your custom gesture, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button, tap Custom, then choose the gesture. When the blue circles representing your gesture appear, drag them to where you want to use the gesture, then release. Adjust touch settings on iPad If you have difficulty using the touchscreen or buttons, you can change how iPad responds to your touch. Adjust Haptic Touch settings You can adjust the time needed for touch-and-hold gestures. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Haptic Touch, then choose Fast or Slow. 2. Test your new settings on the image at the bottom of the screen. Use touch accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Touch Accommodations. 2. You can configure iPad to do any of the following:

Respond to touches of a certain duration: Turn on Hold Duration, then tap the duration (the default is 0.10 seconds). or to adjust To perform swipe gestures without waiting for the specified hold duration, tap Swipe Gestures, then turn on Swipe Gestures. You can choose the amount of required movement before a swipe gesture begins. Ignore multiple touches: Turn on Ignore Repeat, then tap allowed between multiple touches. Then, if you touch the screen several times quickly, iPad treats the touches as one. to adjust the amount of time or Respond to the first or last place you touch: Choose Use Initial Touch Location or Use Final Touch Location. If you choose Use Initial Touch Location, iPad uses the location of your first tapwhen you tap an app on the Home Screen, for example. If you choose Use Final Touch Location, iPad registers the tap where you lift your finger. iPad responds to a tap when you lift your finger within a certain period of time. Tap or other gestures, such as a drag gesture, if you wait longer than the gesture delay. to adjust the timing. Your device can respond to Turn off Shake to Undo If you tend to shake iPad by accident, go to Settings Undo.

> Accessibility > Touch, then turn off Shake to Route audio calls You can automatically route the audio of phone or FaceTime calls to your headphones, speaker, or hearing devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Call Audio Routing. 2. Choose an audio destination for calls. 3. To have iPad answer calls automatically, tap Auto-Answer Calls, turn on Auto-Answer Calls, then tap or to set the duration of time before the call is answered. During a call, you can switch the audio routing from your hearing aid to the iPad speaker by removing the hearing aid from your ear. See Use hearing devices with iPad. Physical and Motor Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad On an iPad with Face ID, you can adjust Face ID and attention settings if you have physical or vision limitations. Set up Face ID with Accessibility Options By default, setting up Face ID requires you to gently move your head in a circle to show all the angles of your face. If you cant perform the full range of head motion, you can still set up Face ID without moving your head. 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Position your face within the frame, then tap Accessibility Options. Face ID is still secure but requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Change attention settings For additional security, Face ID is attention aware. It unlocks iPad only when your eyes are open and looking at the screen. iPad can also reveal notifications and messages, keep the screen lit when youre reading, or lower the volume of alerts. If you dont want iPad to check for your attention, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on or off any of the following:

Require Attention for Face ID Attention Aware Features These settings are turned off by default if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. Note: Requiring attention makes Face ID more secure. Switch Control Set up Switch Control on iPad If you have physical difficulties, you can use Switch Control to operate iPad using one or more switches. With switches, you can select, tap, drag, type, and even draw freehand. You use a switch to select an item or location on the screen, then use the same (or a different) switch to choose an action. Add a switch You can use the iPad screen, camera, microphone, or an external adaptive switch. Before you add an external switch, connect it to iPad, following the instructions that came with the switch. If the switch connects using Bluetooth, pair it with iPadturn on the switch, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, tap the name of the switch, then follow the onscreen instructions. 1. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches. 2. Tap Add New Switch, then choose any of the following:

External: Choose a Bluetooth switch or Made For iPhone (MFi) switch that plugs into the Lightning connector on iPad. Screen: Tap the iPad screen to activate the switch. Camera: Move your head left or right while facing the camera. Sound: Make voiced and voiceless sounds such as Oo or a pop. 3. Assign an action to the switch. To ensure Switch Control functions correctly, you must assign the Select Item action to at least one switch. Choose a scanning style and customize Switch Control You can adjust the behavior of Switch Control in a variety of ways, to suit your specific needs and style. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. 2. Tap Scanning Style, then choose one of the following:

Auto Scanning: The focus automatically moves to the next item after a specified duration. Manual Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item (requires multiple switches). Single Switch Step Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item; if no action is taken with a specified duration, the item with the focus is automatically activated. 3. Customize Switch Control by setting options such as the following:

Switches: Add switches and specify their function. Recipes: Create, edit, and choose recipes to temporarily assign special actions to switches. Auto Scanning Time: Adjust the item scanning speed. Pause on First Item: Set scanning to pause on the first item in a group. Loops: Choose how many times to cycle through the screen before hiding Switch Control. Move Repeat: Set the delay before moving to the previous or next item while a switch is pressed. Long Press: Set whether a different action occurs when you press and hold a switch, and how long to wait before performing that action. Tap Behavior: Choose a tap behavior and set the interval for performing a second switch action to show the Scanner Menu. Focused Item After Tap: Choose whether Switch Control resumes scanning at an item you tap or from the beginning. Hold Duration: Set whether and how long you need to hold a switch down before its accepted as a switch action. Ignore Repeat: Ignore accidental repeated switch triggers. Gliding Cursor: Adjust the point scanning style and speed. Head Tracking: Adjust settings for head tracking (on an iPad with Face ID) and assign actions to facial expressions. Menu Items: Choose the actions shown in the Scanner Menu and the order in which they appear. Sound Effects: Turn on sound effects. Speech: Speak items as theyre scanned. Group Items: Group items for faster navigation. Large Cursor: Make the selection cursor larger. Cursor Color: Choose a different color. Saved Gestures: Create and save custom gestures to the Scanner Menu. Confirm with Switch Control: On an iPad with Face ID, use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad Air (4th generation), use Switch Control to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Turn Switch Control on or off Important: Switch Control changes the gestures you use to control iPad. To turn Switch Control on or off, use any of the following methods:

Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Use Control Center. Use Switch Control on iPad With Switch Control, you can use the following methods to select an item on the screen:

Item scanning: The focus moves (automatically or manually) from one item to the next until you select an item; this is the default scanning method. Point scanning: You select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. Head tracking: (on an iPad with Face ID) You move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. After you select an item, you can choose an action (for example, tap, drag, or pinch) in the Scanner Menu. Use item scanning With item scanning, the focus sequentially moves from one item to the next item on the screen. 1. If you use Auto Scanning, watch or listen as the focus moves. If you use Manual Scanning, trigger your Move to Next Item action to move the focus. 2. When the focus surrounds the item you want, trigger your Select Item switch. 3. In the Scanner Menu, choose an action such as the following:

Tap Gestures Scroll Media Controls More (the dots at the bottom of the menu) for more options Home (to return to the Home Screen) Device (for other hardware actions) Settings (to adjust Switch Control behavior) The available actions in the Scanner Menu depend on the selected item. To dismiss the Scanner menu without choosing an action, trigger your switch while the original item is highlighted and all the icons in the Scanner Menu are dimmed. Use point scanning With point scanning, you select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. 1. Use item scanning to select an item. 2. In the Scanner Menu, choose Gliding Cursor. 3. To position the vertical crosshair, do the following:

Trigger your Select Item switch when the wide vertical band is over the item you want. Trigger your Select Item switch again when the fine vertical line is over the item. 4. Repeat to position the horizontal crosshair. 5. Choose an action from the Scanner Menu. To return to item scanning, choose Item Mode in the Scanner Menu. Use head tracking On an iPad with Face ID, you can move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Head Tracking. 2. Turn on Head Tracking, then do any of the following:

Assign actions to facial expressions: Choose actions to perform when you smile, open your mouth, stick out your tongue, or raise your eyebrows. Choose how the pointer tracks your head movement: Tap Tracking Mode, then choose With Face, When Facing Screen Edges, or Relative to Head. Adjust the pointer speed: Tap or

. Use Voice Control to interact with iPad You can control iPad with just your voice. Speak commands to perform gestures, interact with screen elements, dictate and edit text, and more. Set up Voice Control Before you turn on Voice Control for the first time, make sure iPad is connected to the internet over a Wi-Fi network. After iPad completes a one-time file download from Apple, you dont need an internet connection to use Voice Control. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control. 2. Tap Set Up Voice Control, then tap Continue to start the file download. appears in the status bar to indicate Voice Control is turned When the download is complete, on. 3. Set options such as the following:

Language: Set the language and download languages for offline use. Customize Commands: View the available commands and create new commands. Vocabulary: Teach Voice Control new words. Show Confirmation: When Voice Control recognizes a command, a visual confirmation appears at the top of the screen. Play Sound: When Voice Control recognizes a command, an audible sound is played. Show Hints: See command suggestions and hints. Overlay: Display numbers, names, or a grid over screen elements. Attention Aware: On an iPad with Face ID, Voice Control wakes up when you look at your iPad and goes to sleep when you look away. Turn Voice Control on or off Turn Voice Control on or off After you set up Voice Control, you can turn it on or off quickly by using any of the following methods:

Summon Siri and say Turn on Voice Control. Say Turn off Voice Control. Add Voice Control to Accessibility Shortcutsgo to Settings Shortcut, then tap Voice Control.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Learn Voice Control commands When Voice Control is turned on, you can say commands such as the following:

Open Control Center Go home Tap item name Open app name Take screenshot Turn up volume To learn more Voice Control commands, say Show me what to say or Show commands. Use a screen overlay For faster interactions, you can navigate iPad with a screen overlay that shows item names, numbers, or a grid. Item names: Say Show names or Show names continuously, then say Tap item name. Numbers: Say Show numbers or Show numbers continuously, then say the number next to the item you want. You can also give a command to perform a gesture, such as Tap number, Long press number, Swipe up at number, or Double tap number. Grid: To interact with a screen location not represented by an item name or number, say Show grid or Show grid continuously, then do any of the following:

Drill down: Say a number to show a more detailed grid. Say a command to interact with an area of the grid: Say something like, Tap number or Zoom in number. Tip: To adjust the number of grid rows and columns, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control > Overlay, then select Numbered Grid. When Voice Control is turned on, you can also say something like, Show grid with five rows, or Show grid continuously with three columns. To turn off the overlay, say Hide names, Hide numbers, or Hide grid. Switch between Dictation Mode and Command Mode When youre working in a text input areafor example, writing a document, email, or messageyou can easily switch between Dictation mode and Command mode as needed. In Dictation mode (the default), any words you say that arent Voice Control commands are entered as text. In Command mode, those words are ignored and arent entered as text; Voice Control responds only to commands. Command mode is especially helpful when you need to use a series of commands and want to prevent what you say from inadvertently being entered in a text input area. To switch to Command mode, say Command mode. When Command mode is on, a dark icon of a crossed-out character appears in the text input area to indicate you cant dictate. To switch back to Dictation mode, say Dictation mode. Adjust settings for the Home or top button You can adjust accessibility settings for the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or top button (on other iPad models). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility, then tap Home Button (on an iPad with a Home button) or Top Button (on other iPad models). 2. Set any of the following:

Click Speed: Choose the speed required to double-click or triple-click the buttonDefault, Slow, or Slowest. Press and Hold to Speak: Choose whether Siri responds when you press and hold the button. Rest Finger to Open: On an iPad with Touch ID, you can unlock iPad by resting your finger on the button. On an iPad with Face ID, you can also use AssistiveTouch or use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Use buttons on the Apple TV Remote on iPad On the Apple TV Remote on iPad, you can use buttons instead of swipe gestures. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple TV Remote, then turn on Directional Buttons. Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad If you use a mouse or trackpad with iPad, you can change the appearance of the pointer by adjusting its color, shape, size, scrolling speed, and more. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Pointer Control, then adjust any of the following:

Increase Contrast Automatically Hide Pointer Color Pointer size Pointer Animations Scrolling Speed Trackpad Inertia (available when connected to a supported multi-touch trackpad) To customize the buttons of the pointing device, go to Settings > Accessibility > Touch >

AssistiveTouch > Devices. See Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device and Zoom in on the iPad screen. Adjust the onscreen and external keyboard settings on iPad You can adjust the onscreen (software) keyboard on iPad. If you use an external (hardware) keyboard with iPad, you can customize keyboard shortcuts and change settings such as the key repeat rate. Set the onscreen keyboard to display only uppercase letters If you have difficulty seeing the onscreen keyboard, you can set it to display only uppercase letters. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then turn off Show Lowercase Keys. Type on a larger onscreen keyboard Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to use a larger keyboard for typing in many apps, including Mail, Safari, Messages, Notes, and Contacts. For information about other ways to adjust the onscreen keyboard, see Set typing options. Control iPad with an external keyboard If you have difficulty using the touchscreen, you can control your iPad using shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard (sold separately). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, tap Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. 2. Control your iPad using keyboard shortcuts. Go to the Home Screen Command-H Shortcut Tab Shift-Tab Space bar Tab-A Tab-C Tab-N Tab-H Action Go to the next item Go to the previous item Activate the selected item Open the App Switcher Open Control Center Open Notification Center Show Help Auto-Hide Increase Size High Contrast Color 3. To customize the keyboard shortcuts, tap Commands. 4. To customize the appearance of the focus, tap any of the following:

Change how the keys respond on an external keyboard If you have difficulty using an external keyboard, you can adjust the settings. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then tap any of the following:

Key Repeat: You can adjust the repeat interval and delay. Sticky Keys: Use Sticky Keys to press and hold modifier keys, such as Command and Option, as you press another key. Slow Keys: Use Slow Keys to adjust the time between when a key is pressed and when its activated. Adjust the settings for AirPods Max and AirPods Pro on iPad If you have AirPods Max or AirPods Pro, you can adjust the accessibility settings to suit your motor or hearing needs. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > AirPods. 2. If you have multiple AirPods, select one. 3. Set any of the following options:

Press Speed: Adjust how quickly you must press two or three times before an action occurs. Press and Hold Duration: Adjust the duration required to press and hold on your AirPods. Follow iPad: Turn on spatial audio so surround sound (available with supported media content) seems to come from your iPad, even as you turn your head or move your device. Noise Cancellation with One AirPod: (AirPods Pro) Turn on noise cancellation even when youre using only one of your AirPods. 4. For more optionssuch as Headphone Accommodationstap Audio Accessibility Settings. Change Apple Pencil (2nd generation) settings If you have difficulty using the gestures for Apple Pencil (2nd generation) on supported iPad models, you can adjust the settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple Pencil. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn off Double Tap Gesture. Change the duration of the double tap gesture to Slow or Slowest. Hearing Use hearing devices with iPad You can use Made for iPhone (MFi) hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. Pair a hearing device with iPad If your hearing devices arent listed in Settings them with iPad. 1. Open the battery doors on your hearing devices.

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices, you need to pair 2. On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 3. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 4. Close the battery doors on your hearing devices. 5. When their names appear below MFi Hearing Devices (this could take a minute), tap the names and respond to the pairing requests. Pairing can take as long as 60 secondsdont try to stream audio or otherwise use the hearing devices until pairing is finished. When pairing is finished, you hear a series of beeps and a tone, and a checkmark appears next to the hearing devices in the Devices list. You need to pair your devices only once (and your audiologist might do it for you). After that, your hearing devices automatically reconnect to iPad whenever they turn on. Adjust the settings and view the status of your hearing devices In Settings: Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices. Using accessibility shortcuts: See Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad. On the Lock Screen: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices, then turn on Control on Lock Screen. From the Lock Screen, you can do the following:

Check battery status. Adjust ambient microphone volume and equalization. Choose which hearing device (left, right, or both) receives streaming audio. Control Live Listen. following accessibility shortcuts:

Tip: You can quickly adjust the settings or view the status of your hearing devices with the Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) Triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) Use Control Center Use your hearing devices with more than one device If you pair your hearing devices with more than one device (both iPhone and iPad, for example), the connection for your hearing devices automatically switches from one to the other when you do something that generates audio on the other device, or when you receive a phone call on iPhone. Changes you make to hearing device settings on one device are automatically sent to your other devices. 1. Sign in with your Apple ID on all the devices. 2. Connect all the devices to the same Wi-Fi network. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility Hearing Aid Compatibility may reduce interference and improve audio quality with some hearing aid models. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 2. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility. Stream audio from iPad to your hearing devices Stream audio from iPad and its apps to your hearing devices. You can even use Live Listen to stream sound from the microphone to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. Stream audio to your hearing devices You can stream audio from Siri, Apple Music, Apple Podcasts, Apple TV, and more. Tap Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to, then choose your hearing device. in Control You can also automatically route audio calls to a hearing device. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen Stream sound from the microphone on iPad to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. This can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. 1. If youre using AirPods, place them in your ears. If your AirPods dont automatically connect to iPad, tap then choose your AirPods. in Control Center or on the Lock Screen, 2. Turn Live Listen on or off with one of the following methods:

Open Control Center, tap

, tap your hearing device or AirPods, then tap Live Listen.

(If you dont see Hearing.

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then choose Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models), tap Hearing Devices, then tap Live Listen. 3. Position iPad near the sound source. Recognize sounds using iPad Your iPad can continuously listen for certain soundssuch as a crying baby, doorbell, or sirenand notify you when it recognizes these sounds. Note: Dont rely on your iPad to recognize sounds in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, in high-risk or emergency situations, or for navigation. Set up Sound Recognition 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Sound Recognition, then turn on Sound Recognition. 2. Tap Sounds, then turn on the sounds you want iPad to recognize. Tip: To quickly turn Sound Recognition on or off, use Control Center. Set up and use RTT on iPad With real-time text (RTT) and Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone, you can also make and receive RTT calls in the FaceTime app on your iPad. Important: RTT isnt supported by all carriers or in all countries or regions. RTT functionality depends on your carrier and network environment. When making an emergency call in the U.S., iPhone sends special characters or tones to alert the operator. The operators ability to receive or respond to these tones can vary depending on your location. Apple doesnt guarantee that the operator will be able to receive or respond to an RTT call. Set up RTT 1. Make sure you can make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad. 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > RTT. 3. Turn on Software RTT, then do any of the following. Tap Relay Number, then enter the phone number to use for relay calls using Software RTT/TTY. Turn on Send Immediately to send each character as you type. Turn off to complete messages before sending. When RTT is turned on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap Audio. Start an RTT call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 3. Tap Call, then tap RTT Call. Type text during an RTT call 1. Enter your message in the text field. 2. To also transmit audio, tap

. Note: Standard voice call rates apply for RTT calls. Adjust audio and visual settings on iPad Adjust the volume balance and mono audio 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual. 2. Adjust any of the following:

If you turned on Send Immediately in Settings, your recipient sees each character as you type. Otherwise, tap to send the message. You can adjust audio and visual accessibility settings to suit your hearing needs. For example, set mono audio, volume balance, LED Flash for Alerts, and headphone accommodations. Mono Audio: Combine the left and right channels into a mono signal played on both channels. Balance: Drag the Left Right Stereo Balance slider. Flash the LED for alerts On an iPad with a flash, if you cant hear the sounds that announce incoming calls and other alerts, iPad can flash its LED (next to the camera lens on the back of iPad). The LED flashes only if iPad is locked. Tip: LED Flash for Alerts is a useful feature for anyone who might miss the tones associated with calls and other alerts in a noisy environment. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual, then turn on LED Flash for Alerts. 2. To prevent LED flashes when iPad is in silent mode, turn off Flash on Silent. Set headphone accommodations With supported Apple and Beats headphones, you can amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies for your hearing. These adjustments help music, movies, phone calls, and podcasts sound more crisp and clear. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Headphone Accommodations, then turn on Headphone Accommodations. following:

2. Tap Custom Audio Setup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Or manually set any of the Tune Audio For: Choose Balanced Tone, Vocal Range, or Brightness. Level: Choose Slight, Moderate, or Strong amplification of soft sounds. Phone: Apply these audio settings to phone calls. Media: Apply these audio settings to media playback. Transparency Mode: Turn on Custom Transparency Mode and adjust the amplification, balance, and tone to help you hear whats happening around you (available when you have AirPods Pro connected to iPad). 3. To preview your audio settings, tap Play Sample. Play background sounds on iPad to mask environmental noise You can play calming soundssuch as ocean or rainto mask unwanted environmental noise and help minimize distractions so you can focus or rest. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio/Visual > Background Sounds, then turn on Background Sounds. 2. Set any of the following:

Volume: Drag the slider. Sound: Choose a sound; the audio file downloads to your iPad. Use When Media is Playing: Adjust the volume of the background sound when iPad is playing music or other media. Display subtitles and captions for videos and HomePod announcements on iPad When you play video content in a supported app, you can turn on subtitles and closed captions (if available). iPad usually shows standard subtitles and captions, but you can also choose special accessible captionssuch as subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing (SDH)if available. iPad can also display transcriptions of announcements made through HomePod. Turn on subtitles and captions in the Apple TV app 1. While playing video content, tap

. 2. Choose from the list of available subtitles and captions. Customize the subtitles and captions in supported video apps 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning. 2. If you prefer closed captioning or subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing when available, turn on Closed Captions + SDH. 3. Tap Style, then choose an existing caption style or create a new style based on the following:

Font, size, and color Background color and opacity Text opacity, edge style, and highlight Show transcriptions for announcements on HomePod Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning, then turn on Show Audio Transcriptions. General Use Guided Access on iPad Guided Access helps you stay focused on a task by temporarily restricting iPad to a single app, and allowing you to control which app features are available. You can do any of the following:

Disable areas of the screen that arent relevant to a task, or areas where an accidental gesture might cause a distraction Disable the iPad hardware buttons Limit how long someone can use the app 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Guided Access, then turn on Guided Access. Set up Guided Access 2. Adjust any of the following:

Passcode Settings: Tap Set Guided Access Passcode, then enter a passcode. You can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID as a way to end a Guided Access session. Time Limits: Play a sound or speak the time remaining before a Guided Access session ends. Accessibility Shortcut: Turn the shortcut on or off during Guided Access sessions. Display Auto-Lock: Set how long it takes iPad to automatically lock during a Guided Access session. Start a Guided Access session 1. Open the app you want to use. 2. Turn on Guided Access using one of the following methods:

Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on Guided Access. Learn how to ask Siri. Use accessibility shortcuts. to adjust its size. 3. Circle any areas of the screen you want to disable. Drag the mask into position or use the handles 4. Tap Options, then turn on or off any of the following:

Top Button (or Sleep/Wake Button) Volume Buttons Motion (to prevent iPad from switching from portrait to landscape or from responding to other motions) Keyboards Touch Time Limit 5. Tap Start. End a Guided Access session Do any of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Double-click the Home button, then unlock with Touch ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the Home button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. On iPad Air (4th generation): Double-click the top button, then unlock with Touch ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the top button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. On an iPad with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then unlock with Face ID (if enabled). Or triple-click the top button, then enter the Guided Access passcode. Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad Siri is often the easiest way to start using accessibility features with iPad. With Siri, you can open apps, turn many settings on or off, or use Siri for what it does bestacting as your intelligent personal assistant. Ask Siri. Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Siri knows when VoiceOver is on, so will often read more information back to you than appears on the screen. You can also use VoiceOver to read what Siri shows on the screen. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, summon Siri, then interact with Siri by using the keyboard and text field. Control voice feedback for Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Choose Dont Speak in Silent Mode, Only Speak with Hey Siri, or Always Speak Responses. Turn on Hey Siri when iPad is covered or facing down To allow iPad to listen for Hey Siri when its covered or facing down, go to Settings Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Always Listen for Hey Siri.

Hide apps when Siri is active To hide the current app when you summon Siri, go to Settings Show Apps Behind Siri.

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn off Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad After you set up accessibility features, you can quickly turn them on or off with any of the methods below. Ask Siri to turn on an accessibility feature Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver. Learn how to ask Siri. Triple-click the Home button On an iPad with a Home button, you can turn accessibility features on or off by triple-clicking the Home button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the Home button: Go to Settings >

Accessibility > Home Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the Home button. Triple-click the top button On iPad Air (4th generation), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later), or iPad Pro 11-inch, you can turn accessibility features on or off by triple-clicking the top button. Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings select the features you use the most.

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed for the top button: Go to Settings > Accessibility

> Top Button. Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the top button. Use Control Center You can also add accessibility features to Control Center and then activate them from there. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to the accessibility features you use the most. 2. To activate the accessibility feature, open Control Center, then tap the control. Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad You can choose different display and motion settings for certain apps, the Home Screen, and Settings. Change the settings for an app 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Per-App Settings. 2. Tap Add App, then choose an app, Home Screen, or Settings. 3. Tap the app or Home Screen, then adjust the settings. Adjust the text size when youre using an app 1. Open Control Center, then tap [the Text Size button].

(If you dont see [the Text Size button], add it to Control Centergo to Settings Center, then choose Text Size).

> Control 2. Drag the slider up or down to increase or decrease the text size. To change the text size for all apps, tap All Apps at the bottom of the screen. Security and privacy Use the built-in security and privacy protections of iPad iPad is designed to protect your data and your privacy. Built-in security features help prevent anyone but you from accessing the data on your iPad and in iCloud. Built-in privacy features minimize how much of your information is available to anyone but you, and you can adjust what information is shared and where you share it. To take maximum advantage of the security and privacy features built into iPad, follow these practices:

Set a strong passcode Setting a passcode to unlock iPad is the most important thing you can do to safeguard your device. See Set a passcode on iPad. Use Face ID or Touch ID Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) provides a secure and convenient way to unlock your iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps. See Set up Face ID on iPad or Set up Touch ID on iPad. Turn on Find My iPad Find My helps you find your iPad if its lost or stolen and prevents anyone else from activating or using your iPad if its missing. See Add your iPad to Find My. Keep your Apple ID secure Your Apple ID provides access to your data in iCloud and your account information for services like the App Store and Apple Music. To learn how to protect the security of your Apple ID, see Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad. Use Sign in with Apple when its available To help you set up accounts, many apps and websites offer Sign in with Apple. Sign in with Apple limits the information shared about you, it conveniently uses the Apple ID you already have, and it provides the security of two-factor authentication. See Sign in with Apple on iPad. Let iPad create a strong password if Sign in with Apple isnt available For a strong password that you dont have to remember, let iPad create it when you sign up for a service on a website or in an app. See Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad. Control the app data and location information you share You can review and adjust the data you share with apps, the location information you share, and how Apple delivers advertising to you in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Review the privacy practices of apps Review the privacy practices of apps before you download them. Every apps product page in the App Store shows a developer-reported summary of the apps privacy practices, including what data is collected. See Get apps in the App Store on iPad. For the apps that you download, review the App Privacy Report, which shows you how apps are using the permissions youve granted them, which third-party domains they contact, and how recently they made contact. See Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them. Protect your Mail activity Turn on Mail Privacy Protection to make it harder for senders to follow your Mail activity. See Use Mail Privacy Protection on iPad. When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your personal email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. See Hide your personal email address in Safari on iPad. Better understand the privacy of your browsing activities in Safari and help protect yourself against malicious websites Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. See Browse privately in Safari on iPad. Control app tracking All apps must receive your permission before tracking you across apps and websites owned by other companies to target advertising to you or share your information with a data broker. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later, and you can stop all apps from requesting permission. Use the internet more securely with iCloud Private Relay When you subscribe to iCloud+, iCloud Private Relay helps you use the internet in an even more secure and private way by encrypting the traffic from your iPad and by sending it through two separate internet relays. No one can use your IP address, location, and browsing activity to create a detailed profile about you. See Turn on iCloud Private Relay on iPad. To get personalized support for these practices, go to the Apple Support website (not available in all countries or regions). To learn more about how Apple protects your information, go to the Privacy website. For better security, set a passcode that needs to be entered to unlock iPad when you turn it on or wake it. Setting a passcode also turns on data protection, which encrypts your iPad data with 256-bit AES encryption. (Some apps may opt out of using data protection.) Set or change the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Protect your iPad Set a passcode on iPad Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode On or Change Passcode. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. After you set a passcode, on supported models you can use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock iPad. For additional security, however, you must always enter your passcode to unlock your iPad under the following conditions:

You turn on or restart your iPad. You havent unlocked your iPad for more than 48 hours. You havent unlocked your iPad with the passcode in the last 6.5 days, and you havent unlocked it with Face ID or Touch ID in the last 4 hours. Your iPad receives a remote lock command. There are five unsuccessful attempts to unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID. Change when iPad automatically locks Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then set a length of time. Erase data after 10 failed passcodes Set iPad to erase all information, media, and personal settings after 10 consecutive failed passcode attempts. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

After all data is erased, you must restore iPad from a backup or set it up again as new. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Turn on Erase Data. Turn off the passcode Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode Off. Reset the passcode If you enter the wrong passcode six times in a row, youll be locked out of your device, and youll receive a message that says iPad is disabled. If you cant remember your passcode, you can erase your iPad with a computer or with recovery mode, then set a new passcode. (If you made an iCloud or computer backup before you forgot your passcode, you can restore your data and settings from the backup.) See the Apple Support article If you forgot the passcode on your iPad, or your iPad is disabled. Set up Face ID on iPad Use Face ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by simply glancing at your iPad. To use Face ID, you must also set a passcode on your iPad. Set up Face ID or add an alternate appearance If you didnt set up Face ID when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> Face ID &

To set up an additional appearance for Face ID to recognize, go to Settings > Face ID & Passcode

> Set Up an Alternate Appearance, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you have physical limitations, you can tap Accessibility Options during Face ID set up. When you do this, setting up facial recognition doesnt require the full range of head motion. Using Face ID is still secure, but it requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Face ID also has an accessibility feature you can use if youre blind or have low vision. If you dont want Face ID to require that you look at iPad with your eyes open, go to Settings > Accessibility >

Face ID & Attention, then turn off Require Attention for Face ID. This feature is automatically turned off if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. See Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad. Temporarily disable Face ID You can temporarily prevent Face ID from unlocking your iPad. 1. Press and hold the top button and either volume button for 2 seconds. 2. After the sliders appear, press the top button to immediately lock iPad. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. The next time you unlock iPad with your passcode, Face ID is enabled again. Turn off Face ID 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off Face ID for specific items only: Turn off one or more options: iPad Unlock, Apple Pay, iTunes & App Store, or Safari AutoFill. Turn off Face ID: Tap Reset Face ID. If your device is lost or stolen, you can prevent Face ID from being used to unlock your device with Find My iPhone Lost Mode. (See Add your iPad to Find My.) For more information about Face ID, see About Face ID advanced technology. Set up Touch ID on iPad Use Touch ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by pressing the top button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or the Home button (other models) with your finger or thumb. To use Touch ID, you must set a passcode on your iPad. Turn on fingerprint recognition Touch ID & Passcode. 1. If you didnt turn on fingerprint recognition when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

2. Turn on any of the options, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you turn on iTunes & App Store, youre asked for your Apple ID password when you make your first purchase from the App Store, Apple Books, or the iTunes Store. When you make your next purchases, youre asked to use Touch ID. Note: If you cant add a fingerprint or unlock your iPad using Touch ID, see the Apple Support article If Touch ID isnt working. Add a fingerprint You can add multiple fingerprints (both of your thumbs and forefingers, for example). 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Add a Fingerprint. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Name or delete a fingerprint 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. If you added more than one fingerprint, place a finger on the top button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or Home button (other models) to identify its print. 2. Tap the fingerprint, then enter a name (such as Thumb) or tap Delete Fingerprint. Unlock iPad by touching instead of pressing with your finger or thumb Go to Settings models), then turn on Rest Finger to Open.

> Accessibility, tap Top Button (iPad Air (4th generation)) or Home Button (other Turn off Touch ID Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn off one or more of the options. Control access to information on the iPad Lock Screen You can easily access a few commonly used features (such as widgets, media playback controls, and Control Center) from the Lock Screen. (For security, USB connections arent allowed when iPad is locked.) You can control access to these items when iPad is locked. If you turn off Lock Screen access to a feature, you prevent someone who has your iPad from viewing any personal information that it might contain (such as an upcoming event in the Calendar widget). However, you also lose quick access to the information yourself. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Select your options. You can turn access on or off to the following features while iPad is locked:

Widgets (see Add widgets on iPad) Recent notifications (see View and respond to notifications on iPad) Control Center (see Use and customize Control Center on iPad) Siri (see Ask Siri on iPad) Home Control (see Intro to Home on iPad) Returning Missed Calls (see Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad) Connecting to a Mac, a Windows PC, or an accessory with USB (such as when you connect iPad to your computer using USB) Important: If you change the default setting and allow USB connections when iPad is locked, you disable an important security feature of your iPad. Protect your accounts Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services like the App Store, Apple Music, iCloud, iMessage, FaceTime, and more. Your account includes the email address and password you use to sign in as well as the contact, payment, and security details you use across Apple services. Apple employs industry-standard practices to safeguard your Apple ID. Best practices for maximizing the security of your Apple ID Dont share your Apple ID with other people, even family members. (You can name one or more people you trust as Account Recovery Contacts to help you regain access to your account if you ever get locked out.) To share purchases, subscriptions, a family calendar, and more without sharing Apple IDs, set up Family Sharing. Never provide your password, security questions, verification codes, recovery key, or any other account security details to anyone else. Apple will never ask you for this information. When accessing your Apple ID account page in Safari or another web browser, look for the lock icon in the address field to verify that your session is encrypted and secure. When using a public computer, always sign out when your session is complete to prevent other people from accessing your account. Avoid phishing scams. Dont click links in suspicious email or text messages and never provide personal information on any website you arent certain is legitimate. See the Apple Support article Recognize and avoid phishing messages, phony support calls, and other scams. Dont use your password with other online accounts. Let two-factor authentication protect your account. If you create a new Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, turn on two-factor authentication. See Manage two-factor authentication for your Apple ID from iPad. Add Account Recovery Contacts Choose one or more people you trust as Account Recovery Contacts to help you reset your Apple ID password and regain access to your account if you ever forget your password or get locked out. Go to Settings Contact, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> [your name] > Password & Security > Account Recovery, tap Add Recovery For more information, go to Settings below Add Recovery Contact.

> [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Learn more Note: Another option for resetting your password if you forget it is a recovery key. A recovery key lets you reset your password either by using another device already signed in with your Apple ID or by entering your recovery key. See the Apple Support article How to generate a recovery key. Add Legacy Contacts The Digital Legacy program allows you to designate people as Legacy Contacts so they can access your account and personal information in the event of your death.

> [your name] > Password & Security > Legacy Contact, tap Add Legacy Contact, Go to Settings then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information, go to Settings below Legacy Contact.

> [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Learn more For more information about best practices, see the Apple Support article Security and your Apple ID. To set up or manage your Apple ID, go to the Apple ID website. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Sign in with Apple on iPad With Sign in with Apple, you can sign in to participating apps and websites with your Apple ID. You dont need to create and remember new passwords, and your account is protected with two-factor authentication. Sign in with Apple is designed to respect your privacy. Apps and websites can ask only for your name and email address to set up your account, and Apple wont track you as you use them. Set up or upgrade an account to Sign in with Apple When a participating app or website asks you to set up or upgrade an account, do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. Some apps (and websites) dont request your name and email address. In this case, you simply authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Others may ask for your name and email address to set up a personalized account. When an app asks for this information, Sign in with Apple displays your name and the personal email address from your Apple ID account for you to review. To edit your name, tap it, then use the keyboard to make changes. To specify an email address, do one of the following:

Use your personal email address: Tap Share My Email. If you have multiple email addresses associated with your Apple ID, choose the address you want. Hide your email address: Tap Hide My Email. This option allows you to receive email from the app without sharing your personal email address. When you choose this option, Apple creates a unique, random email address for you, and any email sent from the app to this address is forwarded to your personal address. After you review your information and choose an email option, tap Continue, authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Sign in to access your account After you set up an account with an app or website using Sign in with Apple, you typically dont need to sign in to it again on your iPad. But if youre asked to sign in (for example, after you sign out of an account), do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Review the Apple ID that appears, then tap Continue. 3. Authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model). Change the address used to forward email If you chose to hide your email address when you created an account and you have more than one address associated with your Apple ID, you can change the address that receives your forwarded email. 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Name, Phone Numbers, Email > Forward To. 2. Choose a different email address, then tap Done. Change Sign in with Apple settings for an app or website 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Password and Security. 2. Tap Apps Using Your Apple ID. 3. Choose an app, then do either of the following:

Turn off forwarding email: Turn off Forward To. You wont receive any further emails from the app. Stop using Sign in with Apple: Tap Stop Using Apple ID. You may be asked to create a new account the next time you try to sign in with the app. Sign in with Apple also works on your other devicesiPhone, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, and iPod touchwhere youre signed in with the same Apple ID. To sign in from an Android app, a Windows app, or any web browser, tap Sign in with Apple, then enter your Apple ID and password. Sign in with Apple requires two-factor authentication for your Apple ID. This protects your Apple ID, your app accounts, and your app content. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. For more information, see the Apple Support article What is Sign in with Apple?. Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create strong passwords for many of your accounts. iPad stores the passwords in iCloud Keychain and fills them in for you automatically, so you dont have to memorize them. Note: Instead of creating an account and password, use Sign in with Apple when a participating app or website invites you to set up an account. Sign in with Apple uses the Apple ID you already have, and it limits the information shared about you. Create a strong password for a new account 1. On the new account screen for the website or app, enter a new account name. For supported websites and apps, iPad suggests a unique, complex password. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose the suggested password: Tap Use Strong Password. Make up your own password: Tap Choose My Own Password. 3. To later allow iPad to automatically fill in the password for you, tap Yes when youre asked if you want to save the password. Note: For iPad to create and store passwords, iCloud Keychain must be turned on. Go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud > Keychain.

Automatically fill in a saved password 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name field. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. Tap

, tap Other Passwords, then tap an account. The password is filled in. To see the password, tap

. To enter an account or password that isnt saved, tap on the sign-in screen. View your saved passwords Ask Siri. Say something like: Show me my passwords. Learn how to ask Siri. To view the password for an account, tap it. You can also view your passwords without asking Siri. Do one of the following, then tap an account to view its password:

Go to Settings

> Passwords. On a sign-in screen, tap

. Prevent iPad from automatically filling in passwords Go to Settings

> Passwords > AutoFill Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Change a weak password on iPad If you create your own passwords and any are weak (for example, theyre easily guessed or used multiple times), iPad identifies them for you automatically. 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords > Security Recommendations. If an account has a weak password, a message explains the problem. 2. Tap the account. 3. Tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app. If the website or app allows you to upgrade to Sign in with Apple, you can take advantage of the security and convenience of that feature. If you arent given the upgrade option when you change your password, for many accounts you can let iPad automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. Note: The Delete Password button allows you to remove the password from your iCloud Keychain only. It doesnt remove the weak password from your website or app account. iPad also securely monitors your passwords and alerts you if they appear in known data leaks. If you dont want iPad to perform this monitoring, go to Settings > Passwords > Security Recommendations, then turn off Detect Compromised Passwords. If iPad warns you of a weak password for a website or app that is no longer available, you can remove the account from your iCloud Keychain. To remove an account, go to Settings > Passwords, then swipe left on the account. Share passwords securely with AirDrop on iPad Use AirDrop to securely share passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. iCloud Keychain must be set up on your iPad. Send a password To use AirDrop to share a password, the person youre sharing with must be in your Contacts. To share with someone on iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch, ask them to open Control Center and allow AirDrop to receive items. To share with someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> Passwords. 2. Tap the account you want to share. 3. Tap Password, then tap AirDrop. 4. Tap the contact you want to send the password to. Receive a password To receive a password, you must be in the senders contacts. 1. If you havent already done so, allow AirDrop to receive items. 2. When you receive a request to accept a password from someone else, tap Accept. The password is saved on your iPad, where you can view it and let iPad automatically fill it in on the sign-in screen for the account. Make your passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain Use iCloud Keychain to keep your website and app passwords, credit card information, Wi-Fi network information, and other account information up to date across all of your approved devices and Mac computers. (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.9, or later required.) iCloud Keychain is secured with 256-bit AES encryption during storage and transmission, and its data cannot be read by Apple. iCloud Keychain can also keep the accounts you use in Mail, Contacts, Calendar, and Messages up to date across all of your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch devices and Mac computers. Set up iCloud Keychain If you didnt turn on iCloud Keychain when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

> iCloud > Keychain, turn on iCloud Keychain, then follow the onscreen instructions.

> [your name]

When you set up iCloud Keychain, you create an iCloud Security Code, which you can use to authorize additional devices that use your iCloud Keychain. Its also used for verification so that you can perform other iCloud Keychain actions, such as recovering your iCloud Keychain if you lose all your devices. Set up iCloud Keychain on an additional device When you turn on iCloud Keychain on an additional device, your other devices using iCloud Keychain receive a notification requesting your approval of the additional device. On one of your other devices, approve the additional device. Your iCloud Keychain automatically begins updating on the additional device. To approve iCloud Keychain when you dont have access to your other devices, follow the onscreen instructions to use your iCloud Security Code. Reset or create an iCloud Security Code If you enter the wrong iCloud Security Code too many times when using iCloud Keychain, your iCloud Keychain is disabled on that device, and your keychain in iCloud is deleted. To reset or create a new iCloud Security Code, see the Apple Support article If you enter your iCloud Security Code incorrectly too many times. To learn more about iCloud Keychain, see the Apple Support article Set up iCloud Keychain. Manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. You can generate Hide My Email addresses in Safari wherever email addresses are required. See Hide your personal email address in Safari on iPad. You can also create and administer Hide My Email addresses in Settings name] > iCloud > Hide My Email, then do any of the following:

. Go to Settings > [your Create a Hide My Email address: Tap Create New Address, then follow the onscreen instructions. Delete a Hide My Email address: Tap an address (below Create New Address), then tap Deactivate Email Address. After you deactivate the address, it no longer forwards emails to you. Change which personal email address to forward to: Tap Forward To, then choose an email address. Options consist of addresses that are reachable with your AppleID. Copy a forwarding address to use elsewhere: Tap an address (below Create New Address), touch and hold the Hide My Email section, then tap Copy. To immediately supply that address elsewhere, touch and hold in a text field, then press Paste. Manage two-factor authentication for your Apple ID from iPad Two-factor authentication helps prevent others from accessing your Apple ID account, even if they know your Apple ID password. Two-factor authentication is built into iOS 9, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.11, or later. Certain features in iOS, iPadOS, and macOS require the security of two-factor authentication, which is designed to protect your information. If you create a new Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, you can turn on its extra layer of security at any time. Note: Certain account types may be ineligible for two-factor authentication at the discretion of Apple. Two-factor authentication isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of two-factor authentication for Apple ID. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID. Turn on two-factor authentication name] > Password & Security. 1. If your Apple ID account isnt already using two-factor authentication, go to Settings

> [your 2. Tap Turn On Two-Factor Authentication, then tap Continue. 3. Enter a trusted phone number (a phone number where you want to receive verification codes for two-factor authentication). You can choose to receive the codes by text message or automated phone call. 4. Tap Next. 5. Enter the verification code sent to your trusted phone number. To send or resend a verification code, tap Didnt get a verification code?

You wont be asked for a verification code again on your iPad unless you sign out completely, erase your iPad, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. After you turn on two-factor authentication, you have a two-week period during which you can turn it off. After that period, you cant turn off two-factor authentication. To turn it off, open your confirmation email and click the link to return to your previous security settings. Keep in mind that turning off two-factor authentication makes your account less secure and means you cant use features that require a higher level of security. Note: If you use two-step verification and upgrade to iPadOS 13 or later, your account might be migrated to use two-factor authentication. See the Apple Support article Two-step verification for Apple ID. Add another device as a trusted device A trusted device is one that can be used to verify your identity by displaying a verification code from Apple when you sign in on a different device or browser. A trusted device must meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 9, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.11. 1. After you turn on two-factor authentication on one device, sign in with the same Apple ID on another device. 2. When youre asked to enter a six-digit verification code, do one of the following:

Obtain the verification code on your iPad or another trusted device thats connected to the internet: Look for a notification on that device, then tap or click Allow to make the code appear on that device. (A trusted device is an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac on which youve already turned on two-factor authentication and on which youre signed in with your Apple ID.) Obtain the verification at a trusted phone number: If a trusted device isnt available, tap Didnt get a verification code? then choose a phone number. Obtain the verification code on a trusted device thats offline: On a trusted iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, go to Settings > [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Get Verification Code. On a trusted Mac with macOS 10.15 or later, choose Apple menu Preferences > Apple ID > Password & Security, then click Get Verification Code. On a trusted Mac with macOS 10.14 and earlier, choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud >

Account Details > Security, then click Get Verification Code.

> System 3. Enter the verification code on the new device. You wont be asked for a verification code again unless you sign out completely, erase your device, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. Add or remove a trusted phone number When you enrolled in two-factor authentication, you had to verify one trusted phone number. You should also consider adding other phone numbers you can access, such as a home phone, or a number used by a family member or close friend. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Edit (above the list of trusted phone numbers), then do one of the following:

Add a number: Tap Add a Trusted Phone Number. Remove a number: Tap next to the phone number. Trusted phone numbers dont automatically receive verification codes. If you cant access any trusted devices when setting up a new device for two-factor authentication, tap Didnt get a verification code? on the new device, then choose one of your trusted phone numbers to receive the verification code. View or remove trusted devices 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. A list of the devices associated with your Apple ID appears near the bottom of the screen. 2. To see if a listed device is trusted, tap it, then look for This device is trusted and can receive Apple ID verification codes. 3. To remove a device, tap it, then tap Remove from Account. Removing a trusted device ensures that it can no longer display verification codes and that access to iCloud (and other Apple services on the device) is blocked until you sign in again with two-

factor authentication. Generate a password for an app that signs in to your Apple ID account With two-factor authentication, you need an app-specific password to sign in to your Apple ID account from a third-party app or servicesuch as an email, contacts, or calendar app. After you generate the app-specific password, use it to sign in to your Apple ID account from the app and access the information you store in iCloud. 1. Sign in to your Apple ID account. 2. Tap Generate Password (below App-Specific Passwords). 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. After you generate your app-specific password, enter or paste it into the password field of the app as you would normally. For more information, see the Apple Support article Using app-specific passwords. Privacy protections on iPad Control access to information in apps on iPad You control whether third-party apps have access to information in Contacts, Photos, Calendar, and other apps. Review or change access to information in apps The first time an app wants to use information from another app, you receive a request with an explanation. For example, a messaging app may request access to your contacts to find friends who are using the same app. After you grant or deny access, you can change access later. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy. 2. Tap a category of information, such as Calendars, Reminders, or Motion & Fitness. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them The App Privacy Report shows you how apps are using the permissions youve granted them, which third-party domains they contact, and how recently they made contact. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Record App Activity, then turn on Record App Activity. Note: To understand how a third-party app uses the data its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Control access to hardware features on iPad Before apps use the camera or microphone on your iPad, theyre required to request your permission and explain why theyre asking. For example, a social networking app may ask to use your camera so that you can take and upload pictures to that app. Apps are similarly required to request your permission to use various other hardware features, including Bluetooth connectivity, motion and fitness sensors, and devices on your local network. You can review which apps have requested access to these hardware features, and you can change their access at your discretion. Review or change access to the camera, microphone, and other hardware features 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy. 2. Tap a hardware feature, such as Camera, Bluetooth, Local Network, or Microphone. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Note: An orange indicator appears at the top of the screen whenever an app uses the microphone

(without the camera). Whenever an app uses the camera (including when the camera and microphone are used together), a green indicator appears. Also, a message appears at the top of Control Center to inform you when an app has recently used either. Control app tracking permissions on iPad All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across apps or websites owned by other companies to target advertising to you or share your information with data brokers. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later. You can also stop all apps from requesting permission. Review or change an apps permission to track you 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Tracking. The list shows the apps that requested permission to track you. You can turn permission on or off for any app on the list. 2. To stop all apps from asking permission to track you, turn off Allow Apps to Request to Track (at the top of the screen). For more information about app tracking, tap Learn More near the top of the screen. Control the location information you share on iPad You control whether iPad and apps have information about your location. To figure out where you are when getting directions, setting up meetings, and more, Location Services uses information (when available) from GPS networks (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular), your Bluetooth connections, your local Wi-Fi networks, and your cellular network (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular, if you have Cellular Data turned on). When an app is using Location Services, appears in the status bar. When you set up iPad, youre asked if you want to turn on Location Services. Afterward, you can turn Location Services on or off at any time. The first time an app wants location data from your iPad, you receive a request with an explanation. Some apps may make a one-time only request for your location. Other apps may ask you to share your location now and in the future. Whether you grant or deny ongoing access to your location, you can change an apps access later. Turn on Location Services If you didnt turn on Location Services when you first set up iPad, go to Settings Location Services, then turn on Location Services.

> Privacy >

Important: If you turn off Location Services, many important iPad features stop working. Review or change an apps ongoing access to location information 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy > Location Services. 2. To review or change access settings for an app or to see its explanation for requesting Location Services, tap the app. To allow an app to use your specific location, leave Precise Location turned on. To share only your approximate locationwhich may be sufficient for an app that doesnt need your exact locationturn Precise Location off. Note: If you set the access for an app to Ask Next Time, youre asked to turn on Location Services again the next time an app tries to use it. To understand how a third-party app uses the information its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article About privacy and Location Services. Hide the map in Location Services alerts When you allow an app to always use your location in the background, you may receive alerts about the apps use of that information. (These alerts let you change your permission, if you want to.) In the alerts, a map shows locations recently accessed by the app. To hide the map, go to Settings Map in Location Alerts.

> Privacy > Location Services > Location Alerts, then turn off Show With the setting off, you continue to receive location alerts, but the map isnt shown. Review or change Location Services settings for system services Several system services, such as location-based suggestions and location-based ads, use Location Services. To see the status for each service, to turn Location Services on or off for each service, or to show in the status bar when enabled system services use your location, go to Settings Location Services > System Services.

> Privacy >

Turn on iCloud Private Relay on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can turn on iCloud Private Relay to help keep your internet activity private (not available in all countries or regions). iCloud Private Relay ensures that as you browse with the Safari app apps that access the internet, the traffic leaving your iPad has the following characteristics:

or use any other browsers or Your traffic is encrypted. Your traffic uses two separate internet relays. No one can use your IP address, location, and browsing activity to create a detailed profile about you. If a network or website doesnt support iCloud Private Relay, you can turn it off. When you finish your task on the network or website, turn iCloud Private Relay on again. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for all networks Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay. Note: You need to turn on iCloud Private Relay on each device where you want to use it. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for an individual Wi-Fi or cellular network Do any of the following:

For a connected Wi-Fi network: Go to Settings or off.

> Wi-Fi, tap

, then turn iCloud Private Relay on For a cellular network: Go to Settings iCloud Private Relay on or off.

> Cellular, select a plan (below Cellular Plans), then turn Note: The network settings are specific to your iPad. Set the specificity of your IP address location Go to Settings the following:

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay > IP Address Location, then choose one of Maintain General Location (for example, to see local content in Safari) Use Country and Time Zone (to make your location more obscure) Use a private network address on iPad To help protect your privacy, your iPad uses a unique private network address, called a media access control (MAC) address, on each Wi-Fi network it joins. If a network cant use a private address (for example, to provide parental controls or to identify your iPad as authorized to join), you can stop using a private address for that network. Turn a private address off for a network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then tap for a network. 2. Turn Private Address off. Important: For better privacy, leave Private Address turned on for all networks that support it. Using a private address helps reduce tracking of your iPad across different Wi-Fi networks. Control how Apple delivers advertising to you on iPad You control how Apple delivers advertising. Ads delivered by Apple may appear in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. These ads dont access data from any other apps. In the App Store and Apple News, your search and download history may be used to serve you relevant search ads. In Apple News and Stocks, ads are served based partly on what you read or follow. This includes publishers youve enabled notifications for and the type of publishing subscription you have. The articles you read are not used to serve targeted ads to you outside these apps, and information collected about what you read is linked to a random identifier rather than your Apple ID. Review the information Apple uses to deliver ads Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising > View Ad Targeting Information. The information is used by Apple to deliver more relevant ads in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Your personal data isnt provided to other parties. Turn personalized ads on or off Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising, then turn Personalized Ads on or off. Note: Turning off personalized ads limits Apples ability to deliver relevant ads to you. It may not reduce the number of ads you receive. Learn more about privacy and Apples advertising platform Go to Settings

> Privacy > Apple Advertising > About Advertising & Privacy. Restart, update, reset, and restore Turn iPad off and on Use buttons on your iPad or use Settings to turn iPad off and on. Note: If your iPad isnt working right, you can try restarting it by turning it off then on. If iPad still doesnt turn on, or if it gets stuck during start up, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. Or if your iPad isnt working correctly after you restart it, see the iPad Support website. Turn iPad off and on (models with Face ID or Touch ID in the top button) If your iPad doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

Turn off iPad: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button, then drag the slider. Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Turn iPad off and on (models with the Home button) Turn off iPad: Press and hold the top button, then drag the slider. Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. On all models, you can go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Force restart iPad If iPad isnt responding, and you cant turn if off and on, try forcing it to restart. Note: If iPad still doesnt turn on, or if it gets stuck during start up, see the Apple Support article If your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch wont turn on or is frozen. Or if your iPad isnt working correctly after you restart it, see the iPad Support website. Force restart iPad with Face ID or with Touch ID in the top button If your iPad, doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

1. Press and quickly release the volume up button. 2. Press and quickly release the volume down button. 3. Press and hold the top button. 4. When the Apple logo appears, release the top button. Force restart models with the Home button Press and hold the top button and the Home button at the same time. When the Apple logo appears, release both buttons. Update iPadOS When you update to the latest version of iPadOS, your data and settings remain unchanged. Before you update, set up iPad to back up automatically, or back up your iPad manually. Update iPad automatically If you didnt turn on automatic updates when you first set up your iPad, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update. 2. Tap Customize Automatic Updates (or Automatic Updates). You can choose to automatically download and install updates. When an update is available, iPad downloads and installs the update overnight while charging and connected to Wi-Fi. Youre notified before an update is installed. Update iPad manually At any time, you can check for and install software updates. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update. The screen shows the currently installed version of iPadOS and whether an update is available. To turn off automatic updates, go to Settings > General > Software Update > Customize Automatic Updates (or Automatic Updates). Update using your computer 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, then click General at the top of the window. To use the Finder to update your iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to update your iPad. In the iTunes app on your Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, then click Summary. 3. Click Check for Update. 4. To install an available update, click Update. See the Apple Support articles Update to the latest iOS and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Back up iPad You can back up iPad using iCloud or your computer. To decide which method is best for you, see About backups for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Tip: If you replace your iPad, you can use its backup to transfer your information to the new device. See Restore all content to iPad from a backup. Back up iPad using iCloud 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Backup. 2. Turn on iCloud Backup. iCloud automatically backs up your iPad daily when iPad is connected to power, locked, and on Wi-Fi. 3. To perform a manual backup, tap Back Up Now. To view your iCloud backups, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > Manage Storage > Backups. To delete a backup, choose a backup from the list, then tap Delete Backup. Note: If you turn on an iCloud feature (such as iCloud Photos or Contacts) in Settings > [your name] >

iCloud, its information is stored in iCloud. Because the information is automatically kept up to date on all your devices, its not included in your iCloud backup. (See the Apple Support article What does iCloud back up?) Back up iPad using your Mac 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. To use the Finder to back up iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to back up iPad. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click General. 4. Select Back up all of the data on your iPad to this Mac. 5. To encrypt your backup data and protect it with a password, select Encrypt local backup. 6. Click Back Up Now. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up Wi-Fi syncing. 2. In the iTunes app on your PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. Back up iPad using your Windows PC 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 3. Click Summary. 4. Click Back Up Now (below Backups). 5. To encrypt your backups, select Encrypt local backup, type a password, then click Set Password. To see the backups stored on your computer, choose Edit > Preferences, then click Devices. Encrypted backups have a lock icon in the list of backups. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up Wi-Fi syncing. Return iPad settings to their defaults You can return settings to their defaults without erasing your content. If you want to save your settings, back up iPad before returning them to their defaults. For example, if youre trying to solve a problem but returning settings to their defaults doesnt help, you might want to restore your previous settings from a backup. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Reset. 2. Choose an option:

WARNING: If you choose the Erase All Content and Settings option, all of your content is removed. See Erase iPad. Reset All Settings: All settingsincluding network settings, the keyboard dictionary, the Home Screen layout, location settings, privacy settings, and Apple Pay cardsare removed or reset to their defaults. No data or media are deleted. Reset Network Settings: All network settings are removed. In addition, the device name assigned in Settings > General > About is reset to iPad, and manually trusted certificates

(such as for websites) are changed to untrusted. Cellular data roaming may also be turned off.

(See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models).) When you reset network settings, previously used networks and VPN settings that werent installed by a configuration profile or mobile device management (MDM) are removed. Wi-Fi is turned off and then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on. To remove VPN settings installed by a configuration profile, go to Settings > General > Profiles

& Device Management, select the configuration profile, then tap Remove Profile. This also removes other settings and accounts provided by the profile. See Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad in this guide. To remove network settings installed by MDM, go to Settings > General > Profiles & Device Management, select the management, then tap Remove Management. This also removes other settings and certificates provided by MDM. See Mobile device management (MDM) in the iOS Deployment Reference. Reset Keyboard Dictionary: You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPad suggests as you type. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases only the words youve added. Reset Home Screen Layout: Returns the built-in apps to their original layout on the Home Screen. Reset Location & Privacy: Resets the location services and privacy settings to their defaults. If you want to completely erase your iPad, see Erase all content and settings from iPad. If you want or need to use a computer to erase your iPad, see Use a computer to erase all content and settings from iPad. Restore all content to iPad from a backup You can restore content, settings, and apps from a backup to a new or newly erased iPad. Important: You must first create a backup of your iPad. See Back up iPad. Restore iPad from an iCloud backup 1. Turn on a new or newly erased iPad. 2. Follow the online instructions to choose a language and region. 3. Tap Set Up Manually. 4. Tap Restore from iCloud Backup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Youre asked for your Apple ID. If youve forgotten your Apple ID, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Restore iPad from a computer backup 1. Using USB, connect a new or newly erased iPad to the computer containing your backup. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, then click Trust. To use the Finder to restore iPad from a backup, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to restore from a backup. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: If you have multiple devices connected to your PC, click the device icon near the top left of the iTunes window, then select your new or newly erased iPad from the list. 3. On the welcome screen, click Restore from this backup, choose your backup from the list, then click Continue. If your backup is encrypted, you must enter the password before restoring your files and settings. See the Apple Support articles Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch from a backup and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Restore purchased and deleted items to iPad You can redownload items from the App Store, Book Store, and iTunes Store without repurchasing them. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, you can download items purchased by other family members, too. To restore purchases that arent on your iPad, see the Apple Support article Redownload apps, music, movies, TV shows, and books from the App Store, iTunes Store, and Apple Books. You can also recover recently deleted email, photos, notes, and voice memos. Sell or give away your iPad Before you sell or give away your iPad, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, and be sure to perform the following tasks:

Back up iPad. If you replace one iPad with another, you can use the setup assistant to restore the backup to your new iPad. You can use extra free storage on iCloud to move your apps and data from one iPad to another. Go to Settings instructions.

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Get Started, then follow the onscreen Erase all content and settings that contain personal information. If you previously turned on Find My for your iPad, Activation Lock is removed when you erase iPad, making it ready for a new owner. Erase iPad When you delete data, its no longer accessible through the iPad interface, but it isnt erased from iPad storage. To remove all of your content and settings from storage, erase iPad. For example, erase iPad before you sell it or give it away. If you want to save your content and settings, back up iPad before erasing it. You can erase iPad from Settings erase iPad. If youre unable to open Settings, you can use a computer to Erase all content and settings from iPad 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad. If youre erasing your iPad because youre replacing it, you can use extra free storage on iCloud to move your apps and data from one iPad to another. Tap Get Started iPad, follow the onscreen instructions, then return to Settings > General > Transfer or Reset iPad. 2. Tap Erase All Content and Settings. When iPad restarts with all content and settings erased, you have the option to set up iPad as new or restore it from a backup. See Turn on and set up iPad. Note: If youre asked to enter your passcode and youve forgotten it, see Reset the passcode. If youre asked to enter your Apple ID password and youve forgotten it, see the Recover your Apple ID website. Use a computer to erase all content and settings from iPad You can use a Mac or Windows PC to erase all data and settings from your iPad, restore iPad to factory settings, and install the latest version of iPadOS. For example, if you cant open Settings iPad, you can use this approach to restore iPad to factory settings. on Before iPad is erased, you have the option to back it up. If you make a backup, you can use the backup to restore your data and settings on your iPad or on a new device. See Restore iPad from a computer backup. 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable. 2. Do one of the following:

In the Finder sidebar on your Mac: Select your iPad, click General at the top of the window, then click Restore iPad. To use the Finder to restore iPad to factory settings, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to restore iPad. In the iTunes app on a Windows PC: Click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then click Restore iPad. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. See the Apple Support article If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad Configuration profiles define settings for using iPad with corporate or school networks or accounts. You might be asked to install a configuration profile that was sent to you in an email, or one that is downloaded from a webpage. Youre asked for permission to install the profile and, when you open the file, information about what it contains is displayed. You can see the profiles you have installed in Settings apps, and data associated with the profile are also deleted.

> General > Profiles & Device Management. If you delete a profile, all of the settings, Safety, handling, and support Important safety information for iPad WARNING: Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. Read all the safety information below before using iPad. Handling Handle iPad with care. It is made of metal, glass, and plastic and has sensitive electronic components inside. iPad or its battery can be damaged if dropped, burned, punctured, or crushed, or if it comes in contact with liquid. If you suspect damage to iPad or the battery, discontinue use of iPad, as it may cause overheating or injury. Dont use iPad with a cracked screen, as it may cause injury. If youre concerned about scratching the surface of iPad, consider using a case or cover. Repairing Dont open iPad and dont attempt to repair iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may damage it or may cause injury to you. iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) contain lasers that could be damaged during repair or disassembly, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. If iPad is damaged, malfunctions, or comes in contact with liquid, contact Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Repairs by service providers other than Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider may not involve the use of Apple genuine parts and may affect the safety and functionality of the device. You can find more information about repairs and service at the iPad Repair website. Battery Dont attempt to replace the iPad battery yourself. The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an authorized service provider. Improper service could damage the battery, cause overheating, or result in injury. The battery must be recycled or disposed of separately from household waste. Dont incinerate the battery. For information about battery services and recycling, see the Battery Service and Recycling website. Distraction Using iPad in some circumstances may distract you and might cause a dangerous situation (for example, avoid using headphones while riding a bicycle and avoid typing a text message while driving a car). Observe rules that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices or headphones. Navigation Maps depends on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all countries or regions, resulting in maps and location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided in Maps to your surroundings. Use common sense when navigating. Always observe current road conditions and posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Some Maps features require Location Services. Charging Charge iPad with the included USB cable and power adapter. You can also charge iPad with Made for iPad or other third-party cables and power adapters that are compliant with USB 2.0 or later and with applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. Other adapters may not meet applicable safety standards, and charging with such adapters could pose a risk of death or injury. Using damaged cables or chargers, or charging when moisture is present, can cause fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. When you charge iPad, make sure the USB cable is fully inserted into the power adapter before you plug the adapter into a power outlet. Its important to keep iPad, the USB cable, and the power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Charging cable and connector Avoid prolonged skin contact with the charging cable and connector when the charging cable is connected to a power source because it may cause discomfort or injury. Sleeping or sitting on the charging cable or connector should be avoided. Prolonged heat exposure iPad and its USB power adapter comply with required surface temperature limits defined by applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. However, even within these limits, sustained contact with warm surfaces for long periods of time may cause discomfort or injury. Use common sense to avoid situations where your skin is in contact with a device or its power adapter when its operating or connected to a power source for long periods of time. For example, dont sleep on a device or power adapter, or place them under a blanket, pillow, or your body, when its connected to a power source. Keep your iPad and its power adapter in a well-

ventilated area when in use or charging. Take special care if you have a physical condition that affects your ability to detect heat against the body. USB power adapter To operate the Apple USB power adapter safely and reduce the possibility of heat-related injury or damage, plug the power adapter directly into a power outlet. Dont use the power adapter in wet locations, such as near a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and dont connect or disconnect the power adapter with wet hands. Stop using the power adapter and any cables if any of the following conditions exist:

The power adapter plug or prongs are damaged. The charge cable becomes frayed or otherwise damaged. The power adapter is exposed to excessive moisture, or liquid is spilled into the power adapter. The power adapter has been dropped, and its enclosure is damaged. USB power adapter specifications:

Frequency Line voltage 50 to 60 Hz, single phase 100 to 240 Vac Output voltage Refer to the output marking on the power adapter Hearing loss Listening to sound at high volumes may damage your hearing. Background noise, as well as continued exposure to high volume levels, can make sounds seem quieter than they actually are. Turn on audio playback and check the volume before inserting anything in your ear. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings. For more information about hearing loss, see the Sound and Hearing website. The Apple headsets sold with iPhone in China (identifiable by dark insulating rings on the plugs) are designed to comply with Chinese standards and are only compatible with iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch. WARNING: To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Radio frequency exposure iPad uses radio signals to connect to wireless networks. For information about radio frequency (RF) energy resulting from radio signals, and steps you can take to minimize

> General > Legal & Regulatory > RF Exposure, or see the RF Exposure exposure, go to Settings website. Radio frequency interference Observe signs and notices that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emissions, such emissions from iPad can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. When use is prohibited, such as while traveling in aircraft, or when asked to do so by authorities, turn off iPad, or use airplane mode or Settings

> Wi-

Fi and Settings > Bluetooth to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters. Medical device interference iPad contains components and radios that emit electromagnetic fields. iPad also contains magnets along the left and right edges and back of the device and on the right side of the front glass, which may interfere with medical devices, such as pacemakers and defibrillators. All models of iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad, and Apple Pencil (each sold separately) also contain magnets. These electromagnetic fields and magnets may interfere with medical devices. Consult your physician and medical device manufacturer for information specific to your medical device and whether you need to maintain a safe distance of separation between your medical device and iPad or any of its accessories. If you suspect iPad is interfering with your medical device, stop using iPad. Not a medical device iPad is not a medical device and should not be used as a substitute for professional medical judgment. It is not designed or intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any condition or disease. Please consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Medical conditions If you have any medical condition or experience symptoms that you believe could be affected by iPad or flashing lights (for example, seizures, blackouts, eyestrain, or headaches), consult with your physician prior to using iPad. Explosive and other atmospheric conditions Charging or using iPad in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, such as areas where the air contains high levels of flammable chemicals, vapors, or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders), may be hazardous. Exposing iPad to environments having high concentrations of industrial chemicals, including near evaporating liquified gasses such as helium, may damage or impair iPad functionality. Obey all signs and instructions. Repetitive motion When you perform repetitive activities such as typing, swiping, or playing games on iPad, you may experience discomfort in your hands, arms, wrists, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. If you experience discomfort, stop using iPad and consult a physician. High-consequence activities This device is not intended for use where the failure of the device could lead to death, personal injury, or severe environmental damage. Choking hazard Some iPad accessories may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep these accessories away from small children. Important handling information for iPad Cleaning Clean iPad immediately if it comes in contact with anything that may cause stains or other damagefor example, dirt or sand, ink, makeup, soap, detergent, acids or acidic foods, and lotions. To clean:

Disconnect all cables, then do one of the following to turn off iPad:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free clothfor example, a lens cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use cleaning products or compressed air. The front of iPad is made of glass with a fingerprint-resistant oleophobic (oil-repellant) coating. This coating wears over time with normal usage. Cleaning products and abrasive materials will further diminish the coating and may scratch the glass. Using connectors, ports, and buttons Never force a connector into a port or apply excessive pressure to a button, because this may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they probably dont match. Check for obstructions and make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Lightning to USB Cable (models with a Lightning connector) Discoloration of the Lightning connector after regular use is normal. Dirt, debris, and exposure to moisture may cause discoloration. If your Lightning cable or connector become warm during use or your iPad wont charge or sync, disconnect it from your computer or power adapter and clean the Lightning connector with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth. Do not use liquids or cleaning products when cleaning the Lightning connector. Lightning to USB Cable or USB-C Charge Cable (depending on model) Certain usage patterns can contribute to the fraying or breaking of cables. The included cable, like any other metal wire or cable, is subject to becoming weak or brittle if repeatedly bent in the same spot. Aim for gentle curves instead of angles in the cable. Regularly inspect the cable and connector for any kinks, breaks, bends, or other damage. Should you find any such damage, discontinue use of the cable. Operating temperature iPad is designed to work in ambient temperatures between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C) and stored in temperatures between -4 and 113 F (-20 and 45 C). iPad can be damaged and battery life shortened if stored or operated outside of these temperature ranges. Avoid exposing iPad to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. If the interior temperature of iPad exceeds normal operating temperatures (for example, in a hot car or in direct sunlight for extended periods of time), you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:

iPad stops charging. The screen dims. A temperature warning screen appears. Some apps may close. Important: You may not be able to use iPad while the temperature warning screen is displayed. If iPad cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. Move iPad to a cooler location out of direct sunlight and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPad again. See the Apple Support article Keeping iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch within acceptable operating temperatures. Find more resources for iPad software and service Refer to the following resources to get more iPad-related safety, software, service, and support information. Do this See Important safety information for iPad. To learn about Using iPad safely software downloads iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple See the iPad Support website. The latest information about iPad See the iPad website. Getting personalized support (not available in all countries or regions) See the Apple Support website. Managing your Apple ID account Sign in to your Apple ID account page. Using iCloud See the iCloud User Guide. Using iTunes for Windows See the iTunes User Guide for Windows. Using other Apple iPad apps See the App Store Support website. To learn about Do this Finding your iPad serial number or IMEI You can find your iPad serial number or International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) on the iPad packaging. Or, on iPad, go to Settings

> General >

About. See the Apple Support article Find the serial number or IMEI on your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch. Obtaining warranty service First follow the advice in this guide, then see the iPad Support website. Regulatory. Viewing iPad regulatory information On iPad, go to Settings

> General > Legal &

Battery service See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Using iPad in an enterprise environment See the Apple at Work website. Using iPad in education See the Education website. FCC compliance statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. Responsible party (contact for FCC matters only):

Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way, MS 911-AHW Cupertino, CA 95014 USA apple.com/contact ISED Canada compliance statement This device complies with ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Apple and the environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, see our Environment website. Class 1 Laser information for iPad iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) are classified as Class 1 Laser products per IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3. These devices comply with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Caution: These devices contain one or more lasers. Use other than as described in the user guide, repair, or disassembly may cause damage, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. This equipment should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. Disposal and recycling information for iPad Apple Recycling Program (available in some countries or regions) For free recycling of your old iPad, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see the Apple Trade In website. Disposal and Recycling Information The symbol above means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. The separate collection and recycling of your product and/or its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For information about Apples recycling program, recycling collection points, restricted substances, and other environmental initiatives, visit apple.com/environment. Brasil Informaes sobre descarte e reciclagem O smbolo acima indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartados no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre substncias de uso restrito, o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite apple.com/br/environment. Informacin sobre eliminacin de residuos y reciclaje El smbolo de arriba indica que este producto y/o su batera no debe desecharse con los residuos domsticos. Cuando decidas desechar este producto y/o su batera, hazlo de conformidad con las leyes y directrices ambientales locales. Para obtener informacin sobre el programa de reciclaje de Apple, puntos de recoleccin para reciclaje, sustancias restringidas y otras iniciativas ambientales, visita apple.com/mx/environment o apple.com/la/environment. Turkey environmental information Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmeliine Uygundur. Battery service The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website. Dispose of batteries according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. China mainland battery statement Taiwan battery statement ENERGY STAR compliance statement for iPad To save energy, iPad is set to lock after two minutes of user inactivity. To change this setting, go to Settings button, press the top button or the Home button. To unlock other iPad models, tap the screen or press the top button.

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then select an option. To unlock an iPad with a Home iPad meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. Reducing energy consumption saves money and helps conserve valuable resources; see the Energy Star website. Apple Inc. 2021 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPrint, Apple Books, Apple Music, Apple News, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple TV, Apple Wallet, Apple Watch, Center Stage, EarPods, Face ID, FaceTime, Finder, Flyover, Guided Access, Handoff, HomeKit, HomePod, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Mac, macOS, Magic Keyboard, Magic Mouse, Magic Trackpad, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Retina, Retina HD, Safari, Siri, Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, tvOS, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPods Max, AirTag, App Clip Code, App Clips, Live Photos, Memoji, Multi-Touch, Smart Keyboard, and Smart Keyboard Folio are trademarks of Apple Inc. registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store, Apple News+, Genius, iCloud, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., Apple Arcade, Apple Fitness+, and Apple One are service marks of Apple Inc. Apple One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com other countries. Beats, Beats Studio, Beats , Powerbeats, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC., registered in the U.S. and X Powerbeats Pro is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered trademark. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all countries or regions. App and feature availability is subject to change.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCC E-Label Information:

Model A2568:

A. Information to be displayed

1. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user

manual is shown below:

on E-label

Yes

Yes

No

In Manual

No

No

Yes

Information

FCC ID number

DoC logo

15.19 statement (“This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may

not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause undesired

operation.”)

Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1

DoC declaration1

Caution to the user that changes or modifications not expressly approved

by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to

operate the equipment1

Describe any other FCC regulatory information included in e-label 1

1 If the e-label includes information typically included in the manual then the e-label shall clearly

differentiate between information required to be on the device’s surface and information required to be in

the manual – refer to 784748 D02 e labelling v01 section II D 3(b)

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Image of the e-label screen are provided below:

Model A2568:

v 1.0

Apple Proprietary and Confidential

Page 1 of 2

Apple Inc.

One Apple Park Way

Cupertino, CA

www.apple.com

B. Access to the required information on the e-label

1. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a device’s menu. The actual

steps are:

To access the e-label information, in the device, Choose: Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory

No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a

user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device.

2. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins (e.g., a

SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information.

Yes

3. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information.

The information to the user is provided in the iPad Info document. A copy is attached as an exhibit

document Info_Guide_v1.0.pdf.

C. Labeling for Importation and Purchasing

1. Products utilizing e-labels are required to have a physical label on the product at the time of

importation, marketing and sales. For devices imported in bulk and not packaged individually, a

removable adhesive label or, for devices in protective bags, a label on the bags is acceptable for this

purpose. Any removable label shall be of a type intended to survive normal shipping and handling and

must only be removed by the customer after purchase. For devices imported already in individual

packages ready for sale, the information may alternatively be provided on the package. It shall contain:

1. The FCC ID and/or the DoC logo (if applicable); and

2. Any other information required by specific rule to be provided on the surface of the product

unless such information is permitted to be included in the User’s manual or other packaging

inserts.

The DoC logo is present on the product packaging.

FCC ID and model number are present on the device back plate

D. Other considerations

1. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be

secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it.

The e-label information is pre-programmed by the grantee. The user cannot modify the e-label

information.

2. All the applicable regulatory information required on the packaging or user instructions must be

provided according to the rules even if it is displayed electronically. For example, hearing aid

compatibility (HAC) ratings for the phones as specified in 47 C.F.R. § 20.19.

Yes it is provided.

v 1.0

Apple Proprietary and Confidential

Page 2 of 2

Apple Inc.

One Apple Park Way

Cupertino, CA

www.apple.com

A2568 - Regulatory Label and Location

The label is etched on the rear side exterior of the device and it is always visible without using any tool.

Apple Confidential

FCC E-Label Information:

Model A2569:

A. Information to be displayed

1. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user

manual is shown below:

on E-label

Yes

Yes

No

In Manual

No

No

Yes

Information

FCC ID number

DoC logo

15.19 statement (“This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may

not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause undesired

operation.”)

Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1

DoC declaration1

Caution to the user that changes or modifications not expressly approved

by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to

operate the equipment1

Describe any other FCC regulatory information included in e-label 1

1 If the e-label includes information typically included in the manual then the e-label shall clearly

differentiate between information required to be on the device’s surface and information required to be in

the manual – refer to 784748 D02 e labelling v01 section II D 3(b)

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Image of the e-label screen are provided below:

Model A2569:

v 1.0

Apple Proprietary and Confidential

Page 1 of 2

Apple Inc.

One Apple Park Way

Cupertino, CA

www.apple.com

B. Access to the required information on the e-label

1. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a device’s menu. The actual

steps are:

To access the e-label information, in the device, Choose: Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory

No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a

user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device.

2. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins (e.g., a

SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information.

Yes

3. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information.

The information to the user is provided in the iPad Info document. A copy is attached as an exhibit

document Info_Guide_v1.0.pdf.

C. Labeling for Importation and Purchasing

1. Products utilizing e-labels are required to have a physical label on the product at the time of

importation, marketing and sales. For devices imported in bulk and not packaged individually, a

removable adhesive label or, for devices in protective bags, a label on the bags is acceptable for this

purpose. Any removable label shall be of a type intended to survive normal shipping and handling and

must only be removed by the customer after purchase. For devices imported already in individual

packages ready for sale, the information may alternatively be provided on the package. It shall contain:

1. The FCC ID and/or the DoC logo (if applicable); and

2. Any other information required by specific rule to be provided on the surface of the product

unless such information is permitted to be included in the User’s manual or other packaging

inserts.

The DoC logo is present on the product packaging.

FCC ID and model number are present on the device back plate

D. Other considerations

1. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be

secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it.

The e-label information is pre-programmed by the grantee. The user cannot modify the e-label

information.

2. All the applicable regulatory information required on the packaging or user instructions must be

provided according to the rules even if it is displayed electronically. For example, hearing aid

compatibility (HAC) ratings for the phones as specified in 47 C.F.R. § 20.19.

Yes it is provided.

v 1.0

Apple Proprietary and Confidential

Page 2 of 2

Apple Inc.

One Apple Park Way

Cupertino, CA

www.apple.com

A2569 - Regulatory Label and Location

The label is etched on the rear side exterior of the device and it is always visible without using any tool.

Apple Confidential



 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6589233.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Date: May 25th, 2023 Federal Communications Commission Equipment Authorization Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046 Attn: Equipment Authorization Branch Ref: FCC ID numbers Model(s) A2568 A2569 FCC ID BCGA2568 To whom it may concern:

I, the undersigned, hereby authorize Element Materials Technology. to act on our behalf in all manners relating to application for equipment authorization, including signing of all documents relating to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Element Materials Technology on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. I, the undersigned, hereby certify that we are not subject to a denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 853(a). In authorizing Element Materials Technology as our representative, we still recognize that we are responsible to:

a) comply with the relevant provisions of the certification program;

b) make all necessary arrangements for the conduct of the evaluation, including provision for examining documentation and access to all areas, records (including internal audit reports) and personnel for the purposes of evaluation (e.g. testing, inspection, assessment, surveillance, reassessment) and resolution of complaints;

c) make claims regarding certification only in respect of the scope for which certification has been granted;

d) do not use our product certification in such a manner as to bring the Certification Division into disrepute and not make any statement regarding our product certification which the Certification Division may consider misleading or unauthorized;

Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com e) upon suspension or cancellation of certification, discontinue use of all advertising matter that contains any reference thereto and return any certification documents as required by the Certification Division;

f) use certification only to indicate the products are certified as being in conformity with specified standards;

g) endeavor to ensure that no certificate or report nor any part thereof is used in a misleading manner;

h) ensure that any reference to our product certification in communication media such as documents, brochures or advertising, complies with the requirements of the Certification Division;

i) keep a record of all complaints made known to the us relating to the products compliance with requirements of the relevant standard and to make these records available to the when requested;

j) take appropriate action with respect to such complaints and any deficiencies found in products or services that affect compliance with the requirements for certification;

k) document the actions taken. This authorization is valid until further written notice from the applicant. Sincerely, Abhishek Rala Apple Inc. Global Certification Manager arala@apple.com Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6589236.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Date: May 25th, 2023 Attn: FCC Office of Engineering and Technology / Element Materials Technology Ref: Class 2 Permissive Change for FCC ID numbers Model(s) A2568 A2569 FCC ID BCGA2568 Original approval date: Sept 14th, 2021 Additional C2PC dates: N/A Applicant: Apple Inc. To Whom It May Concern:

This is to request for a Class II Permissive Change to address the following proposed changes to the hardware / firmware for this device:

Addition of band n48 without any HW change. Additional details are provided in the Technical Description exhibits for this application. Certification testing performed. If you have any questions regarding this application, please feel free to contact me. Sincerely yours, Abhishek Rala Apple Inc. Global Certification Manager arala@apple.com Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6589237.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case Date: May 25th, 2023 Federal Communications Commission Office of Engineering and Technology Laboratory Division 7435 Oakland Mills Rd. Columbia MD 21046 Subject: Request for Confidentiality Ref: FCC ID numbers Model(s) A2568 A2569 FCC ID BCGA2568 To whom it may concern:

Pursuant to the provisions of Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions rules (47 CFR 0.457, 0.459), Apple Inc. hereby requests confidential treatment for documents filed with the Commission in connection with the application for equipment authorization referenced above. Permanent Confidentiality Apple Inc. requests that the Commission withholds the following documents from public viewing indefinitely:

Technical Descriptions Product Specifications These documents reveal detailed technical and design information that is protected by Apple Inc. as confidential and proprietary trade secrets. This information has been disclosed to those required to maintain its confidentiality and is not customarily disclosed to the public even after commercial release of a device. As a result, disclosure of this information by the Commission would harm Apple Inc. by giving competitors an unfair advantage even after commercial release of the device. Sincerely, Abhishek Rala Apple Inc. Global Certification Manager arala@apple.com Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6589234.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case May 25th, 2023 Federal Communications Commissions Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 RE: CFR 47 2.911 (d)(5) Attestation FCC ID: BCGA2568 Apple Inc. (Apple) certifies that the equipment for which authorization is sought is not covered equipment prohibited from receiving an equipment authorization pursuant to section 2.903 of the FCC rules. Apple certifies that, as of the date of the filing of the application, Apple is not identified on the Covered List as an entity producing covered equipment and is not an affiliate or subsidiary of an entity identified on the Covered List. Sincerely, Abhishek Rala Global Certification Manager Apple Inc. Apple Park, Cupertino, CA 95014

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6589040.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case May 25th, 2023 Federal Communications Commissions Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 RE: CFR 47 2.911 (d)(7) Agent Designation Attestation Grantee Code: BCG To whom it may concern:

Apple Inc. (Apple) as required by section 2.911(d)(7), will also serve as the agent for service of process for the above referenced grantee code. Apple acknowledges that it will maintain an agent for no less than one year after Apple has terminated all marketing and importation or the conclusion of any Commission-related proceeding involving the equipment. Apple further acknowledges its responsibility under CFR 47 2.929(c) to inform the FCC whenever the agent information changes. Contact person: Abhishek Rala Company name: Apple Inc. FCC FRN: 0005899216 Company Address: One Apple Park Way, Cupertino, CA 95014 Email: arala@apple.com Sincerely, Abhishek Rala Global Certification Manager Apple Inc. Apple Park, Cupertino, CA 95014